JVC TH S1 S1[UX/UG] User Manual GVT0141 015A
User Manual: JVC TH-S1 TH-S1 English, Arabic, Persian,
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 122
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
TH-S1[UGUX]SafetyCover-f.book Page 1 Friday, August 20, 2004 1:16 PM DVD DIGITAL CINEMA SYSTEM TH-S1 Consists of XV-THS1, SP-WS1, SP-THS1F, and SP-THS1S INSTRUCTIONS GVT0141-015A [UX/UG] TH-S1[UGUX]SafetyCover-f.book Page 1 Friday, August 20, 2004 1:16 PM Warnings, Cautions and Others/ / CAUTION CAUTION To reduce the risk of electrical shocks, fire, etc.: 1. Do not remove screws, covers or cabinet. 2. Do not expose this appliance to rain or moisture. • Do not block the ventilation openings or holes. (If the ventilation openings or holes are blocked by a newspaper or cloth, etc., the heat may not be able to get out.) • Do not place any naked flame sources, such as lighted candles, on the apparatus. • When discarding batteries, environmental problems must be considered and local rules or laws governing the disposal of these batteries must be followed strictly. • Do not expose this apparatus to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing and that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus. . CAUTION— (XV-THS1) button! Disconnect the mains plug to shut the power off completely (the STANDBY lamp goes off). The button in any position does not disconnect the mains line. • When the system is on standby, the STANDBY lamp lights red. • When the system is turned on, the STANDBY lamp goes off. The power can be remote controlled. G-1 TH-S1[UGUX]SafetyCover-f.book Page 2 Friday, August 20, 2004 1:16 PM IMPORTANT FOR LASER PRODUCTS 1. CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT 2. CAUTION: Do not open the top cover. There are no user serviceable parts inside the unit; leave all servicing to qualified service personnel. 3. CAUTION: Visible and invisible laser radiation when open and interlock failed or defeated. Avoid direct exposure to beam. 4. REPRODUCTION OF LABEL: CAUTION LABEL, PLACED INSIDE THE UNIT. Caution: Proper Ventilation To avoid risk of electric shock and fire and to protect from damage, place the apparatus on a level surface. The minimal clearances are shown below: Wall or obstructions XV-THS1 Front 8 cm 3 cm Wall or obstructions 3 cm No obstructions XV-THS1 10 cm 15 cm Front view Side view G-2 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 1 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM Table of contents Introduction ..................................... 2 Playback ........................................ 16 Notes on handling .................................................................2 Supplied accessories ............................................................2 Playable disc types ...............................................................3 Basic playback ....................................................................16 One Touch Replay ...............................................................18 Fast-forward/fast-reverse search ........................................18 Skip to the beginning of a desired selection .......................18 Locating a desired title/group using number buttons .........19 Index of parts and controls ............ 5 Advanced operations .................... 20 About discs ..................................... 3 Operating the TV .................................................................11 Operating the VCR ..............................................................12 Using the surround mode ...................................................20 Using the on-screen bar .....................................................21 Playing from a specified position on a disc .........................23 Using the file control display ..............................................24 Resume Playback ...............................................................25 Selecting a view angle .........................................................25 Selecting the subtitle ..........................................................26 Selecting the audio .............................................................26 Special picture playback .....................................................27 Program Playback ...............................................................28 Random Playback ...............................................................28 Repeat Playback .................................................................29 Tray lock .............................................................................30 Sound and other settings ....................................................30 Basic operations ........................... 13 Setting DVD preferences .............. 31 Connections .................................... 7 Connecting the FM and AM antennas ....................................7 Connecting the satellite (front, center, surround) speakers and the subwoofer ......................................................................... 8 Speaker layout ......................................................................9 Connecting a TV ....................................................................9 Connecting to an analog component ...................................10 Connecting to a digital component .....................................10 Connecting the power cord .................................................10 Operating external components with the remote control ........................ 11 Turning the system on/off ...................................................13 Selecting the source to play ................................................14 Adjusting the volume [VOLUME] ........................................14 Listening with headphones (not supplied) ..........................14 Turning off the sound temporarily [MUTING] .....................14 Adjusting the brightness of the indications [DIMMER] .......14 Sleep Timer [SLEEP] ...........................................................15 Adjusting the output level of the subwoofer and center/ surround speakers [S.WFR, CENTER, L-SURR.-R] .............15 Adjusting the treble sound [TREBLE] ..................................15 Changing the scan mode ....................................................15 Using the setup menus .......................................................31 Menu description ................................................................31 Tuner operations ........................... 35 Setting the AM tuner interval spacing .................................35 Manual tuning .....................................................................35 Preset tuning ......................................................................36 Selecting the FM reception mode ........................................36 AV COMPU LINK remote control system ........................................... 37 References .................................... 38 Maintenance .......................................................................38 Troubleshooting ..................................................................38 Specifications .....................................................................39 1 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 2 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM Introduction 7 Safety precautions Notes on handling Avoid moisture, water and dust Do not place the system in moist or dusty places. 7 Important cautions Installation of the system • Select a place which is level, dry and neither too hot nor too cold; between 5°C and 35°C. • Leave sufficient distance between the system and the TV. • Do not use the system in a place subject to vibration. Power cord • Do not handle the power cord with wet hands! • A small amount of power is always consumed while the power cord is connected to the wall outlet. • When unplugging the power cord from the wall outlet, always pull on the plug, not the power cord. To prevent malfunctions of the system • There are no user-serviceable parts inside. If anything goes wrong, unplug the power cord and consult your dealer. • Do not insert any metallic object into the system. • Do not use any non-standard shape disc (like a heart, flower or credit card, etc.) available on the market, because it may damage the system. • Do not use a disc with tape, stickers, or paste on it, because it may damage the system. Label sticker Sticker Paste Note about copyright laws Check the copyright laws in your country before recording from the discs. Recording of copyrighted material may infringe copyright laws. Avoid high temperatures Do not expose the system to direct sunlight and do not place it near a heating device. When you are away When away on travel or for other reasons for an extended period of time, disconnect the power cord plug from the wall outlet. Do not block the vents Blocking the vents may damage the system. Care of the cabinet When cleaning the system, use a soft cloth and follow the relevant instructions on the use of chemically-coated cloths. Do not use benzene, thinner or other organic solvents including disinfectants. These may cause deformation or discoloring. If water gets inside the system Turn the system off and disconnect the power cord plug from the wall outlet, then call the store where you made your purchase. Using the system in this condition may cause fire or electrical shock. Supplied accessories Check to be sure you have all of the supplied accessories. The number in parentheses is the quantity of the pieces supplied. If anything is missing, contact your dealer immediately. • Remote control (1) • Batteries (2) • FM antenna (1) • AM loop antenna (1) • Composite video cord (1) • AC plug adaptor (1) Note about copyguard system The discs are protected by copyguard system. When you connect the system to your VCR directly, the copyguard system activates and the picture may not be played back correctly. 2 THS1[UXUG]-04start.fm Page 3 Friday, August 20, 2004 1:18 PM About discs Playable disc types This system has been designed to play back the following discs: DVD VIDEO, Video CD (VCD), Super Video CD (SVCD), Audio CD (CD), CD-R and CD-RW. • This system accommodates the NTSC and PAL system. Note that an NTSC video signal on a disc is converted to the PAL60 signal and output when the scanning mode (see page 15) is set to“PAL”. • This system can also play finalized DVD-R/-RWs recorded in DVD VIDEO format. However, some discs may not be played because of their disc characteristics or recording conditions. Discs you can play: DVD VIDEO Audio CD VCD CD-R SVCD CD-RW • The following discs cannot be played back: DVD-ROM, DVD-RAM, CD-ROM, CD-I (CD-I Ready), Photo CD, SACD, etc. Playing back these discs will generate noise and damage the speakers. • On some DVD VIDEOs, VCDs or SVCDs, their actual operation may be different from what is explained in this manual. This is due to the disc programming and disc structure, not a malfunction of this system. DVD Logo is a trademark of DVD Format/Logo Licensing Corporation. 3 Region code of DVD VIDEO DVD VIDEO players and DVD VIDEO discs have their own Region Code numbers. This system can play back DVD VIDEO discs whose Region Code numbers include the system’s Region Code, which is indicated on the rear panel. Example of playable DVD: If a DVD with an improper Region Code number is loaded, “REGION CODE ERROR!” appears on the TV screen and playback cannot start. About files (tracks) and folders (groups) on the disc This system can also play MP3 and JPEG files recorded on CD-Rs and CD-RWs. Files are sometimes grouped into folders on CD-Rs or CD-RWs by genre, album, etc. In this manual, “group” is also referred to as “folder”, and “track” as “file”. • This system recognizes up to 150 files per group, and 99 groups per disc. The total number of files this system can detect on a disc is up to 1000. TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 4 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM About discs Notes on CD-R and CD-RW • User-edited CD-Rs (Recordable) and CD-RWs (Rewritable) can be played back only if they are already “finalized”. • When making your own disc, select ISO 9660 Level 1 or Level 2 for the disc format. • This system supports “multi-session” discs (up to 20 sessions). • This system cannot play “packet write” discs. • Before playing CD-Rs or CD-RWs, read their instructions or cautions carefully. • CD-RWs may require a longer readout time. This is caused by the fact that the reflectance of CD-RWs is lower than that of regular CDs. • Some discs may not be played due to their disc characteristics, recording conditions, or damage or stain on them. • This system can play CD-Rs or CD-RWs recorded in the audio CD format. This system can also play CD-Rs or CD-RWs if MP3 or JPEG files are recorded on them. Especially, the configuration and characteristics of an MP3/JPEG disc are determined by the writing (encoding) software and hardware used for recording. Therefore, due to the software and hardware used, the following symptoms may occur: • Some tracks/files on an MP3/JPEG disc may be skipped or may not be played normally. • Some files on a JPEG disc may be played distortedly. Notes on MP3 files • Tag information (album name, artist name, and track name) can be shown on the TV. (See page 24.) • The system can play back the MP3 files recorded at 32 kbps to 320 kbps as a bit rate, and at 16 kHz, 22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz as a sampling frequency. • We recommend to record each piece of material (song) at a sample rate of 44.1 kHz and at a data transfer rate of 128 kbps. Notes on JPEG files • We recommend to record a file at 640 x 480 resolution. (If a file has been recorded at a resolution of more than 640 x 480, it will take a longer time to be displayed.) • This system can only play baseline JPEG files. Notes on MP3/JPEG discs • MP3/JPEG discs (either CD-R or CD-RW) require a longer readout time. (It differs due to the complexity of the directory/file configuration.) • The system can only recognize files with one of the following extensions, which can be in any combination of upper and lower case: MP3: “.MP3”, “.mp3” JPEG: “.JPG”, “.JPEG”, “.jpg”, “.jpeg” • If different kinds of the file are mixed on a disc, set the FILE TYPE setting in the PICTURE menu to the appropriate setting for the data to be read (“AUDIO” or “STILL PICTURE”). (See page 32.) This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. 4 THS1[UXUG]-04start.fm Page 5 Friday, August 20, 2004 1:18 PM Index of parts and controls The numbers in the figures indicate the pages where the details of the parts are described. Front panel (center unit) Display window 21 15 36 17 17 17 17 17 17 Disc tray (inside): 16 16 21 35 35 13 13 36 16 16 29 16 18 18 14 9 9 14 14 Remote sensor: 6 Rear panel (center unit) See below. 37 10 8 10 10 7 Setting the VOLTAGE SELECTOR Before plugging, set the correct voltage for your area with the voltage selector on the rear panel of the center unit. Voltage mark 5 Use a screwdriver to rotate the voltage selector so that the voltage number the voltage mark is pointing at is the same as the voltage where you are plugging in the center unit. TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 6 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM Index of parts and controls Remote control Putting batteries in the remote control 13 11 12 16 11 14 14 26 17 26 21 14 11 R6P (SUM-3)/AA (15F) type dry-cell batteries (supplied) 11 – 36 16 18, 35 18 16, 36 23 11 23 16, 36 15, 31 If the range or effectiveness of the remote control decreases, replace both batteries. CAUTION 21 12, 18 19 25 27 Number buttons: 18 29 29 31 30 28 28 23 15, 27 14 15 15 15 15 • Do not expose batteries to heat or flame. Operating the system from the remote control Aim the remote control directly to the front panel of the center unit. • Do not hide the remote sensor. 15 NOTE • To use the buttons under the cover, slide down the cover. 6 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 7 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM Connections Do not connect the power cord until all other connections have been made. If reception is poor Connecting the FM and AM antennas Center unit AM loop antenna 7 AM loop antenna Setting up supplied AM loop antenna Outdoor single vinyl-covered wire antenna (not supplied) If the antenna cord is covered with the insulation coat, twist and pull the insulation coat off and remove. 7 FM antenna Center unit Connecting AM loop antenna FM antenna (supplied) Extend the supplied FM antenna horizontally. 1 If reception is poor Center unit Outdoor FM antenna (not supplied) 2 Antenna cord 3 • Turn the loop antenna until you have the best reception during AM broadcast program reception. NOTE • Make sure the antenna conductors do not touch any other terminals, connecting cords and power cords. This could cause poor reception. 7 Standard type (75 C coaxial) connector Outdoor FM antenna cord (not supplied) NOTE • We recommend that you use coaxial cable for the FM antenna as it is well-shielded against interference. THS1[UXUG]-04start.fm Page 8 Friday, August 20, 2004 1:27 PM Do not connect the power cord until all other connections have been made. Connections Connecting the satellite (front, center, surround) speakers and the subwoofer Front speakers Center speaker Speaker cord • Connect the black cords to the black (-) terminals. • Connect the white cords to the red (+) terminals. Before connecting the speaker cords; Twist and pull the insulation coat off and remove. Subwoofer Surround speakers CAUTION • When you connect speakers other than the supplied ones, use speakers of the same speaker impedance (SPEAKER IMPEDANCE) indicated on the rear of the center unit. • DO NOT connect more than one speaker to one speaker terminal. • When installing the satellite speakers on the wall; • Be sure to have them installed on the wall by a qualified personnel. DO NOT install the satellite speakers on the wall by yourself to avoid unexpected damage from their falling off the wall due to incorrect installation or weakness in wall structure. • Care must be taken in selecting a location for speaker installation on a wall. Injury to personnel or damage to equipment may result if the speakers installed interfere with daily activities. 8 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 9 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM Do not connect the power cord until all other connections have been made. Connections Speaker layout Connecting a TV Center speaker Front left speaker Front right speaker Subwoofer • Distortion of picture may occur when connecting the TV via a VCR, or to a TV with a built-in VCR. • You need to set “MONITOR TYPE” in the PICTURE menu correctly according to the aspect ratio of your TV. (See page 32.) 7 To connect a TV equipped with the component video input jacks Center unit TV To component video input Surround left speaker Surround right speaker Component video cord (not supplied) NOTE • Although the satellite speakers and the subwoofer are magnetically shielded, the TV screen may appear mottled. In this case, keep enough distance between the speakers and the TV. • The speakers are magnetically shielded to avoid color distortions on TVs. However, if not installed properly, it may cause color distortions. So, pay attention to the following when installing the speakers. - When placing the speakers near a TV set, turn off the TV’s main power switch or unplug it before installing the speakers. Then wait at least 30 minutes before turning on the TV’s main power switch again. Some TVs may still be affected even though you have followed the above. If this happens, move the speakers away from the TV. • Place the satellite speakers on a flat and level surface. • Be sure to place the subwoofer to the TV’s right. If you place the subwoofer to the TV’s left, keep sufficient distance between them to prevent the TV screen from appearing mottled. NOTE • If your TV supports progressive video input, you can enjoy a high quality picture by setting the progressive scan mode to active. (See page 15.) • If the component video input jacks of your TV are of the BNC type, use a plug adapter (not supplied) to convert the pin plugs to BNC plugs. • The component video signals can be output only when you select “DVD” as the source to play. (See page 14.) 7 To connect a TV equipped with the S-VIDEO and/or the composite video input jacks Center unit Composite video cord (supplied) TV S-VIDEO cord (not supplied) NOTE • Select the appropriate scan mode according to your TV. (See page 15.) 9 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 10 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM Do not connect the power cord until all other connections have been made. Connections Connecting to an analog component You can enjoy the sound of an analog component. Connecting to a digital component You can enjoy the sound of a digital component. Center unit Center unit DBS* tuner MD recorder RCA pin plug cord (not supplied) To audio output Digital optical cord (not supplied) To digital optical output * DBS = Direct Broadcasting Satellite NOTE When playing a video component such as a DBS tuner; VCR TV Cassette recorder NOTE • If you connect a sound-enhancing device such as a graphic equalizer between the source components and this system, the sound output through this system may be distorted. • When playing a video component such as a VCR; • To listen to the sound, select “AUX” as the source to play. (See page 14.) • To see the picture, connect the video output jack of the component to the video input jack of the TV directly, and select the correct input mode on the TV. • To listen to the sound, select “AUX DIGITAL” as the source to play. (See page 14.) • To see the picture, connect the video output jack of the component to the video input jack of the TV directly, and select the correct input mode on the TV. Connecting the power cord Make sure that all other connections have been completed. Center unit Power cord Plug into AC outlets. CAUTION • Disconnect the power cord before cleaning or moving the system. • Do not pull on the power cord to unplug the cord. When unplugging the cord, always grasp and pull the plug so as not to damage the cord. NOTE • Preset settings, such as preset stations and surround mode adjustment, may be erased in a few days in the following cases; • If you unplug the power cord of the center unit. • If a power failure occurs. • If the wall outlet does not match the AC plug, use the supplied AC plug adaptor. 10 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 11 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM Operating external components with the remote control The buttons described below are used on pages 11 and 12. 4 Press number buttons (1-9, 0) to enter the manufacturer’s code (2 digits). Examples: For a Hitachi TV: Press 1, then 0. For a Toshiba TV: Press 0, then 8. Remote control mode selector Manufacturer Code Manufacturer Code JVC 01 Samsung 12 Hitachi 10 Sanyo 13 Magnavox 02 Sharp 06 Mitsubishi 03 Sony 07 Panasonic 04, 11 Toshiba 08 RCA 05 Zenith 09 5 Release TV. (play button) If there is more than one code listed for corresponding brand, try each one until you enter the correct one. 7 Operation Aim the remote control at the TV. Number buttons The following buttons are available: TV:Turns TV on and off. TV VOL +/–:Adjusts the volume. TV/VIDEO:Selects the input mode (either TV or VIDEO). CHANNEL +/–:Changes the channels. 1-10, 0, +10 (100+):Selects the channel. TV RETURN:Alternates between the previously selected channel and the current channel. NOTE • Manufacturers’ codes are subject to change without notice. • Set the codes again after replacing the batteries of the remote control. Operating the TV 7 To set the manufacturer’s code You can operate a JVC TV without setting the manufacturer’s code. 1 Slide the remote control mode selector to TV. 2 Press and hold TV. Keep the button pressed until step 4 is finished. 3 Press ENTER. 11 IMPORTANT Before using the remote control to operate a TV; • Set the remote control mode selector to TV. TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 12 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM Operating external components with the remote control 7 Operation Operating the VCR Aim the remote control at the VCR. 7 To set the manufacturer’s code 1 Slide the remote control mode selector to VCR. 2 Press and hold VCR. Keep the button pressed until step 4 is finished. 3 Press ENTER. 4 Press number buttons (1-9, 0) to enter the manufacturer’s code (2 digits). Examples: For a Panasonic VCR: Press 1, then 7. For an Philips VCR: Press 0, then 9. Manufacturer Code JVC Emerson Manufacturer Code 01, 02, 03 Philips 09 11, 26 RCA 05, 06 Fisher 29 Samsung 24 Funai 10, 14-16 Sanyo 21-23 Gold Star 12 Sharp 27, 28 Hitachi 04 Shintom 30 Mitsubishi 13 Sony 18-20 NEC 25 Zenith 08 Panasonic 07, 17 5 Release See page 11 for button locations. IMPORTANT Before using the remote control to operate a VCR; Set the remote control mode selector to VCR. The following buttons are available: VCR VCR:Turns VCR on and off. 3 (play button):Starts playback. 7:Stops operation. 8:Pauses playback. ¡:Fast forwards video tape. 1:Rewinds video tape. REC:Press this button together with 3 (play button) to start recording or together with 8 to pause recording. CHANNEL +/–:Changes the TV channels on the VCR. VCR. If there is more than one code listed for your brand, try each one until you enter the correct one. 12 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 13 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM Basic operations The buttons on the remote control are used to explain most of the operations in this manual. You can use the buttons on the center unit same as on the remote control for operations unless otherwise noted. IMPORTANT Before using the remote control for the following operation, • Set the remote control mode selector to AUDIO. Turning the system on/off On the remote control: Press AUDIO. On the center unit: AUDIO The buttons described below are used on pages 13 to 15. Source selecting buttons Remote control mode selector Press . When DVD is selected as the source (see page 14), the following messages will appear on the TV screen. • “OPEN”/“CLOSE”: Appears when opening or closing the disc tray. • “NOW READING”: Appears when the system is reading the disc information. • “REGION CODE ERROR!”: Appears when the Region Code of the DVD VIDEO does not match the code the system supports. The disc cannot be played back. • “NO DISC”: Appears when no disc is loaded. • “CANNOT PLAY THIS DISC”: Appears when unplayable disc is loaded. NOTE • The STANDBY lamp goes off when the power is turned on, and the lamp lights when the power is turned off. • A small amount of the power is consumed even when the power is turned off. This is called standby mode and the STANDBY lamp lights in this mode. Unplug the power cord from the AC outlet to turn the power off completely. • You can also turn on the system by pressing the following buttons; • OPEN/CLOSE on the remote control or 0 on the center unit • One of the source selecting buttons on the remote control • 3 on the center unit. You can use the same buttons on the remote control except after pressing FM/AM. 13 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 14 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM See page 13 for button locations. Basic operations Selecting the source to play On the remote control: Press one of the source selecting buttons (DVD, FM/AM, AUX or AUX DIGITAL). To play back a disc (DVD VIDEO, VCD etc.). (See page 16.) FM/AM: To tune in an FM or AM station. (See page 35.) Each time you press the button, the band alternates between FM and AM. AUX: To select the source from a component connected to the AUX IN jacks. (See page 10.) AUX DIGITAL:To select the source from a component connected to the DIGITAL IN jack. (See page 10.) DVD: On the center unit: Press SOURCE repeatedly until the source name you want appears on the display window. Listening with headphones (not supplied) CAUTION Be sure to turn down the volume; • Before connecting or putting on headphones as high volume may damage both the headphones and your hearing. • Before disconnecting headphones as high volume may be suddenly output from the speakers. While connecting a pair of headphones to the PHONES jack on the center unit, the system automatically cancels the surround mode (see page 20) currently selected, deactivates the speakers, and activates the headphone mode. “HEADPHONE” appears on the display window. Headphone mode When using the headphones, the following signals are output regardless of your speaker setting; • For 2 channel sources, the front left and right channel signals are output from the headphones. • Multi-channel signals are down-mixed and output from the headphones. NOTE • When a source except DVD is selected, this system does not output video signals. • It may take time to change the source. Adjusting the volume [VOLUME] CAUTION • Always set the volume to minimum level before starting any source. If the volume is set at its high level, the sudden blast of sound could permanently damage your hearing and/or blow out the speakers. On the remote control: Press AUDIO VOL + or –. On the center unit: Turn VOLUME. Turning off the sound temporarily [MUTING] Press MUTING. To restore the sound Perform one on the following: • Press MUTING again. • Press AUDIO VOL +/– (or turn VOLUME on the center unit). Adjusting the brightness of the indications [DIMMER] Press DIMMER. Each time you press the button, the brightness level changes. 14 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 15 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM See page 13 for button locations. Basic operations Sleep Timer [SLEEP] The system turns off automatically when the specified period of time has passed. Press SLEEP. Each time you press the button, the shut-off time changes. Example: minutes Changing the scan mode The system can be accommodated to your TV’s scan mode. • To use the system in progressive mode, it is required that the center unit is connected to the TV using a component video cord (not supplied) in advance. (See page 9.) 7 While DVD is selected as the source and before playback 1 Press and hold SCAN MODE for 2 seconds. SLEEP 6 0m i n To check the remaining time Press SLEEP once. To change the remaining time Press SLEEP repeatedly. To cancel Press SLEEP repeatedly until “SLEEP OFF” appears. • Turning off the power also cancels the Sleep Timer. Adjusting the output level of the subwoofer and center/surround speakers [S.WFR, CENTER, L-SURR.-R] Press S.WFR +/– to adjust the subwoofer. Press CENTER +/– to adjust the center speaker. Press SURR.-L +/– to adjust the surround left speaker. Press SURR.-R +/– to adjust the surround right speaker. NOTE • You can also make adjustments by using the setup menu shown on the TV screen. (See page 32.) • The adjustments take effect for all sources. • You cannot make this adjustment when FM or AM is selected as the source. Adjusting the treble sound [TREBLE] Press TREBLE +/–. NOTE • The adjustments take effect for all sources. 15 The current setting appears on the display window. 2 Press Cursor 3/2 to select the desired mode. • PAL: Select when your TV supports the PAL interlaced video input only. • NTSC: Select when your TV supports the NTSC interlaced video input only. • NTSC PROG.: Select when your TV equipped with component jacks supports the NTSC progressive video input. You can get better picture quality in “NTSC PROG.” mode than in “PAL” or “NTSC” mode. 3 Press ENTER while the selected mode is shown on the display window. When “NTSC PROG.” is selected, the PROGRESSIVE indicator lights on the display window. NOTE • Although the picture may be distorted when you press ENTER, this is not a malfunction of the system. • There are some progressive TVs and High-Definition TVs that are not fully compatible with this system, resulting in an unnatural picture when playing back a DVD VIDEO in the progressive scan mode. In such a case, change the scan mode to “PAL” or “NTSC.” To check the compatibility of your TV, contact your local JVC customer service center. • All JVC progressive TVs and High-Definition TVs are fully compatible with this system. TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 16 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM Playback • The mark shows the types of discs the operation is available Basic playback for. IMPORTANT Before using the remote control for the following operation; 1 Set the remote control mode selector to AUDIO. 2 Press DVD. 1 Press OPEN/CLOSE. • The system turns on and the disc tray comes out. • 0 on the center unit functions same as OPEN/CLOSE on the remote control. AUDIO The buttons described below are used on pages 16 to 19. 2 Place a disc. When placing an 8 cm (3 inches) disc Label side up 3 Press 3 (play button). (play button) Remote control mode selector For MP3 The file control display (see page 24) appears on the TV screen. For JPEG Each file (still pictures) is shown on the TV screen for about 3 seconds (slide-show). When stopping playback, the file control display (see page 24) appears on the TV screen. 7 To pause Press 8. To return to playback, press 3 (play button). 7 To stop Press 7. Number buttons 7 On-screen guide icons During DVD VIDEO playback, the following guide icons may appear for a while on the TV screen; • : appears at the beginning of a scene containing multisubtitle languages. • : appears at the beginning of a scene containing multi-audio languages. • : appears at the beginning of a scene containing multi-angle views. • (Play), (Pause), / (Fast forward/ fast-reverse), / (Slow-motion forward/ reverse): appears when you perform each operation. • : the disc cannot accept an operation you have tried to do. NOTE • (For JPEG) The system cannot accept operations even though you press any buttons before the entire picture appears on the TV screen. • If you do not want the on-screen guide icons to appear, see page 33. 16 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 17 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM Playback See page 16 for button locations. 7 Playback information on the display window MP3 disc DVD VIDEO Example: When a DVD VIDEO encoded with Dolby Digital 5.1ch is played TR123 Elapsed playing time (hour:minute:second) Chapter number MP3 indicator C 1 Signal and speaker indicators Track number 0 : 02 : 31 12 : 34 Elapsed playing time (minute:second) (during playback only) Pressing FL DISP. Signal and speaker indicators (See page 21.) Surround mode and digital signal format (See page 21.) Group number MP 3 Pressing FL DISP. G12T123 Chapter number Title number Track number DVD T 1 C 1 JPEG disc Group number VCD/SVCD/CD Example: When a CD is played back File number J PG G1 2 F 1 2 3 Track number Signal and speaker indicators NOTE • You can change the time information mode (except for MP3/JPEG). (See page 22.) • You can also check the playback information on the TV screen. (See page 21.) Elapsed playing time (minute:second) NOTE • “VCD” appears instead of “CD” when loading a VCD or SVCD. • When a VCD or SVCD with PBC function is played, the elapsed playing time does not appear, but “PBC” appears. 17 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 18 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM See page 16 for button locations. Playback 7 Screen saver A TV screen may burn out if a static picture is displayed for a long time. To prevent this, the system automatically dims the screen if a static picture is displayed for over 5 minutes (the screen saver function). • Pressing any button will cancel the screen saver function. • If you do not want to use the screen saver function, see page 32. One Touch Replay You can move back the playback position by 10 seconds from the current position. 7 During playback On the remote control: Press . NOTE • This function works in the same title. • This feature may not work for some discs. Fast-forward/fast-reverse search 7 During playback On the remote control: Press ¡ or 1. Each time you press the button, the search speed changes ( x 2, x 5, x 10, x 20, x 60). To return to normal speed playback Press 3 (play button). On the center unit: Press and hold ¢ or 4. Skip to the beginning of a desired selection 7 Using ¢/4 buttons 7 For DVD VIDEO (chapter): During playback For VCD/SVCD (track): During playback without PBC function For CD/MP3/JPEG (track/file): During playback or while stopped Press ¢ or 4 repeatedly. NOTE • When playing back an MP3/JPEG disc, you can make operations using the file control display. (See page 24.) • This feature may not work for some discs. 7 Using number buttons on the remote control 7 For DVD VIDEO (title, chapter): While stopped, the title number is selected. During playback, the chapter number is selected. For VCD/SVCD (track): During playback without PBC function For CD/MP3/JPEG (track/file): During playback or while stopped Press number buttons (0-10, +10) to select the desired number. • For details on using the number buttons, see “How to use the number buttons” below. How to use the number buttons To select 3: To select 14: To select 24: To select 40: Press 3. Press +10, then 4. Press +10 twice, then 4. Press +10 three times, then 10. Or press +10 four times, then 0. Continuously pressing ¢ or 4 increases the fast-forward/ reverse search speed ( x 5 → x 20). NOTE • When a DVD VIDEO, VCD, or SVCD is played back, no sound comes out during fast-forward/reverse search. • When a CD is played back, sound is intermittent and low during fastforward/reverse search. • This feature may not work for some discs. 18 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 19 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM See page 16 for button locations. Playback Locating a desired title/ group using number buttons 7 During playback or while stopped. 1 Press TITLE/GROUP. “_ _” or “_” is shown in the title/group display area in the display window. Example: During DVD VIDEO playback T__ 1 : 23 : 45 2 While the display window shows “_ _” or “_”, use number buttons (0-10, +10) to enter the desired title or group number. The system starts playback from the first chapter/track/file of the selected title/group. • For details on using the number buttons, see “How to use the number buttons”. (See page 18.) NOTE • This feature may not work for some discs. 19 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 20 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM Advanced operations • The mark shows the types of discs the operation is available Using the surround mode for. 7 Auto Surround (AUTO SURR) The buttons described below are used on pages 20 to 30. This function automatically selects the appropriate surround mode according to the input signals. For example, a multichannel source is automatically reproduced in multichannel audio. 7 Dolby Surround (play button) Remote control mode selector Dolby Pro Logic II*1 Dolby Pro Logic II has a developed multichannel playback format to decode all 2 channel sources — stereo source and Dolby Surround encoded source — into a 5.1 channel. Dolby Pro Logic II has two modes — Movie mode and Music mode: • Pro Logic II Movie (PL II MOVIE) Cursor (3/2/Y/5)/ ENTER Suitable for reproduction of Dolby Surround encoded sources bearing the mark . • Pro Logic II Music (PL II MUSIC) Suitable for reproduction of any 2 channel stereo music sources. Dolby Digital*1 Used to reproduce multichannel soundtracks of the software encoded with Dolby Digital ( ). Number buttons 7 DTS Digital Surround*2 Used to reproduce multichannel soundtracks of the software encoded with DTS Digital Surround ( ). DTS Digital Surround (DTS) is another discrete multichannel digital audio format available on CD and DVD software. IMPORTANT Before using the remote control for the following operation; 1 Set the remote control mode selector to AUDIO. 2 Press DVD. AUDIO Available Surround modes for each input signal The B marks show available surround modes. Surround off Auto Surround SURR OFF AUTO SURR PL II MOVIE*3 PL II MUSIC*3 Dolby Digital (Multichannel) B B — Dolby Digital (2 channel) B B DTS Digital Surround (Multichannel) B DTS Digital Surround (2 channel) Analog (VCR) or Linear PCM Mode Signal DTS Digital Surround DSP Dolby Digital DTS ALL CH ST.*3 — B — — B B — — B B — — — B — B B B B — — B B B B B — — B Dolby Surround *1 *2 *3 Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby”, “Pro Logic”, and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. “DTS” and “DTS Digital Surround” are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc. You can select these modes by pressing SURR. (See page 21.) Continued on next page 20 THS1[UXUG]-06advanced.fm Page 21 Friday, August 20, 2004 4:07 PM See page 20 for button locations. Advanced operations 7 All Channel Stereo (DSP) 7 When playing back 2 channel source All Channel Stereo (ALL CH ST.) mode can reproduce a larger stereo sound field using all the connected (and activated) speakers. All Channel Stereo can be used while reproducing 2 channel stereo source. You can select either mode of Dolby Pro Logic II (PL II MOVIE/ PL II MUSIC) or the DSP (ALL CH ST.) mode. Normal stereo sound All Channel Stereo Press SURR. repeatedly to select the desired mode. The surround mode is turned on and the current surround mode appears on the display window. Each time you press the button, the surround mode changes. For details on each mode, see page 20. To turn off the surround mode 7 Indicators on the display window Digital signal format indicators LPCM: Lights when Linear PCM signal comes in. GD: Lights when Dolby Digital signals come in. C: Lights when DTS Digital (Surround) signals come in. No indication: No digital signal indicator lights when analog signals come in. Dolby Surround/DSP mode indicators GPLII: Lights when Dolby Pro Logic II mode is activated. DSP: Lights when All Channel Stereo mode is activated. Source signal indicators, etc. Light to indicate the incoming signals. a: Lights when the front left channel signal comes in. b: Lights when the center channel signal comes in. c: Lights when the front right channel signal comes in. d: Lights when the LFE channel signal comes in. g: Lights when the surround left channel signal comes in. i: Lights when the surround right channel signal comes in. h: Lights when the monaural surround channel signal or 2 channel Dolby Surround signal comes in. SW : Always lights without the headphone mode. The channel with “ ” shows that the corresponding speakers are reproducing the channels’ sound. If the channels’ sound decoded into 5.1 channel is reproduced, only “ ” lights. Press SURR. repeatedly until SURR OFF appears on the display window. Storing adjustments — auto memory When you turn the power off, the system memorizes the current surround mode. The memorized mode is automatically recalled when you turn the power on. NOTE • When FM or AM is selected as the source, you cannot select any surround mode. Using the on-screen bar You can check disc information and you can use some functions using the on-screen bar. Showing the on-screen bar 7 Whenever a disc is loaded Press ON SCREEN. Each time you press the button, the on-screen bar changes as follows on the TV screen. Example: During DVD VIDEO playback Selecting the surround mode The system is set up to automatically select the optimal surround mode for input signal from digital multichannel software. When playing back 2 channel source, you can select the desired surround mode manually. NOTE • This function also takes effect for the sources other than DVD. 7 When playing back digital multichannel software (except during SURR OFF mode) The appropriate multichannel surround mode (Dolby Digital, DTS Digital Surround or Linear PCM) is automatically selected. 21 OFF (The on-screen bar disappears) (back to the beginning) • The currently selected item shows green. TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 22 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM See page 20 for button locations. Advanced operations 7 Contents of the on-screen bar during playback DVD VIDEO VCD SVCD CD F Shows playback status. : appears during playback. / : appears during fast forward/reverse. / : appears during playback in forward slow-motion/ reverse slow-motion. : appears when paused. : appears when stopped. G Select this to change time information (E). See “Changing the time information”. H Select this for Repeat Playback. (See page 29.) I Select this for time search function. (See page 24.) J Select this for chapter search function. (See page 23.) K Select this to change audio language, channel, or stream. (See page 26.) L Select this to change subtitle language. (See page 26.) M Select this to change view angle. (See page 25.) N Shows Playback Mode status. PROGRAM:appears during Program Playback. (See page 28.) RANDOM:appears during Random Playback. (See page 28.) Changing the time information You can change the time information in the on-screen bar on the TV screen and the display window of the center unit. A B C D Shows disc type. Shows current transfer rate (Megabits per second). Shows current title number. Shows current chapter number (for DVD VIDEO) or track number (for other type of discs). E Shows time information. See “Changing the time information”. 7 During playback 1 Press ON SCREEN twice. The on-screen bar appears on the TV screen. 2 Press Cursor 3/2 to highlight . 3 Press ENTER repeatedly to select the desired information. Example: When elapsed playing time of disc is selected. • • • • TIME: REM: TOTAL: T. REM: Elapsed playing time of current chapter/track Remaining time of current chapter/track Elapsed time of disc Remaining time of disc 4 Press ON SCREEN. The on-screen bar disappears. 22 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 23 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM See page 20 for button locations. Advanced operations Playing from a specified position on a disc You can start playing a title, chapter or track you specify. You can also play a disc from specified time. Locating a desired scene from the DVD menu DVD VIDEOs generally have their own menus which show disc contents and you can display them on the TV screen. You can locate a desired scene by using these menus. 7 Whenever a DVD VIDEO is loaded 1 Press TOP MENU or MENU. The menu appears on the TV screen. Example: Normally, a DVD VIDEO which contains more than one title will have a “top” menu which lists the titles. Press TOP MENU to show the title menu. Some DVD VIDEO may also have a different menu which is shown by pressing MENU. See the instructions for each DVD VIDEO regarding its particular menu. 2 Use Cursor 3/2/Y/5 to select a desired item. 3 Press ENTER. 2 Press number buttons (1-10, +10) to select the number of the desired item. • For details on using the number buttons, see “How to use the number buttons”. (See page 18.) To return to the menu Press RETURN repeatedly until the menu screen appears. When “NEXT” or “PREVIOUS” is shown on the TV screen: • To go to the next page, press x. • To return to the previous page, press 4. NOTE • If you want to play a PBC-compatible VCD/SVCD without using the PBC function, perform any of the following: • Start playback by pressing number buttons while stopped. • Press x repeatedly until the desired track number is displayed, then start playback by pressing 3 (play button). The track number appears on the display window instead of “PBC”. • To activate the PBC function when playing a PBC-compatible VCD/ SVCD without using the PBC function, perform any of the following: • Press TOP MENU or MENU. • Press 7 twice to stop playback, then press 3 (play button). Locating a desired chapter using the onscreen bar 7 During playback 1 Press ON SCREEN twice. The on-screen bar appears on the TV screen. 2 Press Cursor 3/2 to highlight 3 Press ENTER. . • With some discs, you can also select items by entering the corresponding number using number buttons. Locating a desired scene using a VCD/ SVCD menu with PBC A VCD or SVCD recorded with PBC has its own menus such as a list of contained songs. You can locate a specific scene by using these menus. 7 During playback with PBC function 1 Press RETURN repeatedly until the menu appears on the TV screen. Example: 23 4 Press number buttons (0-9) to enter the desired chapter number. Example: To select 8: To select 10: To select 37: Press 8. Press 1, then 0. Press 3, then 7. To correct a misentry Repeat step 4. TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 24 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM See page 20 for button locations. Advanced operations 5 Press ENTER. 6 Press ON SCREEN. Using the file control display The on-screen bar disappears. You can search and play desired groups and tracks/files using the file control display on the TV screen. NOTE • You can select up to the 99th chapter. Locating a desired position by specifying the time You can locate a desired position by specifying the time from the beginning the disc (while stopped) or the current title/track (during playback). Current group / total group number Tag information (for MP3 only) Playback mode (PROGRAM, RANDOM, REPEAT) Elapsed playing time of current track (for MP3 only) 7 For DVD VIDEO: During playback For VCD/SVCD: While stopped or during playback without PBC function For CD: During playback or while stopped 7 When specifying the elapsed playing time from the beginning of the disc Perform the following procedure while stopped. 7 When specifying the elapsed playing time from the beginning of current title/track Perform the following procedure during playback. Current group 1 Press ON SCREEN twice. The on-screen bar appears on the TV screen. 2 Press Cursor 3/2 to highlight 3 Press ENTER. . Current track (file) Current track (file) / total track (file) number on current group Total track (file) number on disc Playback status The file control display appears automatically during playback (for MP3) or while stopped. 4 Use number buttons (0-9) to enter the time. You can specify the elapsed playing time from the beginning of the disc (while stopped) or from the beginning of the current title/track (during playback). Example: To play back from a point 2 (hours): 34 (minutes): 08 (seconds) elapsed Press 2 Press 3 Press 4 Press 0 Press 8 To cancel a misentry Press Cursor 2 repeatedly. 5 Press ENTER. 6 Press ON SCREEN. The on-screen bar disappears. NOTE • You can specify time in hours/minutes/seconds for DVD VIDEO and in minutes/seconds for VCD/SVCD/CD. Continued on next page 24 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 25 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM See page 20 for button locations. Advanced operations 7 For MP3: During playback or while stopped For JPEG: While stopped 1 Press Cursor 3/2/Y/5 to select the desired group/track/file. • For MP3, playback starts from the selected track. • For JPEG, proceed to perform the following operation. 2 Press 3 (play button) or ENTER. • Track playback/slide-show starts from the selected track/ file. • When you press ENTER for JPEG, only the selected file is played back. To skip the file during playback Press x/4 or Cursor 5/Y. Selecting a view angle 7 During playback of a disc containing multi-view angles When using the ANGLE button: 1 Press ANGLE. Example: The first view angle is selected out of 3 view angles recorded. 2 Press ANGLE repeatedly or Cursor Y/ 5 to select the desired view angle. NOTE When using the on-screen bar: • You can also check playback information on the display window. (See page 17.) • Some group, track and file names may not be displayed correctly depending on recording conditions. • The order of groups, tracks and files may be displayed differently from the order displayed on your personal computer. 1 Press ON SCREEN twice. The on-screen bar appears on the TV screen. 2 Press Cursor 3/2 to highlight 3 Press ENTER. . Resume Playback When Resume Playback is set to “ON” (see page 33) and you stop playback by the following operations, the position where playback has been stopped is stored. (“RESUME” appears on the display window.) • Turning off the power (see page 13) • Pressing 7 once • Changing the source (see page 14) To start playback from the stored position (“RESUME” disappears.) • Press 3 (play button) on the remote control or the center unit. • Select DVD as the source again if you changed the source. To clear the stored position Press 7 again or open the disc tray. 25 4 Press Cursor Y/5 to select the desired view angle. 5 Press ENTER. 6 Press ON SCREEN. The on-screen bar disappears. TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 26 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM See page 20 for button locations. Advanced operations Selecting the subtitle Selecting the audio 7 During playback of a disc containing subtitles in several languages 7 During playback of a disc containing audio in several languages When using the SUBTITLE button: When using the AUDIO button: 1 Press SUBTITLE. 1 Press AUDIO. Example (DVD VIDEO): “ENGLISH” is selected out of 3 subtitle languages recorded. 2 Press Cursor Y/5 to select the desired subtitle. For SVCD • An SVCD can contain up to four subtitles. Pressing SUBTITLE changes the subtitles regardless of whether the subtitles are recorded or not. (Subtitles will not change if no subtitle is recorded.) NOTE • Each time you press SUBTITLE, the subtitle appears and disappears alternately. Example (DVD VIDEO): “ENGLISH” is selected out of 3 audio languages recorded. 2 Press AUDIO repeatedly or Cursor Y/5 to select the desired audio. When using the on-screen bar: 1 Press ON SCREEN twice. The on-screen bar appears on the TV screen. 2 Press Cursor 3/2 to highlight 3 Press ENTER. . When using the on-screen bar: 1 Press ON SCREEN twice. The on-screen bar appears on the TV screen. 2 Press Cursor 3/2 to highlight 3 Press ENTER. . 4 Press Cursor Y/5 to select the desired audio. 5 Press ENTER. 6 Press ON SCREEN. The on-screen bar disappears. 4 Press Cursor Y/5 repeatedly to select the desired subtitle. 5 Press ENTER. 6 Press ON SCREEN. NOTE • Some subtitle or audio languages are abbreviated in the pop-up window. See “The language codes list”. (See page 31.) • “ST”, “L” and “R” is displayed when playing a VCD or SVCD respectively representing “stereo”, “left sound” and “right sound”. The on-screen bar disappears. NOTE • Some subtitle or audio languages are abbreviated in the pop-up window. See “The language codes list”. (See page 31.) • Each time you press SUBTITLE, the subtitle appears and disappears alternately. 26 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 27 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM See page 20 for button locations. Advanced operations Special picture playback Frame-by-frame playback 7 During playback Press 8 repeatedly. Each time you press the button, the still picture advances by one frame. To return to normal playback Press 3 (play button). Changing the VFP setting The VFP (Video Fine Processor) function enables you to adjust the picture character according to the type of programming, picture tone or personal preference. 7 During playback 1 Press VFP. The current VFP settings appear on the TV screen. Example: Playing back in slow-motion 7 During playback 1 Press 8 at the point where you want to start playback in slow-motion from. The system pauses playback. 2 Press y. • Playback in forward slow-motion starts. For DVD VIDEO only: • To play back in reverse slow-motion, press 1. Each time you press the button, the playback speed become faster. To return to normal playback Press 3 (play button). NOTE • Sound cannot be heard during slow-motion playback. Zooming in 7 During playback or while paused 1 Press ZOOM. Each time you press ZOOM, scene magnification changes. 2 While zoomed in, press Cursor 3/2/Y/ 5 to move zoom-in area. To return to normal playback Press ZOOM repeatedly to select OFF. NOTE • The number of the magnification steps varies depending on the disc type. • During slide-show playback of a JPEG disc, zooming in is not available. In such a case, press 8 to pause slide-show playback, then zoom in. • During playback of JPEG, there may be a case where Cursor (3/2/ Y/5) does not work in step 2. 27 2 Press Cursor 3/2 repeatedly to select the VFP mode. • NORMAL: Normally select this. • CINEMA: Suitable for movies. When you select “NORMAL” or “CINEMA”, press VFP to complete the setting. • USER 1 and USER 2: You can adjust parameters that affect picture appearance. Only when selecting “USER 1” or “USER 2” in step 2, proceed to perform the following operation; 3 Press Cursor Y/5 repeatedly to select a parameter you want to adjust. Adjust gradually and confirm picture appearance results are as preferred. • GAMMA: Controls brightness of neutral tints while maintaining brightness of dark and bright portions. • BRIGHTNESS: Controls screen brightness. • CONTRAST: Controls screen contrast. • SATURATION: Controls screen color depth. • TINT: Controls screen tint. • SHARPNESS: Controls screen sharpness. TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 28 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM See page 20 for button locations. Advanced operations 4 Press ENTER. To clear the programs one by one from the last entered number Press CANCEL repeatedly. Example: 5 Press Cursor Y/5 to change the setting. To clear all programs Press 7. You can also clear the program by turning off the system. 3 Press 3 (play button) to start Program Playback. 6 Press ENTER. The current VFP settings appear again. 7 Repeat steps 3 to 6 to adjust other parameters. 8 Press VFP. NOTE • Although the setting display disappears in the middle of the procedure, the setting at that time will be stored. If all of the programmed tracks/files have been played back, playback stops and the program window appears again. Note that program setting remains. To check the program contents During playback, press 7. Playback stops and the program window appears. To quit the Program mode While stopped, press PLAY MODE repeatedly until both program window and “RANDOM” disappears from the TV screen. NOTE Program Playback • The Resume function cannot be used with Program Playback. • Program Playback may not work for some discs. 7 While stopped Random Playback 1 Press PLAY MODE repeatedly until program window appears on the TV screen. You can play titles or tracks on a disc in random order. 7 While stopped 1 Press PLAY MODE repeatedly until “RANDOM” appears on the TV screen. 2 Press 3 (play button). After playing all titles/tracks on the disc, the system stops playback and quits the Random mode. USE NUMERIC KEYS TO PROGRAM TRACKS. USE CANCEL TO DELETE THE PROGRAM. 2 Follow the instructions that appears on the TV screen to program the desired chapters/ tracks. • For details on using the number buttons, see “How to use the number buttons”. (See page 18.) • The content’s numbers that you have to specify for programming varies depending on the disc type: • • • DVD VIDEO: VCD, SVCD, CD: MP3: To quit the Random mode While stopped, press PLAY MODE repeatedly until both program window and “RANDOM” disappear from the TV screen. You can also clear the Random mode by turning off the system. NOTE • The same title/track will not be played back more than once during Random Playback. Titles and chapters Tracks Groups and tracks • You can specify the chapters/tracks whose number is up to 99. • (For CD, SVCD or VCD) When the total playback time exceeds 99 minutes 59 seconds, “–:–” will appear on the display window. But, it is possible to continue programming. 28 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 29 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM See page 20 for button locations. Advanced operations When using the on-screen bar (except for MP3/ JPEG disc): Repeat Playback Repeating the current selection The on-screen bar appears on the TV screen. 2 Press Cursor 3/2 to highlight 3 Press ENTER. 7 For DVD VIDEO: During playback For VCD/SVCD: During playback without PBC function For CD/MP3/JPEG: During playback or stopped When using the REPEAT button: . 4 Press Cursor Y/5 repeatedly to select Press REPEAT. C 1 Press ON SCREEN twice. the Repeat mode. 1 1 : 31 : 01 Repeat mode indicator 5 Press ENTER. 6 Press ON SCREEN. The on-screen bar disappears. Each time you press REPEAT, the Repeat mode changes. Display window TV screen REPEAT GROUP ALL 1 REPEAT ALL REPEAT TRACK, REPEAT STEP REPEAT STEP No indication Meanings To cancel Repeat Playback Select “OFF” in step 4. Repeats the current group for MP3/JPEG disc. Repeating a desired part [A-B Repeat] Repeats the current title for DVD VIDEO. You can repeat playback of a desired part by specifying the beginning (point A) and ending (point B). Repeats all tracks/files for VCD/SVCD/CD/MP3/JPEG disc. Repeats the current track for VCD/SVCD/CD/MP3 disc. Repeats the current chapter for DVD VIDEO. Repeat mode is off. The system plays back the disc normally. NOTE • For DVD VIDEO, REPEAT ALL may not be available depending on the disc. 7 During playback When using the A-B RPT button: 1 Press A-B RPT at the beginning of the part you want to repeat (point A). The repeat mode indicator “ window. ” appears on the display 2 Press A-B RPT again at the end of the part you want to repeat (point B). The repeat mode indicator on the display window changes to “ ” and A-B Repeat Playback starts. The selected part of the disc (between point A and B) is played repeatedly. To cancel Press A-B RPT during A-B Repeat Playback. 29 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 30 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM See page 20 for button locations. Advanced operations When using the on-screen bar: Sound and other settings 1 Press ON SCREEN twice. The on-screen bar appears on the TV screen. 2 Press Cursor 3/2 to highlight 3 Press ENTER. . NOTE • This function also takes effect for the sources other than DVD. • Before you start operation; There is a time limit when doing the following steps. If the setting is cancelled before you finish, start from step 1 again. 1 Press SETTING. Example: 4 Press Cursor Y/5 repeatedly to select BAL : CENTER “A-B”. 5 Press ENTER at the beginning of the part you want to repeat (point A). 6 Press ENTER at the end of the part you want to repeat (point B). A-B Repeat Playback starts. 7 Press ON SCREEN. The on-screen bar disappears. To cancel Select “OFF” in step 4, then press ENTER. NOTE • When playing back a DVD VIDEO, A-B Repeat Playback is possible only within the same title. • “A-B” cannot be selected during Program and Random Playback. Tray lock You can lock the tray and prohibit the unwanted disc ejection. On the center unit ONLY: While the system is turned off 2 Press Cursor Y/5 to select the item you want to set. • BAL (Balance): You can adjust the balance between the front left and front right speakers. • DEC (Decode): When you play an external source (AUX DIGITAL is selected as a source) that was encoded with Dolby Digital or DTS Digital Surround, the following symptoms may occur; • No sound comes out at the beginning of playback. • Noise comes out while searching for or skipping chapters or tracks. AUT (Auto)/PCM:Normally select this. The system automatically detects the incoming signals. DOLBY D: Select this if the symptoms above occur when playing a disc (or software) encoded with Dolby Digital. DTS: Select this if the symptoms above occur when playing a disc (or software) encoded with DTS Digital Surround. • A. POS (Audio Position): Set the audio position of subwoofer so that the subwoofer level can be automatically adjusted properly. (The smaller the number becomes, the more the level decreases automatically when listening in stereo.) 3 Press Cursor 3/2 to make an adjustment or selection. Example: BAL : Press and hold • The system turns on and “LOCKED” appears on the display window. • If you try to eject the disc, “LOCKED” appears to indicate that the tray is locked. To cancel Carry out the same operation again. • The system turns on and “UNLOCKED” appears on the display window. R -- 5 The adjustment display automatically disappears a few seconds later with the current setting. NOTE • When “DOLBY D” or “DTS” is selected, if a signal encoded with another digital format comes in, you cannot listen to the sound. (The GDIGITAL or C indicator flashes.) 30 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 31 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM Setting DVD preferences Using the setup menus NOTE • See the following “The language codes list” for the code of each language, such as “AA”, etc. • You can change the language used in the setup menus. See “Menu description”. Basic operation on the setup menus IMPORTANT Before using the remote control for the following operation; 1 Set the remote control mode selector to AUDIO. 2 Press DVD. AUDIO Cursor (3/2/Y/5)/ ENTER 7 While stopped 1 Press SET UP. 2 Follow the instructions that appears on the TV screen. Menu description :Language menu (LANGUAGE) The language codes list AA Afar IK Inupiak RN Kirundi AB Abkhazian IN Indonesian RO Rumanian AF IS Icelandic RU Russian IW Hebrew RW Kinyarwanda Afrikaans AM Ameharic AR Arabic JI Yiddish SA Sanskrit AS JW Javanese SD Sindhi Sangho Assamese AY Aymara KA Georgian SG AZ Azerbaijani KK Kazakh SH Serbo-Croatian BA Bashkir KL SI Singhalese BE Byelorussian Greenlandic KM Cambodian SK Slovak BG Bulgarian KN Kannada SL Slovenian BH Bihari KO Korean (KOR) SM Samoan BI KS SN Bislama Kashmiri Shona BN Bengali, Bangla KU Kurdish SO Somali BO Tibetan KY Kirghiz SQ Albanian BR Breton LA Latin SR Serbian CA Catalan LN Lingala SS Siswati CO Corsican LO Laothian ST Sesotho CS Czech LT Lithuanian SU Sundanese CY Welsh LV Latvian, Lettish SV Swedish DA Danish MG Malagasy SW Swahili DZ Bhutani MI Maori TA Tamil EL Greek MK Macedonian TE Telugu EO Esperanto ML Malayalam TG Tajik ET Estonian MN Mongolian TH Thai EU Basque MO Moldavian TI Tigrinya FA Persian MR Marathi TK Turkmen FI Finnish MS Malay (MAY) TL Tagalog FJ Fiji MT Maltese TN Setswana FO Faroese MY Burmese TO Tonga FY Frisian NA Nauru TR Turkish GA Irish NE Nepali TS Tsonga GD Scots Gaelic NL Dutch TT Tatar GL Galician NO Norwegian GN Guarani OC Occitan UK Ukrainian GU Gujarati OM (Afan) Oromo UR Urdu HA Hausa OR Oriya UZ Uzbek HI PA Panjabi VI Vietnamese PL Polish VO Volapuk Hindi TW Twi 7 MENU LANGUAGE HR Croatian Some DVDs have their own menus in multiple languages. • Select the initial menu language*. HU Hungarian PS Pashto, Pushto WO Wolof HY Armenian PT Portuguese XH Xhosa 7 AUDIO LANGUAGE IA Interlingua QU Quechua IE Interlingue RM Rhaeto-Romance ZU Some DVDs have multiple audio languages. • Select the initial audio language*. 7 SUBTITLE Some DVDs have multiple subtitle languages. • Select the initial subtitle language*. 7 ON SCREEN LANGUAGE • Select the language shown on the TV screen when operating this system. * When the language you have selected is not recorded to a disc, the original language is automatically used as the initial language. 31 YO Yoruba Zulu TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 32 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM Setting DVD preferences : Audio menu (AUDIO) : Picture menu (PICTURE) 7 D. RANGE COMPRESSION 7 MONITOR TYPE You can select the monitor type to match your TV when you play DVDs recorded in the picture’s height/width ratio of 16:9. • 16:9/16:9 MULTI (Wide television conversion) Select this when the aspect ratio of your TV is 16:9 (wide TV). • 4:3 LB/4:3 MULTI LB (Letter Box conversion) Select this when the aspect ratio of your TV is 4:3 (conventional TV). While viewing a wide screen picture, the black bars appear on the top and the bottom of the screen. • 4:3 PS/4:3 MULTI PS (Pan Scan conversion) Select this when the aspect ratio of your TV is 4:3 (conventional TV). While viewing a wide screen picture, the black bars do not appear, however, the left and right edges of the pictures will not be shown on the screen. Ex.: 16:9 Ex.: 4:3 LB Ex.: 4:3 PS (Dynamic range compression) You can enjoy low level recorded sound clearly at night even at a low volume when listening to the sound with Dolby Digital. • AUTO Select this when you want to enjoy surround sound with its full dynamic range (no effect applied). • ON Select this when you want to fully apply the compression effect (useful at midnight). NOTE • When you play a multichannel Dolby Digital source with the surround mode is off, the setting of D. RANGE COMPRESSION is set to ON automatically. : Speaker setting menu (SPK. SETTING) NOTE 7 Level menu (LEVEL) • Even if “4:3 PS” or “4:3 MULTI PS” is selected, the screen size may become “4:3 LB” or “4:3 MULTI LB” with some DVDs. This depends on how DVDs are recorded. • When selecting “MULTI” options as the monitor type for the multicolor system TV, the system outputs PAL or NTSC video signal according to the disc, regardless of the scan mode setting (see page 15). CENTER SPEAKER/SURROUND LEFT SPEAKER/ SURROUND RIGHT SPEAKER/SUB WOOFER Adjust the output level of related speakers. TEST TONE* 7 PICTURE SOURCE When you set the scan mode to PROGRESSIVE (see page 15), you can obtain optimal picture quality by selecting whether the content on the disc is processed by field (video source) or by frame (film source). Normally set to “AUTO”. • AUTO Outputs the test tone. RETURN Returns to the SPK. SETTING menu. * The test tone comes out of all of the activated speakers in the following sequence: s Front left speaker s Center speaker s Front right speaker s Surround right speaker s Surround left speaker s (back to the beginning) Used to play a disc containing both video and film source materials. This system recognizes the source type (video or film) of the current disc according to the disc information. • If the playback picture is unclear or noisy, or the oblique lines of the picture are rough, try to change to other modes. • FILM Suitable for playing back a film source disc. • VIDEO Suitable for playing back a video source disc. 7 SCREEN SAVER (See page 18.) You can activate or deactivate Screen Saver function. 7 FILE TYPE When both MP3 files and JPEG files are recorded on a disc, you can select which files to play. After changing FILE TYPE setting, be sure to turn the power off, then turn the power on to enable the new setting. • AUDIO Select this to play MP3 files. • STILL PICTURE Select this to play JPEG files. 32 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 33 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM Setting DVD preferences 7 Distance menu (DISTANCE) 7 Parental lock menu (PARENTAL LOCK) Example: You can restrict playback of a DVD VIDEO containing violent scenes that is not suitable for your other family members. • This setting takes effect only for DVDs containing the Parental Lock level information — Level 1 (most restrictive) to Level 8 (least restrictive). Center speaker Subwoofer Front right Front left 3.0 m 2.7 m 2.4 m 2.1 m Surround left Surround right In this case, set the distance of each speaker as follows; • Distance of front speakers: 3.0 m • Distance of center speaker: 2.7 m • Distance of surround speakers: 2.4 m FRONT SPEAKER/CENTER SPEAKER/SURROUND SPEAKER Adjust the distance from the listening position to the speakers. Within the range from 0.3 m to 9.0 m by 0.3 m. RETURN Returns to the SPK. SETTING menu. : Other setting menu (OTHERS) 7 RESUME (See page 25.) You can activate or deactivate Resume Playback function. 7 ON SCREEN GUIDE You can activate or deactivate the on-screen guide icons. (See page 16.) 7 AV COMPULINK MODE You must set this item correctly to use the AV COMPU LINK system. (See page 37.) 33 COUNTRY CODE Select this when you set the code for your resident. (See page 34.) SET LEVEL Select this when you set the level of restriction. PASSWORD This item is selected automatically when some changes are made on Parental Lock setting. Enter a four-digit number as your password with number buttons 0-9, then press ENTER. • If you have failed to enter your correct password three times, you cannot select an item other than EXIT. In such a case, press ENTER to exit the mode, then try the setting again. EXIT Returns to OTHERS menu. • Be sure to exit the Parental Lock setting mode after entering your password. Otherwise, the changes you made won’t be stored. • If you forget your password, enter “8888” instead of your password. NOTE • When you enter wrong passwords three times, you can select “EXIT” only. TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 34 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM Setting DVD preferences Country/Area codes list for Parental Lock AD AE AF AG AI AL AM AN AO AQ AR AS AT AU AW AZ BA BB BD BE BF BG BH BI BJ BM BN BO BR BS BT BV BW BY BZ CA CC CF CG CH CI CK CL CM CN CO CR CU CV CX CY CZ DE DJ DK DM DO DZ EC EE EG EH Andorra United Arab Emirates Afghanistan Antigua and Barbuda Anguilla Albania Armenia Netherlands Antilles Angola Antarctica Argentina American Samoa Austria Australia Aruba Azerbaijan Bosnia and Herzegovina Barbados Bangladesh Belgium Burkina Faso Bulgaria Bahrain Burundi Benin Bermuda Brunei Darussalam Bolivia Brazil Bahamas Bhutan Bouvet Island Botswana Belarus Belize Canada Cocos (Keeling) Islands Central African Republic Congo Switzerland Côte d’Ivoire Cook Islands Chile Cameroon China Colombia Costa Rica Cuba Cape Verde Christmas Island Cyprus Czech Republic Germany Djibouti Denmark Dominica Dominican Republic Algeria Ecuador Estonia Egypt Western Sahara ER ES ET FI FJ FK Eritrea Spain Ethiopia Finland Fiji Falkland Islands (Malvinas) FM Micronesia (Fedelated States of) FO FR FX GA GB GD GE GF GH GI GL GM GN GP GQ GR Faroe Islands France France, Metropolitan Gabon United Kingdom Grenada Georgia French Guiana Ghana Gibraltar Greenland Gambia Guinea Guadeloupe Equatorial Guinea Greece GS South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands GT GU GW GY HK Guatemala Guam Guinea-Bissau Guyana Hong Kong HM Heard Island and McDonald Islands HN HR HT HU ID IE IL IN IO IQ IR IS IT JM JO JP KE KG KH KI KM KN Honduras Croatia Haiti Hungary Indonesia Ireland Israel India British Indian Ocean Territory Iraq Iran (Islamic Republic of) Iceland Italy Jamaica Jordan Japan Kenya Kyrgyzstan Cambodia Kiribati Comoros Saint Kitts and Nevis KP Korea, Democratic People’s Republic of KR KW KY KZ Korea, Republic of Kuwait Cayman Islands Kazakhstan LA Lao People’s Democratic Republic LB LC LI LK LR LS LT LU LV LY MA MC MD MG MH ML MM MN MO MP MQ MR MS MT MU MV MW MX MY MZ NA NC NE NF NG NI NL NO NP NR NU NZ OM PA PE PF PG PH PK PL PM PN PR PT PW PY QA RE RO RU Lebanon Saint Lucia Liechtenstein Sri Lanka Liberia Lesotho Lithuania Luxembourg Latvia Libyan Arab Jamahiriya Morocco Monaco Moldova, Republic of Madagascar Marshall Islands Mali Myanmar Mongolia Macau Northern Mariana Islands Martinique Mauritania Montserrat Malta Mauritius Maldives Malawi Mexico Malaysia Mozambique Namibia New Caledonia Niger Norfolk Island Nigeria Nicaragua Netherlands Norway Nepal Nauru Niue New Zealand Oman Panama Peru French Polynesia Papua New Guinea Philippines Pakistan Poland Saint Pierre and Miquelon Pitcairn Puerto Rico Portugal Palau Paraguay Qatar Réunion Romania Russian Federation RW SA SB SC SD SE SG SH SI SJ SK SL SM SN SO SR ST SV SY SZ TC TD TF TG TH TJ TK TM TN TO TP TR TT TV TW TZ UA UG Rwanda Saudi Arabia Solomon Islands Seychelles Sudan Sweden Singapore Saint Helena Slovenia Svalbard and Jan Mayen Slovakia Sierra Leone San Marino Senegal Somalia Suriname Sao Tome and Principe El Salvador Syrian Arab Republic Swaziland Turks and Caicos Islands Chad French Southern Territories Togo Thailand Code Language Tajikistan Tokelau Turkmenistan Tunisia Tonga East Timor Turkey Trinidad and Tobago Tuvalu Taiwan Tanzania, United Republic of Ukraine Uganda United States Minor Outlying UM Islands US UY UZ VA United States Uruguay Uzbekistan Vatican City State (Holy See) VC Saint Vincent and the Grenadines VE VG VI VN VU WF WS YE YT YU ZA ZM ZR ZW Venezuela Virgin Islands (British) Virgin Islands (U.S.) Vietnam Vanuatu Wallis and Futuna Islands Samoa Yemen Mayotte Yugoslavia South Africa Zambia Zaire Zimbabwe 34 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 35 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM Tuner operations IMPORTANT Before using the remote control for the following operation; 1 Set the remote control mode selector to AUDIO. 2 Press FM/AM. Manual tuning AUDIO 1 Press FM/AM repeatedly to select the band. The buttons described below are used on pages 35 and 36. Example: When the system is tuned in to 810 kHz. 810k 2 Press TUNING 9/( repeatedly until you find the frequency you want. Remote control mode selector When you hold down the button until the system starts searching for stations and then release it, the system stops searching automatically when a station of sufficient signal strength is tuned in to. NOTE • When a station of sufficient signal strength is tuned in, the TUNED indicator lights on the display window. • When an FM stereo program is received, the ST indicator lights on the display window. Number buttons Setting the AM tuner interval spacing Some countries space AM stations 9 kHz apart, and some countries use 10 kHz spacing. You can only change the AM tuner interval spacing while selecting AM as the band. • You can operate the following procedures using the buttons on the front panel. 7 To change the interval spacing into 10 kHz Press ¢ while holding down 7. 7 To change the interval spacing into 9 kHz Press 4 while holding down 7. NOTE • 9 kHz is the initial setting. 35 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 36 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM See page 35 for button locations. Tuner operations Preset tuning Once a station is assigned to a channel number, the station can be quickly tuned in. You can preset 30 FM and 15 AM stations. 7 To preset the stations 1 Tune in the station you want to preset. • If you want to store the FM reception mode for an FM station, select the reception mode you want. See “Selecting the FM reception mode”. Example: When the system is tuned in to 103.50 MHz. 1 0 3 . 5 0M 2 Press MEMORY. __ 1 0 3 . 5 0M Selecting the FM reception mode When the stereo FM program currently tuned in is noisy, you can change the FM reception mode to improve the reception. 7 While listening to an FM station Press FM MODE. The FM reception mode appears on the display window. Each time you press the button, the FM reception mode changes. • AUTO MUTING: When a program is broadcast in stereo, you will hear stereo sound. (The ST indicator lights on the display window.) When in monaural, you will hear monaural sound. This mode is also useful to suppress static noise between stations. The AUTO MUTING indicator lights on the display window. • MONO: Reception will be improved although you will lose the stereo effect. (The ST indicator goes off.) In this mode, you will hear noise until you are tuned in to a station. (The AUTO MUTING indicator also goes off.) While “– –” are flashing: 3 Press number button(s) (1-10, +10) to select a preset number you want. • For details on using the number buttons, see “How to use the number buttons”. (See page 18.) Example: When the preset channel 1 is selected. 1 1 0 3 . 5 0M If the setting is cancelled before you finish, start from step 2 again. While the selected number is flashing: 4 Press MEMORY. The selected number stops flashing. The station is assigned to the selected preset number. If the setting is cancelled before you finish, start from step 2 again. 5 Repeat steps 1 to 4. • Storing a new station to a used number erases the previously stored one. 7 To tune in to a preset station 1 Press FM/AM repeatedly to select FM or AM. 2 Press number button(s) (1-10, +10) to select a preset number. • For details on using the number buttons, see “How to use the number buttons”. (See page 18.). 36 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 37 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM AV COMPU LINK remote control system The JVC AV COMPU LINK system allows you to enjoy video or audio with the simplest operation. If your video/audio player (such as a DVD player, CD player and VCR) and television or/and amplifier/receiver support the JVC AV COMPU LINK system and are tied with the JVC AV COMPU LINK cable(s), simply starting the player will automatically make all necessary settings on the television and/or amplifier/receiver to allow you to enjoy the playback. IMPORTANT When you make video connection between the player and another device (such as a TV) via the composite, S-video or component jacks, as well as AV COMPU LINK connection, see also the instruction manual of the other device. Notes for connection • There may be no description about connections to the player in the instruction manual of a television or VCR. However, a television or VCR with AV COMPU LINK terminals indicating “II,” “EX” or “III” can be connected to the player. Operation Connection and setup Using an AV COMPU LINK cable, connect the AV COMPU LINK terminals of each component to one another. • The center unit setting for AV COMPU LINK is controlled using the OTHERS menu in the preference display (see page 33). • Refer also to the instruction supplied with your TV or VCR. The JVC AV COMPU LINK system allows you to enjoy video and/ or audio by simply pressing Play on the source component (the component which plays back the video or audio, such as a DVD player or VCR). You do not even have to switch on power on the TV. 1 Turn on the main power of the television. 2 Insert a disc (or tape) into the source Center unit component. TV 3 Press 3 of the source component. The following actions are performed automatically: • Turning on the television power. • Setting the source of the television to the external input (VIDEO-1, VIDEO-2 or VIDEO-3). • If you connect the center unit to a television via AV COMPU LINK, set the center unit’s AV COMPU LINK setting as follows. • When connecting to the VIDEO-1 input terminal of the television: DVD2 • When connecting to the VIDEO-2 input terminal of the television: DVD3 • When connecting to the VIDEO-3 input terminal of the television: DVD1 37 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 38 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM References To clean the disc Wipe the disc with a soft cloth in a straight line from center to edge. Maintenance • DO NOT use any solvent — such as conventional record cleaner, spray, thinner or benzine — to clean the disc. 7 Handling Discs • Remove the disc from its case by holding it at the edge while pressing the center hole lightly. • Do not touch the shiny surface of the disc or bend the disc. • Put the disc back in its case after use to prevent warping. 7 Cleaning the system • Stains on the system should be wiped off with a soft cloth. If the system is heavily stained, wipe it with a cloth soaked in water diluted neutral detergent and wrung well, then wipe clean with a dry cloth. • Since the system may deteriorate in quality, become damaged or get its paint peeled off, be careful about the following. • DO NOT wipe it with a hard cloth. • DO NOT wipe it strong. • DO NOT wipe it with thinner or benzine. • DO NOT apply any volatile substance such as insecticides to it. • DO NOT allow any rubber or plastic to remain in contact with it for a long time. • Be careful not to scratch the surface of the disc when placing it back in its case. • Avoid exposure to direct sunlight, temperature extremes and moisture. Troubleshooting PROBLEM Power does not come on. POSSIBLE CAUSE The power cord is not connected. SOLUTION Connect the power cord correctly. (See page 10.) The remote control does The batteries are exhausted. not work. Sunlight is falling directly on the remote sensor. Hide the remote sensor from direct sunlight. The remote control does The remote control mode is not for the desired source. not work as expected. Before operation, press one of the source selecting buttons for the desired source. No sound. Replace the batteries. (See page 6.) The position of the remote control mode selector is incorrect. Set the selector to the correct position. The speaker cord is not connected. Check the connection. (See page 8.) The audio cord is not connected to AUX IN and/or DIGITAL IN correctly. Connect the cord correctly. (See page 10.) An incorrect source has been selected. Select the correct source. (See page 14.) The decode mode is not set correctly. Select the proper decode mode. (See page 30.) No picture is displayed on the TV screen. The video cord is not connected correctly. Connect the cord correctly. (See page 9.) The disc is not playable. Use a playable disc. (See page 3.) No picture is displayed on the TV screen, the picture is blurred, or the picture is divided into two parts. The scan mode is set to “NTSC PROG.” though the center unit is connected to the TV which does not support the progressive video input. Change the scan mode to “PAL” or “NTSC.” (See page 15.) Video and audio are distorted. The disc is scratched or dirty. Replace or clean the disc. A VCR is connected between the center unit and the TV. Connect the center unit and TV directly. (See page 9.) The picture does not fit the TV screen. The monitor type is not set correctly. Set “MONITOR TYPE” properly. (See page 32.) Hard to listen to broadcast because of noise. Antennas are disconnected. Reconnect the antennas correctly and securely. (See page 7.) 38 TH-S1[UXUG]-1.book Page 39 Wednesday, July 21, 2004 10:29 AM References Specifications 7 Center unit (XV-THS1) Audio section Front/Center/Surround: Subwoofer: 52 W per channel, RMS at 6 C at 1 kHz, with 10 % total harmonic distortion. 52 W, RMS at 6 C at 100 Hz, with 10 % total harmonic distortion. Digital input*1: OPTICAL DIGITAL IN: –21 dBm to –15 dBm (660 nm E30 nm) *1 Corresponding to Linear PCM, Dolby Digital, and DTS Digital Surround (with sampling frequency — 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz) Video section Video System: Horizontal Resolution: Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Video output level Composite: S-video-Y: S-video-C: Component-Y: Component-PB/PR: *2 NTSC/PAL 500 lines 64 dB 1.0 V(p-p)/75 C 1.0 V(p-p)/75 C 0.286 V (0.3 V*2)(p-p)/75 C 1.0 V(p-p)/75 C 0.7 V(p-p)/75 C For PAL system Tuner section Tuning Range FM: AM: General Power Requirements: Type: 1-Way Bass-Reflex Type (Magnetically-shielded Type) Speaker: 8.0 cm cone M 1 Power Handling Capacity: 55 W Impedance: 6C Frequency Range: 90 Hz to 20 000 Hz Sound Pressure Level: 80.0 dB/W·m Dimensions (W M H M D): 106 mm M 119.5 mm M 102 mm Mass: 0.49 kg each 7 Surround speakers (SP-THS1S) Type: 1-Way Bass-Reflex Type (Magnetically-shielded Type) Speaker: 8.0 cm cone M 1 Power Handling Capacity: 55 W Impedance: 6C Frequency Range: 90 Hz to 20 000 Hz Sound Pressure Level: 80 dB/W·m Dimensions (W M H M D): 106 mm M 119.5 mm M 102 mm Mass: 0.56 kg each 7 Subwoofer (SP-WS1) Type: 87.50 MHz to 108.00 MHz 531 kHz to 1602 kHz (at 9 kHz cannel spacing) 530 kHz to 1600 kHz (at 10 kHz cannel spacing) AC 110 V/ AC 127 V/ AC 220 V/ AC 230-240V , 50/60 Hz Power Consumption: 75 W (at operation) 1.0 W (in standby mode) Dimensions (W M H M D): 360 mm M 65 mm M 370 mm Mass: 5.3 kg 39 7 Front / Center speakers (SP-THS1F) 1-Way Bass-Reflex Type (Magnetically-shielded Type) Speaker: 16.0 cm cone M 1 Power Handling Capacity: 55 W Impedance: 6C Frequency Range: 30 Hz to 150 Hz Sound Pressure Level: 76 dB/W·m Dimensions (W M H M D): 128 mm M 284 mm M 337 mm Mass: 3.3 kg Designs & specifications are subject to change without notice. Jh¢‘jPlgH G‘¬¥ 16 ................................................... QVugH M¬hUî 2 ............................................................ ml¬ŒlgH 16 ..................................................... m¢shs®H G¢yajgH Jh¢glU 18 .................................................. M¬PH‘ mslgf QVugH VHV”j 18 ................................................. TgOgH‘ Lhl©g v¢VsgH EPfgH 18 ........................................ ¬HVlgH vq‘lgH ngî G‘w‘gg d¨OjgH 19 ........................... LhrV®H LH¬Ojshf mU‘l¥l ‘• KH‘kU vr‘l ¬¢¬Pj 2 ................................................. «h§¥gH ngU ±h…Pgg Jh±Pbl 2 ...................................................... «h§¥ghf mŒtVlgH JhŒPglgH 20 ...................................... ml¬ŒjlgH G¢yajgH Jh¢glU 5 ..................... if L”PjgH p¢jh…l‘ «h§¥gH Jhk‘”lf SV§t 20 ............................................. d¨¢PlgH J‘wgH vq‘ LH¬OjsH 21 ........................... mahagH ngU Q‘VulgH Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va LH¬OjsH 23 ............................... mkH‘¨sBH ngU ¬¬Pl vr‘l Kl m¢H¬f QVugH 24 ........................................... Jh…glgH dt L”PjgH QVU LH¬OjsH 25 ........................................................ QVugH M¬hUî ThkzjsH 25 ........................................................... m¢CVgH m¢‘H« Vh¢jOH 26 ............................................................ ml¥VjgH myg Vh¢jOH 26 ................................................................. J‘wgH Vh¢jOH 27 .............................................. mwhOgH QVugH M¬hUî Jh¢kh”lî 28 .................................. h§qVU Lj¢s djgH Jh…glghf «h§¥gH m¥lVf 28 .................................................... F¢jVj K‘¬f QVugH M¬hUî 29 ........................................................... QVugH M¬hUî VHV”j 30 ....................................................... JhkH‘¨sBH m¢k¢w G…r 30 .................................................. NVO®H JH¬H¬U™H‘ J‘wgH 31 ......................................... DVD Jb¢q…j ¬H¬Uî 31 .......................................................... ¬H¬U™H LzH‘r LH¬OjsH 31 .................................................................... mlzhŒgH –Va 35 ............................................... TgH‘lgH Jh¢glU 35 ................... AM GhsVî ngU m¢UHƒ™H Jh¨PlgH K¢f Gwh…gH ¬H¬Uî 35 ......................................................... ‰h¢‘¬¢ Jh¨PlgH T¢g‘j 36 ..................................................... Jh¨Plgg RfslgH T¢g‘jgH 36 ........................................... FM m¥‘lgH GhfŒjsH vq‘ Vh¢jOH 37 ............... ¬uf½ KU L”Pjgg AV COMPU LINK Lh±k 3 .................................................. JhkH‘¨sBH G‘P 3 ............................... «h§¥gH ngU G¢yajgg mgfhŒgH JhkH‘¨sBH cH‘k• 7 ......................................................... Jb¢w‘jgH 7 ............................................. AM dzH‘£‘ FM dzH‘£ G¢w‘j 8 ......... J‘wgH LOql‘ (m¢fkh¥gH‘ m¢«”VlgH‘ m¢lhl®H) JhUhlsgH G¢w‘j 9 ........................................................ JhUhlsgH v¢«‘j mŒ¢V¨ 9 ................................................ K‘¢«…¢gj «h§¥f M¬P‘gH G¢w‘j 10 ............................................... DV±hkj «h§¥f M¬P‘gH G¢w‘j 10 ................................................. dlrV «h§¥f M¬P‘gH G¢w‘j 10 ...................................................... dzhfV§”gH Gf”gH G¢w‘j 11 .. ¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ LH¬Ojshf m¢¥VhOgH Jhk‘”lgH G¢yaj 11 ............................................................... K‘¢«…gjgH G¢yaj 12 ................................................. ‘¢¬¢…gH ¨zHVa G¥sl G¢yaj 13 .............................................. m¢shs®H Jh¢glugH 13 ................................................. «h§¥gH G¢yaj ThŒ¢î‘ G¢yaj 14 ................................................ ig¢yaj ¬HVlgH V¬wlgH Vh¢jOH 14 ...................................... [VOLUME] J‘wgH N‘jsl ¨fq 14 ... («h§¥ghf mŒtVl V¢Y) Kƒ®H JhUhls LH¬Ojshf J‘wgH ngî chljsBH 14 ......................................... [MUTING] h‰jrCl J‘wgH ThŒ¢î 14 ............................ [DIMMER] G¢yajgH JHVaCl c‘¨s ¨fq 15 ..................................................... [SLEEP] L‘kgH JrCl m¢«”VlgH JhUhlsgH‘ J‘wgH LOqlg J‘wgH œVO N‘jsl ¨fq 15 .................. [L-SURR.-R‘ CENTER‘ S.WFR] m¢fkh¥gH‘ 15 .................................. [TREBLE] ¬hPgH J‘wgH N‘jsl ¨fq 15 ............................................................ pslgH vq‘ V¢¢yj 38 ........................................................... v¥HVl 38 ......................................................................... mkh¢wgH 38 .................................................. h§Pbwî‘ Gh¨U®H Thaj”H 39 ...................................................................... Jh…wH‘l 1 ml¬ŒlgH mlbsgH Jh¨h¢jPH 7 «h§¥gH ngU ±h…Pgg Jh±Pbl FHVjgH‘ xhlgH‘ mf‘¨VgH Fk¥j .mf‘¨VgH ‘• FHVjgH h§f Ve”¢ K”hl• dt «h§¥gH vqj B m¢ghugH MVHVPgH Jh¥V¬ Fk¥j mualgH M«§¥®H Kl FVŒghf iuqj B‘ MVahflgH SlagH mua® «h§¥gH QVuj B .m¢ghU MVHVPg «h§¥gH LH¬OjsH L¬U‘ V…sgH ¬kU ’mg¢‘¨ m¢kl« MVj…g Fhfs®H Kl Ffs D® «h§¥gH L¬Ojsj B ‘• ‰HVthsl K‘”j hl¬kU .¨zhPghf dzhfV§”gH Vh¢jgH ƒO¶l Kl dzhfV§”gH Gf”gH Sfhr c«kH m¢‘§jgH JhPjt ¬sj B .«h§¥gH Tgj ngî D¬C¢ ¬r m¢‘§jgH JhPjt ¬s œVhOgH Kl M¬P‘ghf m¢hkugH LH¬Ojshf mwhOgH JH¬haV™H vfjH‘ mlUhk Ahlr mu¨r L¬OjsH ’«h§¥gH T¢±kj ¬kU mf¢ƒlgH ¬H‘lgH Kl D• ‘• VkjgH ‘• K¢«kfgH L¬Ojsj B .m¢zhl¢” ¬H‘lf GgflgH AhlŒgH V¢¢yj ‘• «h§¥gH i¢‘aj ngî Hƒ£ D¬C¢ ¬r .MV§¨lgH ¬H‘lgH “gƒ dt hlf NVO®H m¢‘qugH .ik‘g «h§¥gH GOH¬ ngî xhlgH Gw‘ hl Hƒî dzhfV§”gH Vh¢jgH ƒO¶l Kl dzhfV§”gH Gf”gH Sfhr c«k‘ «h§¥gH G¢yaj ThŒ¢ïf Lr ¬r mghPgH Iƒ£ dt «h§¥gH LH¬OjsH .«h§¥gH ikl J¢VjaH DƒgH V¥jlghf GwjH Le ¨zhPghf .m¢zhfV§” ml¬w EH¬Pî ‘• R¢VP F‘ak ngî D¬C¢ «h§¥ghf mŒtVlgH JhŒPglgH .«h§¥ghf mŒtVlgH JhŒPglgH mth” ngU “g‘wP Kl ¬”¶j .M¬P‘ghf mŒtVlgH JhŒPglgH ¬¬U KU Vfu¢ SH‘r®H K¢f ¬‘¥‘lgH LrVgH .V‘…gH ngU vzhfghf GhwjBhf “¢gut ’JhŒPglgH Iƒ£ Kl D• KhwŒk J…aj”H hl Hƒî (1) ¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ • (2) Jh¢Vh¨f • (1) FM dzH‘£ • (1) AM dzH‘£ • (1) vl¥lgH ‘¢¬¢…gH Gf” • (1) ¬¬VjlgH Vh¢jgH Sfhr • mlh£ JHV¢ƒPj 7 «h§¥gH Jhk‘”l v¢l¥j m¥V¬ K‘”j‘ ’M¬‘VfgH ‘• MVHVPgH ¬¢¬a K‘”¢ B E¢Pf Th¥‘ ‘jsl Kh”l VjOH • .m¢‘zl m¥V¬ 35‘ 5 K¢f hl if MVHVPgH .K‘¢«…¢gjgH‘ «h§¥gH K¢f m¢th” mthsl “VjH • .«H«j£bg mqVU i¢t K‘”¢ Kh”l dt «h§¥gH L¬Ojsj B • dzhfV§”gH Gf”gH .mggfl ¬¢¶f dzhfV§”gH Gf”gH “slj B • Gf”gH hlgh¨ m”g§jslgH m¢zhfV§”gH mrh¨gH Kl ¨¢sf VH¬Œl “hk£ K‘”¢ hl h‰lzH¬ • .¨zhPghf m¢zhfV§”gH mrh¨gH ƒO¶lf bwjl dzhfV§”gH h‰lzH¬ WVPH ’¨zhPgH ngU m¢zhfV§”gH mrh¨gH ƒO¶l Kl dzhfV§”gH Gf”gH c«k ¬kU • .dzhfV§”gH Gf”gH S¢g‘ SfhŒgH c«k ngU M¬P‘gH Tzh±‘ dt GgOgH c‘r‘ Fk¥jg D• Jur‘ hl Hƒî .L¬OjslgH m¨sH‘f h§jkh¢w K”l¢ xH«¥• ngU M¬P‘gH Gljaj B • .M¬P‘gH vzhf ngî c‘¥VgH‘ dzhfV§”gH Gf”gH c«kf “¢gut ’mg”al .M¬P‘gH dt m¢k¬ul Lhs¥• D• GhO¬ïf LŒj B • mz¢£ ngU mukwlgH “gj Gel) m¢sh¢r V¢Y Gh”a¶f mukwlgH JhkH‘¨sBH L¬Ojsj B • Tgjj ¬r h§k® ’RH‘s®hf M¬‘¥‘lgH‘ (“gƒ V¢Y‘ KhljzH mrh¨f ‘• MV£« ‘• Fgr .«h§¥gH Tgjj ¬r h§k® mŒwB Jhrh¨f ‘• ¨¢Va h§¢gU ¬‘¥‘lgH JhkH‘¨sBH L¬Ojsj B • .«h§¥gH RwB ¨¢Va mŒwB mrh¨f mŒwB M¬hl VakgH R‘ŒP K¢kH‘r G‘P m±‘Pgl Kl G¢¥sjgH dt c‘VagH Gfr “jg‘¬ dt VakgH G‘ŒP K¢kH‘r mu¥HVlf “¢gU .VakgH R‘ŒP K¢kH‘r “§jk¢ ¬r VakgH R‘ŒPf m¢lPl ¬H‘l Kl G¢¥sjgH .JhkH‘¨sBH oskgH vkl Lh±k G‘P m±‘Pgl ¨zHVa G¥slf «h§¥gH G¢w‘jf L‘Œj hl¬kU .oskgH vkl Lh±kf m¢lPl JhkH‘¨sBH MV‘wgH QVU M¬hUî Ljj B hlfV‘ oskgH vkl Lh±k ¨¢akj Lj¢s ’MVahfl ‘¢¬¢…gH .p¢PwgH ‘Pkghf 2 JhkH‘¨sBH G‘P DVD VIDEO m¢lrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH JhkH‘¨sB mŒ¨klgH «lV mŒ¨klgH «‘lV DVD VIDEO m¢lrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH JhkH‘¨sH‘ QVU M«§¥• ƒO¶j DVD m¢lrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH JhkH‘¨sH QVU M¬hUî «h§¥gH Hƒ£ v¢¨js¢ .h§f mwhOgH I¬¥js DƒgH‘ «h§¥gH mŒ¨kl «lV ngU Gljaj m¨ŒklgH «‘lV h§g djgH VIDEO .«h§¥gH m¢…gO ngU ‰hU‘f¨l :iqVU K”l¢ DƒgH dlrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gg œƒ‘lk ’«h§¥gH vl RtH‘jl V¢Y mŒ¨kl «lV h§g DVD m¢lrV ‘¢¬¢t mkH‘¨sH GhO¬î Lj Hƒî K”l¢ Kg‘ K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU REGION CODE ERROR! mghsVgH V§±jst .mkH‘¨sbg QVugH M¬hUî x¬f mkH‘¨sBH ngU (JhU‘l¥lgH) JH¬g¥lgH‘ (JHVhslgH) Jh…glgH G‘P JhkH‘¨sBH ngU mg¥slgH JPEG Jh…gl‘ MP3 Jh…gl G¢yaj «h§¥gg K”l¢ hl” .h§¢gU oskgH M¬hU™ mgfhŒgH m¥l¬lgH JhkH‘¨sBH‘ oskgg mgfhŒgH m¥l¬lgH ‘• oskgg mgfhŒgH m¥l¬lgH JhkH‘¨sBH ngU JH¬g¥l dt Jh…glgH v¢l¥j Lj¢ hl h‰kh¢P• .“gƒ ifha hl ‘• L‘fg®H ‘• c‘kgH FsP h§¢gU oskgH M¬hU™ mgfhŒgH m¥l¬lgH JhkH‘¨sBH “mU‘l¥l” ngî MVha´g “¬g¥l” mlg” L¬Ojsj½s ’“¢¬¢ K¢f DƒgH Jhl¢gujgH F¢j” dt .“Vhsl” ngî MVha´g “Tgl” mlg”‘ mkH‘¨sBhf mU‘l¥l 99‘ mU‘l¥lghf Tgl 150 ngU TVujgH «h§¥gH Hƒ£ v¢¨js¢ • mkH‘¨sBhf h§¢gU TVujgH «h§¥gH Hƒ§g K”l¢ djgH Jh…glgH ¬¬U dghl¥î‘.nwr• ¬P” .Tgl 1000 ngî Gw¢ M¬PH‘gH ngU G¢yajgg mgfhŒgH JhkH‘¨sBH cH‘k• «h§¥gH :m¢ghjgH JhkH‘¨sBH G¢yajg «h§¥gH Hƒ£ L¢lwj Lj ¬Œg VIDEO m¥l¬lgH ‘¢¬¢…gH JhkH‘¨sH‘ DVD VIDEO m¢lrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH JhkH‘¨sH J‘wgH JhkH‘¨sH‘ SVCD m¥l¬lgH mŒzh…gH MV‘wgH JhkH‘¨sH‘ CD (VCD) CD-R oskgg mgfhŒgH m¥l¬lgH JhkH‘¨sBH‘ Audio CD (CD) m¥l¬lgH .CD-RW h§¢gU oskgH M¬hU™ mgfhŒgH m¥l¬lgH JhkH‘¨sBH‘ c‘kgH Kl ‘¢¬¢…gH MVhaî K• ±PB .PAL‘ NTSC dlh±k vl «h§¥gH Hƒ£ RtH‘j¢ • vq‘ K‘”¢ hl¬kU PAL60 MVhaî ngî G‘Pjjs mkH‘¨sH ngU M¬‘¥‘lgH NTSC .PAL Vh¢Oghf H‰¬ul (15 mP…w v¥HV) pslgH mg¥slgH DVD-R/-RW m¢lrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH JhkH‘¨sH QVU «h§¥gH Hƒ§g K”l¢ hl” • Ffsf h§qVU Lj¢ B ¬r JhkH‘¨sBH Quft ’“gƒ vl‘ .DVD VIDEO R¢skjf .h§¢gU G¢¥sjgH T‘V± ‘• mkH‘¨sBH WzhwO :h§qVU “k”l¢ djgH JhkH‘¨sBH dg¢ hl¢t‘ Audio CD DVD VIDEO CD-R VCD CD-RW SVCD : m¢ghjgH JhkH‘¨sBH G¢yaj K”l¢ B • CD-I (CD-I Ready)‘ CD-ROM‘ DVD RAM‘ DVD-ROM .“gƒ V¢Y‘ SACD‘ Photo CD‘ .JhUhlsgH Tgj‘ xhq‘q EH¬Pî ngî D¬C¢s JhkH‘¨sBH Iƒ£ G¢yaj ‘• VCD‘• DVD VIDEO JhkH‘¨sH Qufg m¢gu…gH G¢yajgH mŒ¢V¨ TgjOj ¬r mkH‘¨sBH m¥lVf F‘gs• ngî Hƒ£ v¥V¢‘ .G¢g¬gH Hƒ§f mPq‘lgH “gj KU SVCD .«h§¥gH Hƒ§f GgO ¬‘¥‘g S¢g‘ h§j¢kf‘ • DVD Format/Logo Licensing m”Vag m¢Vh¥jgH mlbugH d£ DVD mlbU .Corportation 3 JhkH‘¨sBH G‘P MP3 Jh…gl G‘P Jh±Pbl (VhslgH LsH‘ D¬ClgH LsH‘ L‘fg®H LsH Gel) mlbugH Jhl‘gul QVU K”llgH Kl • (.24 mP…w v¥HV) .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU E/F “ 320 ngî E/F “ 32 G¬ulf mg¥slgH MP3 Jh…gl QVU «h§¥gg K”l¢ • .«jV£ ‘g¢” 48‘ 44,1‘ 32‘ 24‘ 22,05‘ 16 JH¬¬Vjf‘ G¬ulf‘ «jV¢£ ‘g¢” 44,1 ¬¬Vjf (dkhY®H) Jh…glgH v¢l¥ G¢¥sjf dw‘k KPk‘ • .E/F “ 128 Jhkh¢f GŒk JPEG Jh…gl G‘P Jh±Pbl b ‰ ¥sl TglgH Kh” hl Hƒî 480 × 640 mr¬gH m¥V¬f Jh…glgH G¢¥sjf dw‘k KPk • .(G‘¨• h‰jr‘ iqVU RVyjs¢ T‘st ’480 × 640 Kl ngU• mr¬ m¥V¬f .¨Œt m¢shs®H JPEG Jh…gl QVU M¬hUî «h§¥gH Hƒ§g K”l¢ • M¬hU™ mgfhŒgH m¥l¬lgH JhkH‘¨sBH‘ oskgg mgfhŒgH m¥l¬lgH JhkH‘¨sBH G‘P Jh±Pbl h§¢gU oskgH MVVPlgH‘ h§¢gU oskgH M¬hU™ mgfhŒgH “gj‘ oskgg mgfhŒgH m¥l¬lgH JhkH‘¨sBH • vq‘) h§gh…rî Lj ¬r Kh” Hƒî hl mghP dt h§qVU M¬hUî –hj¢s L¬OjslgH m¨sH‘f .(h§g m¢h§k ‘• ISO 9660 Level 1 VjOH ’“f mwhOgH JhkH‘¨sBH xhakïf L‘Œj hl¬kU • .mkH‘¨sbg R¢skj” Level 2 .(msg¥ 20 nwr• ¬Pf) “M¬¬ujl Jhsg¥” dt mO‘sklgH JhkH‘¨sBH «h§¥gH LU¬¢ • Jhkh¢fgH L«P G¢¥sj mŒ¢V¨f mO‘sklgH JhkH‘¨sBH QVU «h§¥gH v¢¨js¢ B • .packet write ‘• oskgg mgfhŒgH m¥l¬lgH JhkH‘¨sbg mfPhwlgH JHV¢ƒPjgH ‘• JH¬haV™H •VrH • .h§qVU dt c‘VagH Gfr h§¢gU oskgH M¬hU™ mgfhŒgH m¥l¬lgH JhkH‘¨sBH MxHVŒg G‘¨• ‰hjr‘ ƒO¶j ¬r h§¢gU oskgH M¬hU™ mgfhŒgH m¥l¬lgH JhkH‘¨sBH • M¬hU™ mgfhŒgH JhkH‘¨sBhf WhOgH Sh”ukBH Glhul K• ngî Hƒ£ v¥V¢‘ .h§jh¢‘jPl .m¢¬hugH m¥l¬lgH JhkH‘¨sBhf ¬‘¥‘lgH “gƒ Kl Gr• h§¢gU oskgH ‘• h§g¢¥sj mŒ¢V¨ ‘• h§f mwhO Jhls Ffsf JhkH‘¨sBH Quf QVU Lj¢ B ¬r • .h§¢gU muŒf ‘• h§f F¨U ¬‘¥‘g M¬hU™ mgfhŒgH “gj ‘• oskgg mgfhŒgH m¥l¬lgH JhkH‘¨sBH G¢yaj «h§¥gH Hƒ§g K”l¢ • .audio CD Rskf h§g¢¥sj Lj djgH‘ h§¢gU oskgH M¬hU™ mgfhŒgH “gj ‘• oskgg mgfhŒgH m¥l¬lgH JhkH‘¨sBH G¢yaj «h§¥gg K”l¢ hl” .JPEG Jh…gl ‘• MP3 Jh…gl h§¢gU ‰b¥sl Kh” Hƒî h§¢gU oskgH Jh…gl ngU mgljalgH mkH‘¨sBH K¢‘”j GlH‘U‘ Jhls ¬¢¬Pj Lj¢ ’WhO i¥‘f‘ dt ml¬OjslgH JH¬ulgH‘ (V¢…ajgH) mfhj”gH µlhkVf m¨sH‘f JPEG ‘• MP3 K”llgH Klt ’ml¬OjslgH JH¬ulgH ‘• µlhkVfgg h‰Œt‘t ’dghjghf‘ .G¢¥sjgH m¢glU :dg¢ hl E‘¬P ‘• MP3 Jh…gl ngU mgljalgH mkH‘¨sBH ngU Jh…glgH ‘• JHVhslgH Quf • .du¢f¨ G”af h§g¢yaj L¬U ‘• h§¢¨Oj Lj¢ ¬r JPEG mŒ¢V¨f h§jh…gl Quf QVU Lj¢ ¬r JPEG Jh…gl ngU mgljalgH mkH‘¨sBH • .mz¨hO JPEG ‘• MP3 Jh…gl ngU mgljalgH JhkH‘¨sBH G‘P Jh±Pbl ‘• oskgg mgfhr Jkh” xH‘s) JPEG ‘• MP3 Jh…gl ngU mgljalgH JhkH‘¨sBH • Jr‘gH ¬lju¢s‘) .h§jh¢‘jPl MxHVŒg G‘¨• Jr‘ ngî œhjPj (h§¢gU oskgH M¬hU™ (.mkH‘¨sBH ngU Jh…glgH‘ JH¬g¥lgH m¢kf ¬¢Œuj N¬l ngU RVyjslgH V§±¢ ¬r DƒgH‘ ’m¢ghjgH JhŒPglgH ¬P• ƒO¶j djgH Jh…glgH ngU TVujgH «h§¥gg K”l¢ • :MV¢ywgH ‘• MV¢f”gH TVP®hf “.mp3” ‘• “.MP3” RPglgH :MP3 Tgl “.jpeg” ‘• “.jpg” ‘• “.JPEG” ‘• “.JPG” RPglgH :JPEG Tgl FILE ¬H¬U™H ¨fqht ’c‘kgH m…gjOl Jh…gl ngU Gljaj mkH‘¨sBH Jkh” Hƒî • Ljjs djgH Jhkh¢fgg mfshklgH ml¢Œgg h‰Œt‘ PICTURE mlzhŒghf ¬‘¥‘lgH TYPE (.32 mP…w v¥HV) .(STILL PICTURE ‘• AUDIO hl•) h§jxHVr G¢¥sjf mfgh¨lgH F‘gs¶f m¢lPlgH VakgH R‘ŒP m¢hlP m¢kŒj ngU µjklgH Hƒ£ D‘jP¢ m”Vag NVO®H m¢V”…gH m¢”glgH R‘ŒP‘ mk¢ul m¢”¢Vl• JhUVjOl MxHVf ngU G‘wPgH F¥¢ .VakgH R‘ŒPg m”ghlgH NVO®H Jh§¥gH‘ Macrovision K•‘ ’Iƒ£ VakgH R‘ŒP m¢hlP m¢kŒj LH¬OjsB Macrovision m”Va Kl W¢OVj Kl ¬‘¬Pl ¬¬ug NVO®H JhlH¬OjsBH‘ G«hklgH ngU H‰Vwhr h§lH¬OjsH K‘”¢ V±P¢ .Macrovision mssCl Gfr Kl “gƒ V¢yf W¢OVjgH Lj Hƒî Bî K¢¬£halgH .h§g mk‘”lgH xH«¥®H “t ‘• GOH¬gH Kl M¬P‘gH G¢yaj mŒ¢V¨ G¢¬uj ‰hlhlj 4 if L”PjgH p¢jh…l‘ «h§¥gH Jhk‘”lf SV§t .xH«¥®H Iƒ£ G¢wh…j h§f –‘ValgH JhP…wgH ngî Gh”a®hf mPq‘lgH LhrV®H V¢aj (m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH) m¢lhl®H mP‘ggH QVugH mP‘g 21 15 36 17 17 16 :mkH‘¨sBH m¢k¢w 17 17 17 17 16 21 35 35 13 36 16 13 29 16 16 18 18 14 14 14 6 :¬u½f KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ MVhaî ¨rB (m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH) m¢…gOgH mP‘ggH 37 m¢ghjgH Jhl‘gulgH v¥HV 10 8 10 10 9 9 7 dzhfV§”gH Vh¢jgH ¬¬Vj Vh¢jOH VaCl ¨fq M¬‘¥‘lgH Vh¢jgH ¬¬Vj mlbU V¢aj E¢Pf dzhfV§”gH Vh¢jgH VaCl MVH¬™ “…l L¬OjsH .«h§¥gH h§¢t L¬Ojsj djgH mŒ¨klghf dzhfV§”gH Vh¢jgH ¬¬Vj ml¢r ngî m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘ghf VaCl LH¬Ojshf “jŒ¨klf WhOgH dzhfV§”gH Vh¢jgH ¬¬Vj VjOH ’M¬P‘gH G¢w‘j Gfr m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH m¢…gO dt ¬‘¥‘lgH Vh¢jgH Vh¢jOH Vh¢jgH ¬¬Vj mlbU 5 if L”PjgH p¢jh…l‘ «h§¥gH Jhk‘”lf SV§t ¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ dt Jh¢Vh¨fgH vq‘ ¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ 16 11 14 c‘kf mth¥ Jh¢Vh¨f R6P( S UM-3)/AA(15F) («h§¥ghf mŒtVl) 13 11 12 14 26 17 26 21 14 11 11 23 36 ’16 36 – 11 16 35 ’18 18 36 ’16 23 .h£H¬l Gr ‘• ¬u½f KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ m¢ghut Jq…OkH hl Hƒî K¢j¢Vh¨fgH G¬fjsH 31 ’15 V¢ƒPj .F§ggH ‘• MVHVPgg Jh¢Vh¨fgH QVuj B • 18 ’12 ¬u½f KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ Kl «h§¥gH G¢yaj .m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gg m¢lhl®H mP‘ggH ngî ¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ i¥‘ .¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ MVhaî ¨rB Lhl• ‰bzhP vqj B • 21 19 25 27 :LhrV®HVHV«• 18 29 29 31 30 28 28 23 27 ’15 14 15 15 15 15 15 m±Pbl VHV«®H LH¬OjsB • ’xh¨ygH G…s•M¬‘¥‘lgH .G… s® xh¨ygHFP sH 6 Jb¢w‘jgH .NVO®H Jb¢w‘jgH mth” Kl xh§jkBH Gfr dzhfV§”gH Gf”gH G¢w‘jf LŒj B ‰h…¢uq GhfŒjsBH Kh” Hƒî m ¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH A M dzH‘£‘ F M d z H ‘ £ G ¢ w ‘ j AM dzH‘£ 7 T‘…glgH AM dzH‘£ «h§¥ghf RtVlgH AM dzH‘£ «¢§¥j n¨yl ¬PH‘ Gf” Kl K‘”l d¥VhO dzH‘£ («h§¥ghf RtVl V¢Y) G¢k¢…ghf FPs‘ dkef LŒt’mg«hU mŒf¨f n¨yl dzH‘§gH Gf” Kh” Hƒî .Gf”gH ngU Klh§jgH«™ mg«hugH mŒf¨gH FMdzH‘£ 7 tm¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH ( « h § ¥ g h f R t V l ) F M d z H‘£ AM dzH‘£ G¢w‘j 1 h¢Œt•RtVlgH FM dzH‘£ G‘¨ M¬h¢«f Lr ‰h…¢uq GhfŒjsBH Kh” Hƒî m¢ «”VlgH M¬P‘gH RtVl V¢Y) d¥VhO FM dzH‘£ («h§¥ghf dsh¢r G¢w‘j Sfhr (L‘• 7 5 D V‘Pl Gf”) 2 dzH‘§gH Gf” RtVl V¢Y) d¥VhO FM dzH‘£ Gf” («h§¥ghf m±Pbl 3 GOH¬jg ijl‘hŒl M¬‘¥f I«¢ljg FM dzH‘£ vl V‘PlgH ¬PjlgH Gf”gH LH¬Ojshf dw‘k • .JHVha™H GhfŒjsH Gqt• ngU GwPj K• ngî Jh§¥gH v¢l¥ ngî T‘…glgH dzH‘§gH i¢¥‘jf Lr • .AM GhsVî ngU mUHƒlgH µlHVfgH Ef MVjt xhke• m±Pbl .NVO• xhfV§” Jbf” ‘• G¢w‘j Jbf” D® dzH‘§gH Jbw‘l Slg L¬U ngU WVPH • . GhfŒ j sBH m¢glU M ¬‘¥ Qh…OkH n g î H ƒ£ D¬ C ¢ ¬r 7 .NVO®H Jb¢w‘jgH mth” Kl xh§jkBH Gfr dzhfV§”gH Gf”gH G¢w‘jf LŒj B Jb¢w‘jgH J‘wgH LOql‘ (m¢fkh¥gH‘ m¢«”VlgH‘ m¢lhl®H) JhUhlsgH G¢w‘j Khj¢lhl ®H KhjUh l sgH m¢«”VlgH mUhlsgH mUhlsgH Gf” .(-) xH¬‘sgH Jbw‘lghf xH¬‘sgH Jbf”gH Gw‘ • .(+) xHVlPgH Jbw‘lghf xhq¢fgH Jbf”gH Gw‘ • Jbf” G¢w‘j Gfr ÷JhUhlsgH mg«hugH mŒf¨gH FPs‘ dkef Lr .h§jgH «™ J‘wgH LOql Khj¢fkh¥gH KhjUhlsgH ÷¨zhPgH ngU JhUhlsgH J¢fej ¬kU • .¬ljul dkt m¨sH‘f ¨zhPgH ngU h§j¢fej ngU WVPH • Kl µjkj ¬r mur‘jl V¢Y VHVq• D® h‰fk¥j ¨zhPgH ngU “s…kf JhUhlsgH J¢fejf LŒj B .i¢gU mjfelgH ¨zhPgH dt GgO ‘• Tuqg ‘• °¨hOgH J¢fejgg m¥¢jk QV®H ngU h§U‘r‘ ¬H Vt®H Fh w ¢ ¬r . ¨ zhPgH ngU JhUhlsgH J¢fej vq‘l Vh ¢jOH ¬kU VƒPgH dO‘j F¥¢ • .m¢l‘¢gH Jh¨hakgH vl QVhuj¢ vq‘l dt JhUhlsgH J¢fej Lj Hƒî JH¬ulgH Tgjj ‘• 8 V¢ƒPj S…k h§g JhUhls L¬OjsH ’«h§¥ghf mŒtVlgH “gj TbOf NVO• JhUhls G¢w‘j ¬kU • ngU mU‘f¨l h£¬¥js djgH‘ SPEAKER IMPEDANCE m¢zhfV§”gH ml‘hŒlgH .m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH m¢…gO .Gw‘lgH S…kf mUhls Kl Ve”• G¢w‘jf LŒj B • .NVO®H Jb¢w‘jgH mth” Kl xh§jkBH Gfr dzhfV§”gH Gf”gH G¢w‘jf LŒj B K‘¢«…¢gj «h§¥f M¬P‘gH G¢w‘j ‘• ‘¢¬¢…gH ¨zHVa G¥sl VfU K‘¢«…¢gjgH «h§¥ G¢w‘j ¬kU E¬P¢ ¬r MV‘wgH I‘aj • .‘¢¬¢…gH ¨zHVag G¥sl if µl¬l K‘¢«…¢gjf ¬‘¥‘lgH MONITOR TYPE ¬H¬U´g mP¢PwgH ml¢ŒgH K¢¢uj ngî œhjPjs • v¥HV) .“f WhOgH K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ¬huf® h‰Œt‘ PICTURE mlzhŒghf (.32 mP…w Jb¢w‘jgH JhUhlsgH v¢«‘j mŒ¢V¨ m¢«”VlgH mUhlsgH NVs¢gH m¢lhl®H mUhlsgH nkl¢gH m¢lhl®H mUhlsgH J‘wgH LOql F”VlgH ‘¢¬¢…gH GO¬ G¢w‘j ƒthklf ¬‘«l K‘¢«…¢gj G¢w‘j 7 m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH K‘¢«…¢gj «h§¥ G¢w‘j ƒ…kl ngî F”VlgH ‘¢¬¢…gHGO¬ NVs¢gH m¢fkh¥gH mUhlsgH nkl¢gH m¢fkh¥gH mUhlsgH («h§¥ghf RtVl V¢Y) F”VlgH ‘¢¬¢…gH Gf” m±Pbl m¢ghU MV‘w m¢CVf chjljsBH “kh”lïft ’d¥¢V¬jgH ‘¢¬¢…gH GO¬ LU¬¢ “k‘¢«…¢gj Kh” Hƒî • (.15 mP…w v¥HV) .d¥¢V¬jgH pslgH vq‘g active ml¢ŒgH K¢¢uj m¨sH‘f M¬‘¥gH G‘Pl L¬Ojsht ’BNC c‘kgH Kl K‘¢«…¢gjgH dt F”VlgH ‘¢¬¢…gH GO¬ SfhŒl Jkh” Hƒî • .BNC SfhŒl ngî m¢¬hugH SfhŒlgH G¢‘Pjg («h§¥ghf RtVl V¢Y) G¢w‘j V¬wl” DVDVh¢jOH ¬uf Bî K‘¢«…¢gjgH ngî h§g¢w‘j K”l¢ Kg F”VlgH ‘¢¬¢…gH JHVhaî • (.14 mP…w v¥HV) .QVugg mŒzh…gH MV‘wgH GO¬ G¢w‘j ƒthklf ¬‘«l K‘¢«…¢gjf «h§¥gH G¢w‘jg 7 vl¥lgH ‘¢¬¢…gH ‘• /‘ m¢ «”Vl g H M¬P‘gH vl¥lgH ‘¢¬¢…gH Gf” («h§¥ghf RtVl) K‘¢«…¢gj «h§¥ m±Pbl mrV…jl ¨Œk V§±j ¬Œt ’m¢s¢¨hkylgH Kl m¢lPl JhUhlsgH‘ J‘wgH LOql K• Kl LYVghf • mthsl “VjH ’mghPgH Iƒ£ dt .m£‘al mq‘VulgH MV‘wgH ‘¬fj‘ K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU .K‘¢«…¢gjgH‘ JhUhlsgH K¢f m¢th” vl‘ .K‘¢«…¢gjgH Jhaha ngU KH‘g®H I‘aj Fk¥jg m¢s¢¨hkylgH Kl m¢lPl JhUhlsgH • F¥¢ ’“gƒg .KH‘g®H I‘aj “gƒ KU µjk¢ ¬Œt ’mz¨hO mŒ¢V¨f h£¬H¬Uî Lj hl Hƒït ’“gƒ .Glugg JhUhlsgH ¬H¬Uî ¬kU dg¢ hl MhUHVl ds¢zVgH mrh¨gH –hj…l L¬OjsH ’K‘¢«…¢gj «h§¥ Kl FVŒghf JhUhlsgH vq‘ ¬kU .JhUhlsgH G¢w‘j Gfr if WhOgH mrh¨gH Gf” c«kH ‘• ig¢yaj ThŒ¢™ K‘¢«…¢gjgg x¬fg K‘¢«…¢gjgg ds¢zVgH mrh¨gH –hj…l LH¬OjsH Gfr Gr®H ngU mŒ¢r¬ 30 V±jkH Le .NVO• MVl ig¢yaj LYVghf h§kl FVŒghf JhUhlsgH ¬‘¥‘ Kl MVe¶jl G±j ¬r K‘¢«…¢gjgH M«§¥• Quf KU ‰H¬¢uf JhUhlsgH GŒkht ’“gƒ” vq‘gH Kh” Hƒî .mŒfhsgH JH¬haV™H chfjH Kl .K‘¢«…¢gjgH .‘jsl p¨s ngU JhUhlsgH vq • J‘wgH LOql Juq‘ Hƒî .K‘¢«…¢gjgH K¢l¢ ngU J‘wgH LOql vq‘ ngU WVPH • maha ngU m£‘al KH‘g®H V‘§± Fk¥jg hl§k¢f m¢th” mthsl “Vjht ’K‘¢«…¢gjgH Vhs¢ ngU .K‘¢«…¢gjgH («h§¥ghf RtVl V¢Y) mŒzh…gH MV‘wgH Gf” m±Pbl (.15 mP…w v¥HV) .K‘¢«…¢gjgH «h§¥ Fshk¢ DƒgH pslgH vq‘ VjOH • 9 .NVO®H Jb¢w‘jgH mth” Kl xh§jkBH Gfr dzhfV§”gH Gf”gH G¢w‘jf LŒj B dlrV «h§¥f M¬P‘gH G¢w‘j .dlrV «h§¥ Kl ƒ‘O¶lgH J‘wghf chjljsBH “kh”lïf Jb¢w‘jgH DV±hkj «h§¥f M¬P‘gH G¢w‘j .DV±hkj «h§¥ Kl ƒ‘O¶lgH J‘wghf chjljsBH “kh”lïf m ¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH m¢ «”VlgH M ¬P‘gH *DBS TgH‘l MD G¥sl œVOgH G¢w‘j ƒ…kl ngî dlrVgH dlrVgH Gf”gH («h§¥ghf RtVl V¢Y) EfgH dkuj‘ Direct Broadcasting Satellite Jhlg”g VhwjOH DBS * m¢zhq…gH JH‘kŒgg VahflgH RCA G¢w‘j Gf” («h§¥ghf RtVl V¢Y) J‘wgH œVO ngî m±Pbl ÷m¢zhq…gH JH‘kŒgg VahflgH EfgH TgH‘l Gel ‘¢¬¢…gg QVU M¬P‘ G¢yaj ¬kU (.14 mP…w v¥HV) .J‘wgg V¬wl” AUX DIGITAL VjOH ’J‘wgg chljsbg • ¬‘¥‘lgH ‘¢¬¢…gH GO¬ ƒ…klf M¬P‘ghf ¬‘¥‘lgH ‘¢¬¢…gH œVO ƒ…kl Gw‘ ’MV‘wgH m¢CVg • ‘¢¬¢…gH ¨zHVa G¥sl K‘¢«…¢gjgH m¢j‘wgH ¨zHVagH G¥sl .K‘¢«…¢gjgH «h§¥ Fshk¢ DƒgH GhO¬™H vq‘ VjOH Le ’K‘¢«…¢gjghf m±Pbl dzhfV§”gH Gf”gH G¢w‘j .Jb¢w‘jgH mth” Kl xh§jkBH Kl ¬”¶j m ¢«”VlgH M ¬P‘gH dzhfV§”gH Gf” g H .¬¬VjlgH Vh¢jgH ƒthklf G¢w‘jgg V¢ƒPj .igŒk ‘• «h§¥gH T¢±kj Gfr dzhfV§”gH Gf”gH c« kH • WVPH ’SfŒlgH Kl Gf”gH c«k ¬kU .SfŒlgH Kl Gf”gH c«kg dzhfV§”gH Gf”gH FPsj B • .Gf”gH Tgj¢ B njP ifPs Le Lh”Pïf SfhŒghf “hsl™H ngU h‰lzH¬ m±Pbl Lj DƒgH d¨¢PlgH J‘wgH vq‘‘ h‰Œfsl M¬ulgH Jh¨PlgH Gel ’‰hŒfsl mk¢ulgH JH¬H¬U™H • :m¢ghjgH JBhPgH dt Lh¢• muqf ¬uf h§Psl Lj¢ ¬r ’“jfYV FsP i¨fq .m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH Kl dzhfV§”gH Gf”gH c«kf Jlr Hƒî • .dzhfV§”gH Vh¢jgg ch¨ŒkH E¬P Hƒî • G‘Pl L¬Ojsht ’¬¬VjlgH Vh¢jgH Sfhr vl RtH‘j¢ B ¨zhPgH ngU Vh¢jgH SfŒl Kh” Hƒî • .«h§¥ghf RtVlgH ¬¬VjlgH Vh¢jgH G¢w‘j 10 mgyalgH JH¬P‘gH K¢f J‘wgH K«H‘l Gel J‘wgH K¢sPjg «h§¥ G¢w‘jf Jlr Hƒî • .‰h£‘al «h§¥gH Hƒ£ KU V¬hwgH J‘wgH pfw¢ hlfVt ’«h§¥gH Hƒ£‘ J‘wgg ÷‘¢¬¢…gH ¨zHVa G¥sl Gel ‘¢¬¢…gg QVU M¬P‘ G¢yaj ¬kU • (.14 mP…w v¥HV) .J‘wgg V¬wl” AUX VjOH ’J‘wgg chljsbg • ¬‘¥‘lgH ‘¢¬¢…gH GO¬ ƒ…klf M¬P‘ghf ¬‘¥‘lgH ‘¢¬¢…gH œVO ƒ…kl Gw‘ ’MV‘wgH m¢CVg • .K‘¢«…¢gjgH «h§¥ Fshk¢ DƒgH GhO¬™H vq‘ VjOH Le ’K‘¢«…¢gjghf ¬u½f KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ LH¬Ojshf m¢¥VhOgH Jhk‘”lgH G¢yaj m”VagH «lV GhO¬™ (0‘ 9 ngî 1 Kl) LhrV®H VHV«• ¨yqH .(K¢lrV Kl K‘”lgH) mukwlgH 4 K‘¢«…¢gjgH G¢yajf mwhOgH JhP…wgH dt L¬Ojs½j dg¢ hl¢t mP‘ValgH VHV«BH .‘¢¬¢…gH ¨zHVa G¥sl G¢yaj‘ :mgel• :Hitachi K‘¢«…¢gj «lV GhO¬™ .0 Le 1 ¨yqH :Toshiba K‘¢«…¢gj «lV GhO¬™ .8 Le 0 ¨yqH «lVgH mukwlgH m”VagH «lVgH mukwlgH m”VagH 12 Samsung 01 JVC 13 S a n yo 10 Hitachi 06 Sh arp 02 Magnavox 07 Sony 03 Mitsubishi 08 Toshiba 04, 11 Panasonic 09 Zenith 05 RCA T V V« VVP vq‘ Vh¢jOH VaCl M¬P‘ ngUG ¢yajgH ¬u½f KU L”PjgH ( QVugH M¬hUî «V) 5 ngU «lV G” FV¥t ’¬PH‘ c‘kg mlzhŒghf V‘”ƒl «lV Kl Ve”• “hk£ Kh” Hƒî .p¢PwgH «lVgH GO¬j K• ngî M¬P G¢yajgH 7 .K‘¢«…¢gjgH ngî ¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ i¥‘ Lh£ ÷K‘¢«…¢gjgH M«§¥• ¬P• G¢yajg ¬u½f KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ LH¬OjsH Gfr KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ ngU ¬‘¥‘lgH G¢yajgH vq‘ Vh¢jOH VaCl “VP • .TV vq‘lgH ngî ¬u½f :K‘¢«…¢gjgH G¢yajg mPhjlgH VHV«®H dg¢ hl¢t‘ K‘¢«…¢gjgH G¢yaj ThŒ¢î‘ G¢yajf L‘Œ¢ : TV .J‘wgH ¨fq¢ :TV VOL +/.(VIDEO ‘• TV hlî) GhO¬™H vq‘ ¬¬P¢ :TV/VIDEO .JH‘kŒgH K¢f GŒkjgg :CHANNEL +/.MhkŒgH VhjO¢ :1-10, 0, +10 (100+) .m¢ghPgH MhkŒgH‘ mŒfhsgH MhkŒgH K¢f G¢¬fjgg :TV RETURN Lhr V®HVHV «• m±Pbl .Rfsl Vhuaî K‘¬ G¢¬ujgg mqVU mukwlgH Jh”VagH «‘lV • .¬u½f KU L”Pj M¬P‘ Jh¢Vh¨f GH¬fjsH ¬uf NVO• MVl «‘lVgH K¢¢ujf Lr • K‘¢«…gjgH G¢yaj mukwlgH m”VagH «lV K¢¢uj 7 .mukwlgH m”VagH «lV K¢¢uj K‘¬f JVC K‘¢«…¢gj M«§¥• ¬P• G¢yaj v¢¨jsj L”PjgH M¬P‘ ngU ¬‘¥‘lgH G¢yajgH vq‘ Vh¢jOH VaCl “VP .TV vq‘lgH ngî ¬u½f KU .h‰¨‘yql if ±h…jPBH vl T V V« ngU ¨yqH .4 LrV M‘¨OgH Kl xh§jkBH njP ‰h¨‘yql V«ghf ±…jPH .ENTER V« ngU ¨yqH 1 2 3 11 .VHV«®H vrH‘l mtVulg 11 mP…w v¥HV ¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ LH¬Ojshf m¢¥VhOgH Jhk‘”lgH G¢yaj G¢yajgH 7 ‘¢¬¢…gH ¨zHVa G¥sl G¢yaj .‘¢¬¢…gH ¨zHVa G¥sl ngî ¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ i¥‘ Lh£ VCR ¨zHVa G¢¥sj M«§¥• ¬P• G¢yajg ¬u½f KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ LH¬OjsH Gfr ÷‘¢¬¢…gH ¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ ngU ¬‘¥‘lgH G¢yajgH vq‘ Vh¢jOH VaCl “VP .VCR vq‘lgH ngî :‘¢¬¢…gH ¨zHVa G¥sl G¢yajg mPhjlgH VHV«®H dg¢ hl¢t‘ .‘¢¬¢…gH ¨zHVa G¥sl G¢yaj ThŒ¢î‘ G¢yajf L‘Œ¢ : VCR .QVugH M¬hUî x¬fg (QVugH V«) :2 .G¢yajgH ThŒ¢™ :7 .‰hjrCl QVugH ThŒ¢™ :8 .‘¢¬¢…gH ¨¢Va ngU Lhl©g h‰u¢Vs GhŒjkbg :1 .‘¢¬¢…gH ¨¢Va ngU TgOgg c‘¥Vgg :y G¢¥sjgH ThŒ¢™ 8 vl ‘• G¢¥sjgH x¬fg (QVugH V«) 2 vl V«gH Hƒ£ ¨yqH :REC .h‰jrCl .‘¢¬¢…gH ¨zHVa G¥sl ngU Kl K‘¢«…¢gjgH JH‘kr K¢f G¢¬fjgg :CHANNEL +/- mukwlgH m”VagH «lV K¢¢uj 7 L”PjgH M¬P‘ ngU ¬‘¥‘lgH G¢yajgH vq‘ Vh¢jOH VaCl “VP .VCR vq‘lgH ngî ¬u½f KU .‰h¨‘yql if ±h…jPBH vl VCR V« ngU ¨yqH .4 LrV M‘¨OgH Kl xh§jkBH njP ‰h¨‘yql V«ghf ±…jPH .ENTER V« ngU ¨yqH m”VagH «lV GhO¬™ (9 ngî 1 Kl‘ 0) LhrV®H VHV«• ¨yqH .(K¢lrV Kl K‘”lgH) mukwlgH 2 3 4 :mgel• :Panasonic ‘¢¬¢…gH ¨zHVa G¥sl «lV GhO¬™ .7 Le 1 ¨yqH :Philips ‘¢¬¢…gH ¨zHVa G¥sl «lV GhO¬™ .9 Le 0 ¨yqH «lVgH mukwlgH m”VagH «lVgH mukwlgH m”VagH 09 Philip s 01, 0 2, 03 JVC 05, 06 RC A 11, 26 Emerson 24 Samsung 29 Fisher 2 1 -23 Sany o 10, 14-16 Funai 27, 28 Sharp 12 Go l d Star 30 Shintom 04 Hita chi 18 -20 Son y 13 Mitsubishi 08 Zenith 25 NEC 07, 17 Panasonic . VCR V« VVP ngU «lV G” FV¥t ’¬PH‘ c‘kg mlzhŒghf V‘”ƒl «lV Kl Ve”• “hk£ Kh” Hƒî .p¢PwgH «lVgH GO¬j K• ngî M¬P 12 1 5 m¢shs®H Jh¢glugH «h§¥gH G¢yaj ThŒ¢î‘ G¢yaj :¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ Kl . AUDIO V« ngU ¨yqH Jh¢glugH L±ul –Vag L¬Ojsj ¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ ngU M¬‘¥‘lgH VHV«®H ngU M¬‘¥‘lgH VHV«®H LH¬OjsH “k”l¢ .“¢¬¢ K¢f DƒgH Jhl¢gujgH F¢j”f M¬‘¥‘lgH Lh¢Œgg ¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ Kl h§g “lH¬OjsH mŒ¢V¨ S…kf m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH .“gƒ V¢Y ngî MVha™H Jlj hl Hƒî Bî G¢yajgH Jh¢gluf Lh£ :m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH Kl . ngU ¨yqH ÷m¢ghjgH m¢glugg ¬u½f KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ LH¬OjsH Gfr KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ ngU ¬‘¥‘lgH G¢yajgH vq‘ Vh¢jOH VaCl “VP • .AUDIO vq‘gH ngî ¬u½f AUDIO maha ngU m¢ghjgH mghsVgH V§±js ’ig¢yaj ¬HVlgH QVugg V¬wl” DVD ¬¢¬Pj ¬kU (.14 mP…w v¥HV) .K‘¢«…¢gjgH :“OPEN”/“CLOSE” .mkH‘¨s®H m¢k¢w RbYî ‘• pjt ¬kU V§±js :“NOW READING” .mkH‘¨s®H Jhl‘gulg «h§¥gH MxHVr ¬kU V§±js :“REGION CODE ERROR!” djgH «‘lVgHvl dlrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH mkH‘¨s® mŒ¨klgH «lV Rfh¨j L¬U ¬kU V§±js .mkH‘¨s®H QVU M¬hUî K”l¢ Kg .«h§¥gH h§lU¬¢ :“NO DISC” .«h§¥ghf mkH‘¨s• ¬‘¥‘ L¬U ¬kU V§±js :“CANNOT PLAY THIS DISC” .h§g¢yaj K”l¢ B mkH‘¨s• GhO¬î ¬kU V§±js • • • • 13 Kl JhP…wgH dt L¬Ojs½j dg¢ hl¢t mP‘ValgH VHV«®H .15 ngî VHV «• Vh¢jOH V¬wlgH Vh¢jOH V« G¢yajgH vq‘ M¬P‘ ngU ¬u½f KU L”PjgH • m±Pbl x‰hql V§±¢s‘ ’«h§¥gH ngî xhfV§”gH G¢w‘j ¬kU STANDBY –hfwlgH xh…¨î Lj¢s • .«h§¥gH KU xhfV§”gH v¨r ¬kU nls¢ hl Hƒ£‘ .«h§¥gH G¢yaj ThŒ¢î xhke• njP i”b§jsH Lj¢ xhfV§”gH Kl ¨¢sf V¬r “hk£ • Lr .vq‘gH Hƒ£ dt x‰hql STANDBY –hfwlgH V§±¢s‘ G¢yajgg ¬H¬ujsBH vq‘f .m¢g” dzhfV§”gH Vh¢jgH Gw…g ¬¬VjlgH Vh¢jgH V¬wl Kl dzhfV§”gH Gf”gH Gw…f ÷m¢ghjgH VHV«®H ngU ¨yqghf «h§¥gH G¢yaj “k”l¢ hl” • m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH Kl 0 ‘• ¬u½f KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ Kl OPEN/CLOSE • ¬u½f KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ Kl V¬wlgH Vh¢jOH VHV«• ¬P• • Bî ¬u½f KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ Kl VHV«®H S…k LH¬OjsH v¢¨jsj .m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH Kl 2 • .h§gfr FM/AM V«gH ngU ¨yqgH Lj Hƒî 13 .VHV«®H vrH‘l mtVulg 13 mP…w v¥HV m¢shs®H Jh¢glugH Kƒ®H JhUhls LH¬Ojshf J‘wgH ngî chljsBH («h§¥ghf mŒtVl V¢Y) V¢ƒPj ÷J‘wgH N‘jsl Q…O Kl ¬”¶j Kl G”g ‰HVHVq• Ffs¢ ¬r v…jVlgH J‘wgH K® h§zH¬jVH ‘• JhUhlsgH G¢w‘j Gfr • .vlsgH ngU “jV¬r‘ JhUhlsgH .m¢¬hugH JhUhlsgH Kl M¶¥t œVO¢ ¬r v…jVlgH J‘wgH K® Kƒ®H JhUhls Gwt Gfr • L‘Œ¢s ’m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘ghf PHONES G¢w‘jgH ƒ…klf Kƒ®H JhUhls G¢w‘j ¬kU ThŒ¢î‘ ¬¬PlgH (20 mP…w v¥HV) d¨¢PlgH J‘wgH vq‘ xhygïf h‰¢zhŒgj «h§¥gH HEADPHONE GhO¬™H V§±¢s .Kƒ®H JhUhls vq‘ ¨¢akj‘ m¢¬hugH JhUhlsgH .QVugH mP‘g ngU Kƒ®H JhUhls vq‘ ¬H¬Uî KU V±kgH Qyf m¢ghjgH JHVha™H œHVOî Lj¢s ’Kƒ®H JhUhls LH¬OjsH ¬kU ÷JhUhlsgH K¢jhkŒgH JHVhaî œHVOî Lj¢s ’J‘w djhkr ngU Gluj djgH V¬hwlgg mfskghf • .Kƒ®H JhUhls Kl NVs¢gH‘ nkl¢gH K¢j¢lhl®H JhUhls Kl h§¥HVOî‘ h£H‘jsl Q¢…Oj Lj¢t M¬¬ujlgH m¢j‘wgH JH‘kŒgH JHVhaî hl• • .Kƒ®H ig¢yaj ¬HVlgH V¬ wlgH Vh¢jOH :¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ Kl AUX ‘• FM/AM ‘• DVD) V¬wlgH Vh¢jOH VHV«• ¬P• ¨yqH .(AUX DIGITAL ‘• VCD ‘• DVD VIDEO Jkh” xH‘s) mkH‘¨sBH QVug (.16 mP…w v¥HV) .(“gƒ V¢Y ‘• v¥HV) .AM GhsVî ‘• FM GhsVî ngU m¨Pl T¢g‘jg (.35 mP…w FM K¢f G¢¬fjgH Lj¢ ’V«gH Hƒ£ ngU h§¢t ¨yqj MVl G” dt . A M‘ G¢w‘jgH ƒthklf mgwjl M¬P‘ Kl V¬wlgH Vh¢jOB (.10 mP…w v¥HV) .AUX IN G¢w‘jgH ƒthklf mgwjl M¬P‘ Kl V¬wlgH Vh¢jOB (.10 mP…w v¥HV) .DIGITAL IN :DVD :FM/AM :AUX :AUX DIGITAL :m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH Kl V¬wlgH LsH V§±¢ K• ngî SOURCE V«gH ngU ¨yqgH VV” .QVugH mP‘g ngU I¬¢Vj DƒgH m±Pbl [MUTING] ‰hjrCl J‘wgH ThŒ¢î .MUTING V « n g U ¨ y q H J‘wgH M¬hujsB :K¢¢ghjgH K¢xHV¥™H ¬P¶f Lr .NVO• MVl MUTING V« ngU ¨yqH • Kl VOLUME VaClgH G¢yajf Lr ‘•) AUDIO VOL +/– V« ngU ¨yqH • .(m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH G¢yajgH JHVaCl c‘¨s ¨fq [ D I M M E R] .DIMMER V« ngU ¨yqH .V«gH Hƒ£ ngU h§¢t ¨yqj MVl G” vl c‘¨sgH N‘jsl V¢yj¢s 14 .‘¢¬¢…gH JHVhaî «h§¥gH QVu¢ Kg ’(DVD xhkejshf) V¬hwlgH ¬P• Vh¢jOH ¬kU • . Jr‘gH Quf RVyjs¢ ¬r V¬wlgH V¢¢yj • [VOLUME] J‘wgH N‘jsl ¨fq V¢ƒPj .V¬wl D• G¢yaj x¬f Gfr nk¬®H N‘jslgH ngU J‘wgH ¨fq ngU ‰hlzH¬ WVPH • ngî M¶¥h…lgH m¢j‘wgH mut¬gH D¬Cj ¬Œt ’ig N‘jsl nwr• ngU h‰¨‘fql J‘wgH Kh” Hƒî .JhUhlsgH RVP ‘• ‘ ‰h¢zh§k vlsgH ngU “jV¬r ngU xhqŒgH :¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ Kl . – ‘• AUDIO VOL + ngU ¨yqH :m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH Kl .VOLUME VaClgH L¬OjsH .VHV«®H vrH‘l mtVulg 13 mP…w v¥HV m¢shs®H Jh¢glugH p slgH vq‘ V¢¢yj .K‘¢«…¢gjghf WhOgH pslgH vq‘g h‰Œt‘ «h§¥gH mz¢§j K”llgH Kl mgwjl m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH K‘”j K• ¨Vja¢ ’d¥¢V¬jgH vq‘gH dt «h§¥gH LH¬OjsB • (9 mP…w v¥HV) .(«h§¥ghf RtVl V¢Y) F”VlgH ‘¢¬¢…gH Gf” LH¬Ojshf K‘¢«…¢gjghf .QVugH M¬hUî Gfr‘ ¬¬PlgH V¬wlgH ‘£ DVD K‘”¢ hl¬kU 7 .K¢j¢khe M¬lg h‰¨‘yql SCAN MODE V«ghf ±…jPH .QVugH mP‘g ngU dghPgH ¬H¬U™H V§±¢s .¬HVlgH vq‘gH Vh¢jOB 2/3 V« ngU ¨yqH Bî LU¬¢ B K‘¢«…¢gjgH K‘”¢ hl¬kU vq‘gH Hƒ£ VjOH :PAL • .PAL “fhajlgH ‘¢¬¢…gH vq‘ Bî LU¬¢ B K‘¢«…¢gjgH K‘”¢ hl¬kU vq‘gH Hƒ£ VjOH :NTSC • .NTSC “fhajlgH ‘¢¬¢…gH vq‘ ƒthklf H‰¬‘«l K‘¢«…¢gjgH Kh” Hƒî vq‘gH Hƒ£ VjOH :NTSC PROG. • .NTSC d¥¢V¬jgH ‘¢¬¢…gH LU¬j G¢w‘j “NTSC PROG.” vq‘gH dt MV‘wgg Gqt• M¬‘¥ ngU G‘wPgH v¢¨jsj .“NTSC” vq‘gH ‘• “PAL” vq‘gH dt h§¢gU GwPjs djgH “gj Kl ngU ¬¬PlgH vq‘gH V‘§± xhke• ENTER V« ngU ¨yqH .QVugH mP‘g 1 2 [SLEEP] L‘kgH JrCl .h§k¢¢uj Lj djgH m¢kl«gH M¬lgH xhqŒkH ¬kU h‰¢zhŒgj «h§¥gH G¢yaj ThŒ¢î Lj¢s .SLEEP V« ngU ¨yqH .V«gH Hƒ£ ngU h§¢t ¨yqj MVl G” vl G¢yajgH ThŒ¢î Jr‘ V¢yj¢s :Ghel Rzhr¬/mŒ¢r¬ SLEEP 6 0m i n dŒfjlgH Jr‘gH mtVulg‘ .M¬PH‘ MVl SLEEP V« ngU ¨yqH dŒfjlgH Jr‘gH V¢¢yjg‘ .JrClgH xhyg™‘ SLEEP V« ngU ¨yqgH VV” 3 VaClgH xdq¢s ’”NTSC PROG.“ vq‘gH ¬¢¬Pj ¬kU .QVugH mP‘g ngU PROGRESSIVE m±Pbl ¬‘¥‘g S¢g Hƒ§t ’ENTER ngU ¨yqgH ¬kU m£‘al V‘wgH V‘§± GhljPH Kl LYVghf • . «h§¥gH Hƒ£ dt GgO B djgH mr¬gH m¢ghugH‘ d¥¢V¬jgH QVugH LU¬j djgH K‘¢«…¢gjgH M«§¥• Quf “hk£ • ¬kU m¢u¢f¨ V¢Y MV‘w V‘§± ngî D¬C¢ hll ’«h§¥gH Hƒ£ vl mglh” MV‘wf RtH‘jj Gel dt .d¥¢V¬jgH pslgH vq‘ dt DVD VIDEO dlrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH QVU M¬hUî .“NTSC” ‘• “PAL” ngî pslgH vq‘ V¢¢yjf Lr ’mghPgH Iƒ£ JVC xblU ml¬O «”Vlf GwjH ’«h§¥gH vl K‘¢«…¢gjgH «h§¥ RtH‘j N¬l mtVulg‘ .“jŒ¨kl dt m¨sH‘f mukwlgH mr¬gH m¢ghugH‘ d¥¢V¬jgH QVugH LU¬j djgH K‘¢«…¢gjgH M«§¥• v¢l¥ • .«h§¥gH Hƒ£ vl mglh” MV‘wf RtH‘jj JVC JrClgH xhyg™‘ .“SLEEP OFF” mghsV V§±j K• ngî SLEEP V« ngU ¨yqgH dt VljsH .L‘kgH JrCl dyg¢ “gƒ” dzhfV§”gH Vh¢jgH Gwt‘ • J‘wgH LOqlg J‘wgH œVO N‘jsl ¨fq S.WFR] m¢fkh¥gH‘ m¢«”VlgH JhUhlsgH‘ [ L - S U R R . - R‘ C E N T E R‘ .LOqlgH J‘w N‘jsl ¨fqg S.WFR +/– ngU ¨yqH mUhlsgH J‘w N‘jsl ¨fqg CENTER +/– ngU ¨yqH .m¢«”VlgH mUhlsgH J‘w N‘jsl ¨fqg SURR. -L +/– ngU ¨yqH .NVs¢gH m¢fkh¥gH mUhlsgH J‘w N‘jsl ¨fqg SURR. -R +/– ngU ¨yqH .nkl¢gH m¢fkh¥gH m±Pbl ngU V§±j djgH ¬H¬U™H mlzhr LH¬Ojshf J‘wgH N‘jsl ¨fq Jh¢gluf Lh¢ŒgH “k”l¢ hl” • (.32 mP…w v¥HV) .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha .QVugH V¬hwl mth” ngU J‘wgH N‘jsl ¨fq Jh¢glU VeCjs • .V¬wl” AM ‘• FM Vh¢jOH ¬kU Iƒ£ ¨fqgH m¢glU xHV¥î “k”l¢ Kg • [TREBLE] ¬hPgH J‘wgH N‘jsl ¨fq .TREBLE +/– ngU ¨yqH m±Pbl .QVugH V¬hwl mth” ngU J‘wgH N‘jsl ¨fq Jh¢glU VeCjs • 15 QVugH M¬hUî .«h§¥gH ngU h§qVU –hj¢ djgH JhkH‘¨sBH c‘k pq‘j m¢shs®H G¢yajgH Jh¢glU .OPEN/CLOSE ngU ¨yqH m¢k¢w œHVOî‘ «h§¥gH G¢yaj Lj¢s • .JhkH‘¨sBH V« Glu¢s m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH ngU 0 • ngU iglU mŒ¢V¨ S…kf OPEN/CLOSE .¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ .mkH‘¨sBH vq 1 Lh£ ÷m¢ghjgH m¢glugg ¬u½f KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ LH¬OjsH Gfr M¬P‘ ngU ¬‘¥‘lgH G¢yajgH vq‘ Vh¢jOH VaCl “VP 1 .AUDIO vq‘gH ngî ¬uf½ KU L”PjgH .DVD V« ngU ¨yqH 2 AUDIO 2 .19 ngî 16 Kl JhP…wgH dt L¬Ojs½j dg¢ hl¢t mP‘ValgH VHV«®H Ls 8 h £V¨r mkH‘¨s• v q‘ ¬ kU (mw‘f 3) ngU® K‘kulgH Fkh¥gH .(G¢yajgH V«) 2 ngU ¨yqH 3 M P 3 Jh…glg mfskghf .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU (24 mP…w v¥HV) Jh…glgH dt L”PjgH QVU V§±¢s (G ¢yajgH V «) vq‘ Vh¢jOH V« M¬P‘ ngU G¢yajgH ¬u½f Kl L”PjgH J P E G Jh…glg mfskghf vfhjjl QHVujsH) KH‘e 3 M¬lg K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU (mjfhe V‘w) Jh…glgH V§±js (24 mP…w v¥HV) Jh…glgH dt L”PjgH QVU V§±¢s ’G¢yajgH ThŒ¢î ¬kU .(V‘wgg .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU ‰ hjrCl QVugH ThŒ¢™ 7 .8 ¨yqH .(QVugH V«) 2 ¨yqH ’QVugH mgwH‘lg‘ QVugH ThŒ¢™ 7 .7 ¨yqH mahagH ngU ¬haV™H «‘lV 7 ‘¢¬¢…gH QVU M¬hUî ¬kU K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU mg£‘g m¢ghjgH ¬haV™H «‘lV V§±j ¬r ÷DVD VIDEO dlrVgH .M¬¬ujl Jhygf ml¥Vj ngU D‘jP¢ ¬§al m¢H¬f dt V§±¢ : • .M¬¬ujl Jhygf J‘w ngU D‘jP¢ ¬§al m¢H¬f dt V§±¢ : • .m¢CVgg h¢H‘« M¬U ngU D‘jP¢ ¬§al m¢H¬f dt V§±¢ : GhŒjkBH) / ’(JrCl ThŒ¢î) ’(QVU) • • Kl Gr• mUVsf QVugH) / ’(TgOgg /Lhl©g h‰u¢Vs .m¢glU G”f Lh¢ŒgH ¬kU V§±¢ :(TgOgg /Lhl©g m¢¬hugH .h§f Lh¢ŒgH Jg‘hP djgH m¢glugH GfŒj B mkH‘¨sBH : • m±Pbl djgH VHV«®H KU V±kgH Qyf Jh¢glugH G‘fr «h§¥gH v¢¨js¢ B (JPEG Jh…glg mfskghf) • .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU Glh”ghf MV‘wgH V‘§± Gfr h§¨yqj .33 mP…w v¥HVt ’mahagH ngU ¬haV™H «‘lV V‘§± ¬¢Vj B Jk” Hƒî • 16 mlbugH • LhrV®H VHV «• QVugH M¬hUî .VHV«®H vrH‘l mtVulg 16 mP…w v¥HV QVugH mP‘g ngU G¢yajgH Jhl‘gul 7 MP3 mkH‘¨sH VhslgH LrV MVha™H‘ JhUhlsgH mghP JHVaCl TR123 12 : 34 D VD VIDEO :Ghel .Dolby Digital 5.1ch Sh¢Œlf V…al dlrV ‘¢¬¢t QVU ¬kU dqŒklgH G¢yajgH Kl« (mUhsgH:mŒ¢r¬gH:m¢khekgH) Gw…gH L rV (mŒ¢r¬gH:m¢khegH) dqŒklgH G¢yajgH Jr‘ (¨Œt QVugH M¬hUî xhke•) MP3VaCl C FL DISP. ¨yq ¬kU 0 : 02 : 31 (21 mP…w v¥HV) MVha™H‘ JhUhlsgH mghP JHVaCl (21 mP…w v¥HV) m¢lrVgH MVha™H Rsk‘ VajklgH dYHV…gH J‘wgH vq‘ mU‘l¥lgH LrV MP 3 1 G12T123 FL DISP. ¨yq ¬kU Gw…g H LrV KH‘kugH LrV VhslgH LrV DVD T 1 C 1 JPEG mkH‘¨sH mU‘l¥lgH LrV Tglg H LrV VCD/SVCD/CD J PG G1 2 F 1 2 3 :Ghel .m¥l¬l J‘w mkH‘¨sH G¢yaj ¬kU m±Pbl VhslgH LrV MVha™H‘ JhUhlsgH mghP JHVaCl v¥HV) .(MP3/JPEG vl H¬U hl¢t) Jr‘gH Jhl‘gul vq‘ V¢¢yj v¢¨jsj • (.22 mP…w (.21 mP…w v¥HV) .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU Kl G¢yajgH Jhl‘gul m¢CV “k”l¢ hl” • (mŒ¢r¬gH :m¢khegH) dqŒklgH G¢yajgH Kl« m±Pbl .SVCD ‘• VCD mkH‘¨sH GhO¬î ¬kU “CD” Kl ‰B¬f “VCD” VaClgH V§±¢s • Jr‘ V§±¢ Kg ’PBC m¢whO ngU Gljaj SVCD ‘• VCD mkH‘¨sH G¢yaj ¬kU • .ikl ‰B¬f “PBC” VaClgH V§±¢s‘ dqŒklgH G¢yajgH 17 .VHV«®H vrH‘l mtVulg 16 mP…w v¥HV QVugH M¬hUî ¬HVlgH vq‘lgH ngî G‘w‘gg d¨OjgH 4/x KHV«gH LH¬OjsH 7 :(Gw…gH) DVD VIDEO dlrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gg mfskghf 7 QVugH M¬hUî xhke• :(VhslgH) SVCD‘ VCD JhkH‘¨sB mfskghf PBC m¢whO ngU Gljaj B djgH JhkH‘¨sBH QVU M¬hUî xhke• ‘• QVugH M¬hUî xhke• :(TglgH/VhslgH) JPEG/MP3/CD JhkH‘¨sB mfskghf ThŒ¢™H Tr‘jgH maha 7 m¢kl« MVj…g h§¢gU mq‘Vul mjfhe MV‘w ¬‘¥‘g K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha RHVjPH K”llgH Kl “hk£ Kh” Hƒî h‰¢zhŒgj mahagH LhjUî ngU «h§¥gH Glu¢ ’“gƒ K‘¬ mg‘g¢Pgg‘ .mg¢‘¨ .(Tr‘jgH maha m¢whO) Rzhr¬ 5 Kl Ve”® mq‘Vul mjfhe MV‘w .Tr‘jgH maha m¢whO GlU xhygî ngî V« D• ngU ¨yqgH D¬C¢s • .32 mP…w v¥HVt ’Tr‘jgH maha m¢whO LH¬OjsH ¬¢Vj B Jk” Hƒî • M¬PH‘ mslgf QVugH VHV”j .x ‘• 4 ngU ¨yqgH VV” vq‘lgH Kl KH‘e 10 VH¬Œlf QVugH M¬hUî ¬kU TgOgg c‘¥VgH “kh”lïf .dghPgH m±Pbl QVugH M¬hUî xhke• 7 LH¬Ojshf G¢yajgH JHxHV¥ïf Lh¢ŒgH “k”l¢s ’JPEG ‘• MP3 mkH‘¨sH G¢yaj ¬kU • (.24 mP…w v¥HV) .Jh…glghf L”PjgH QVU .JhkH‘¨sBH Quf vl m¢whOgH Iƒ£ Gluj B ¬r • :QVugH M¬hUî xhke• ¬u½f KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ ngU Kl LhrV®H VHV«• LH¬OjsH 7 :(Gw…gH‘ KH‘kugH) DVD VIDEO dlrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gg mfskghf 7 .H‰¬¬Pl KH‘kugH LrV V§±¢s ’ThŒ¢™H xhke• .‰H¬¬Pl Gw…gH LrV V§±¢s ’QVugH M¬hUî xhke• :(VhslgH) SVCD‘ VCD JhkH‘¨sB mfskghf PBC m¢whO ngU Gljaj B djgH JhkH‘¨sBH QVU M¬hUî xhke• ‘• QVugH M¬hUî xhke• :(TglgH/VhslgH) JPEG/MP3/CD JhkH‘¨sB mfskghf ThŒ¢™H .¬HVlgH LrVgH Vh¢jOB (10+‘ 10 ngî 0) LhrV®H VHV«• ¨yqH VHV«• LH¬OjsH m¢…¢”” •VrH ’LhrV®H VHV«• LH¬OjsH m¢…¢” G¢wh…j ngU G‘wPgg • .dg¢ hl¢t “LhrV®H LhrV®H VHV«• LH¬OjsH m¢…¢” .3 ¨yqH .4 Le 10+ ¨yqH .4 Le K¢jVl 10+ ¨yqH .10 Le JHVl Ebe 10+ ¨yqH .0 ¨yqH Le JHVl vfV• 10+ ¨yqH ‘• :3 Vh¢jOB :14 Vh¢jOB :24 Vh¢jOB :40 Vh¢jOB . ngU ¨yqH m±Pbl .¬PH‘ KH‘kU dt m¢whOgH Iƒ£ Gluj • .JhkH‘¨sBH Quf vl m¢whOgH Iƒ£ Gluj B ¬r • TgOgH‘ Lhl©g v¢VsgH EPfgH QVugH M¬hUî xhke• 7 :¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ Kl .y ‘• 1 ¨yqH ’x 20 ’x 10 ’x 5 ’x 2 ) EPfgH mUVs V¢yjjs ’V«gH ngU h§¢t ¨yqj MVl G” dt .(x 60 m¢¬hugH QVugH M¬hUî mUVs ngî c‘¥Vgg .(QVugH V«) 2 ngU ¨yqH :m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH Kl .h‰¨‘yql x ‘• 4 V«ghf ±…jPH → x 5) TgOgg ‘• Lhl©g EPfgH mUVs ¬¢«¢s x ‘• 4 ngU ¨yqgH mgwH‘l .(x 20 m±Pbl œHVOî Lj¢ Kg ’SVCD ‘• VCD ‘• DVD VIDEO mkH‘¨sH QVU M¬hUî ¬kU • .TgOgg ‘• Lhl©g v¢VsgH EPfgH xhke• J‘w xhke• h‰u¨Œjl‘ h‰q…Okl J‘wgH pfw¢s ’CD m¥l¬l J‘w mkH‘¨sH G¢yaj ¬kU‘ • .TgOgg ‘• Lhl©g v¢VsgH EPfgH .JhkH‘¨sBH Quf vl m¢whOgH Iƒ£ Gluj B ¬r • 18 .VHV«®H vrH‘l mtVulg 16 mP…w v¥HV QVugH M¬hUî LH¬Ojshf mU‘l¥l ‘• KH‘kU vr‘l ¬¢¬Pj LhrV®H .ThŒ¢™H ‘• QVugH M¬hUî xhke• 7 .TITLE/GROUP ngU ¨yqH 1 mP‘g ngU mU‘l¥lgH/KH‘kugH QVU mŒ¨kl dt “_” ‘• “_ _” V§±¢s .QVugH :Ghel DVD VIDEO dlrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH QVU M¬hUî xhke• T__ 1 : 23 : 45 L¬OjsH ’QVugH mP‘g ngU “_” ‘• “_ _” V‘§± xhke• ‘• KH‘kugH LrV GhO¬™ (10+‘ 10 ngî 0) LhrV®H VHV«• .h£¬¢Vj djgH mU‘l¥lgH 2 ‘• KH‘kugH dt Tgl ‘• Vhsl ‘• Gwt G‘• Kl QVugH M¬hUî dt «h§¥gH •¬f¢s .MVhjOlgH mU‘l¥lgH (.18 mP…w v¥HV) .“LhrV®H VHV«• LH¬OjsH m¢…¢”” G¢wh…j ngU G‘wPgg • m±Pbl .JhkH‘¨sBH Quf vl m¢whOgH Iƒ£ Gluj B ¬r • 19 ml¬ŒjlgH G¢yajgH Jh¢glU .«h§¥gH ngU h§g¢yaj –hj¢ djgH JhkH‘¨sBH c‘k pq‘j d¨¢PlgH J‘wgH vq‘ LH¬OjsH mlbugH • .30 ngî 20 Kl JhP…wgH dt L¬Ojs½j dg¢ hl¢t mP‘ValgH VHV«®H (AUTO SURR) dzhŒgj d¨¢Pl J‘w 7 JHVha™ ‰hŒt‘ h‰¢zhŒgj FshklgH d¨¢PlgH J‘wgH vq‘ Vh¢jOH ngU m¢whOgH Iƒ£ Gluj ¬¬ujl J‘wf ‰h¢zhŒgj i¥HVOî M¬hUî Lj¢ JH‘kŒgH ¬¬ujlgH V¬wlgH ’GhelgH G¢fs ngU .GO¬gH .JH‘ kŒgH d¨¢PlgH dfg‘¬ J‘w 7 1*Dolby ( G¢yajgH V«) vq‘ Vh¢jOH V« M ¬P‘ ngU G ¢yajgH ¬u½f KU L”PjgH Pro Logic II JH‘kŒgH ¬¬ujl QVU M¬hU™ V‘¨l Rsk ngU Dolby Pro Logic II Lh±k D‘jP¢ J ‘ w g H V ¬ w l ‘ L s ¥ l g H J ‘ w g H V ¬ w l - K ¢ jh kr ngU M¬ ljulgH V ¬h w lgH mth” G¢ ‘ Pjg .Mhkr 5,1 ngU Glja¢ V¬wl ngî - d¨¢PlgH dfg‘¬ J‘w Rskf V…algH :Music nŒ¢s‘lgH vq‘‘ Movie Lbt®H vq‘ ’K¢uq‘ ngU Lh±k Glja¢ Pro Logic II Movie (PL II MOVIE) • GlPj djgH MV…algH d¨¢PlgH dfg‘¬ J‘w V¬hwl G¢‘Pjg Fshkl vq‘gH Hƒ£ . ml bugH Pro Logic II Music (PL II MUSIC) • .K¢jhkr Kl mk‘”lgH mls¥lgH nŒ¢s‘lgH JH‘w® V¬wl D• G¢‘Pjg Fshkl vq‘gH Hƒ£ 1*Dolby VaClgH )5/Y/2/3(/ ENTER Digital Lh±k LH¬Ojshf V…algH µlhkVfgg JH‘kŒgH M¬¬ujlgH m¢j‘wgH JHVhslgH G¢‘Pjg L¬Ojs½¢ .( ) Dolby Digital 2*DTS LhrV®H VHV «• Digital Surround 7 Lh±k LH¬Ojshf V…algH µlhkVfgg JH‘kŒgH M¬¬ujlgH m¢j‘wgH JHVhslgH G¢‘Pjg L¬Ojs½¢ .( ) DTS Digital Surround JH‘kŒgH M¬¬ujlgH m¢lrVgH J‘wgH JhŒ¢skj Kl DTS Digital Surround (DTS) .m¢lrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH JhkH‘¨sH‘ m¥l¬lgH JhkH‘¨sBH µlhkVff MVt‘jlgH Lh£ ÷m¢ghjgH m¢glugg ¬u½f KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ LH¬OjsH Gfr M¬P‘ ngU ¬‘¥‘lgH G¢yajgH vq‘ Vh¢jOH VaCl “VP 1 .AUDIO vq‘gH ngî ¬uf½ KU L”PjgH .DVD V« ngU ¨yqH 2 AUDIO GO¬gH JHVhaî v¢l¥g d¨¢PlgH J‘wgH chq‘• .–hjlgH d¨¢PlgH J‘wgH chq‘• ngî B mlbugH V¢aj Dolby m”Va Kl mwOV F¥‘lf µjk• 1* Pro”‘ “Dolby” .Laboratories d£ œ‘¬«lgH D «lVgH ‘ “Logic m”Vaf mwhO m¢Vh¥j JhlbU .Dolby Laboratories DTS Digital”‘ “DTS” Kl G” 2* m”Vag m¢Vh¥j JhlbU “Surround .Digital Theatre Systems ngU ¨yqghf chq‘®H Iƒ£ Vh¢jOH v¢¨jsj 3* (.21 mP…w v¥HV) SURR. m¢ghjgH mP…wgH dt vfj¢ 20 DSP DTS Digital Surround Dolby Surround d¨¢Pl J‘w dzhŒgj J‘wgH ThŒ¢î d¨¢PlgH vq‘gH ALL CH 3* ST. DTS Dolby Digital 3*MUSIC 3*MOVIE PL II AUTO SURR SURR OFF — — B — — B B Dolby Digital (JH‘kŒgH ¬¬ujl) B — — B B B B Dolby Digital (Mhkr2) — B — — — B B DTS Digital Surround (JH‘kŒgH ¬¬ujl) B — — B B B B DTS Digital Surround (Mhkr2) B — — B B B B ‘• m¢V±hkj (VCR) m¢¨O PCM PL II MVha™H .VHV«®H vrH‘l mtVulg 20 mP…w v¥HV ml¬ŒjlgH G¢yajgH Jh¢glU K¢jhkr ngU ¬lju¢ J‘w V¬wl G¢yaj ¬kU 7 (DSP) Ls¥lgH J‘wgH JH‘kr v¢l¥ 7 Dolby Pro Logic II (PL II MOVIE/ vq‘gH K¢f Kl Vh¢jOBH v¢¨jsj .DSP (ALL CH ST.) vq‘gH ‘• PL II MUSIC) Vf”• Ls¥l dj‘w Gh¥l œHVOî ik”l¢ (ALL CH ST.) mls¥lgH JH‘w®H v¢l¥ vq‘ .(h§¨¢akj‘) h§g¢w‘j Lj djgH JhUhlsgH mth” LH¬Ojshf Ls¥lgH J‘wgg V¬wl œHVOî xhke• ilH¬OjsH K”l¢ Ls¥lgH J‘wgH JH‘kr v¢l¥ vq‘ .K¢jhkr ngU ¬ljulgH .¬HVlgH vq‘gH Vh¢jOB SURR. ngU ¨yqgH VV” mP‘g ngU dghPgH d¨¢PlgH J‘wgH vq‘ QVU‘ d¨¢PlgH J‘wgH vq‘ G¢yaj Lj¢s . QVugH .V«gH Hƒ£ ngU h§¢t ¨yqj MVl G” vl d¨¢PlgH J‘wgH vq‘ V¢yj¢s D ¬hu g H Ls¥lgH J ‘wg H JH‘ kŒgH v¢l¥ VfU L s¥lgH J‘ wgH .20 mP…w v¥HV d¨¢PlgH J‘wgH vq‘ G¢yaj ThŒ¢™ SURR VaClgH V§±¢ K• ngî SURR. ngU ¨yqgH VV” .QVugH mP‘g ngU OFF m¢zhŒgjgH MV”HƒgH — Jb¢¬ujgH K¢«Oj Ljjs‘ .dghPgH d¨¢PlgH J‘wgH vq‘f h‰±…jPl «h§¥gH G±¢s ’G¢yajgH ThŒ¢ïf L‘Œj hl¬kU .«h§¥gH G¢yajf “lh¢r ¬kU ‰h¢zhŒgj MV”Hƒghf ±‘…PlgH vq‘gH M¬hujsH m±Pbl . A M ‘ • F M ¬¬PlgH V ¬wlgH Kh” H ƒî d ¨ ¢PlgH J ‘ wgH chq‘• Kl D• Vh ¢jOH K”l¢ Kg • ngU Q‘VulgH Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va LH¬OjsH mahagH Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va LH¬Ojshf Tzh±‘gH Quf LH¬OjsH‘ mkH‘¨sBH Jhl‘gul QHVujsH v¢¨jsj .mahagH ngU Q‘VulgH mahagH ngU Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va Vh§±î mkH‘¨sH GhO¬î ¬kU 7 .ON SCREEN V«gH ngU ¨yqH maha ngU Q‘VulgH Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va V¢yj¢s ’V«gH ngU h§¢t ¨yqj MVl G” dt .dg¢ hl¢t pq‘l ‘£ hl” K‘¢«…¢gjgH :Ghel DVD VIDEO dlrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH QVU M¬hUî xhke• QVugH mP‘g ngU M¬‘¥‘lgH mghPgH JHVaCl 7 m¢lrVgH MVha™H Rsk JHVaCl :LPCM :GD :C .Linear PCM MVhaî GhO¬î ¬kU °q¢ .Dolby Digital JHVhaî GhO¬î ¬kU °q¢ . DTS Digital (Surround) JHVhaî GhO¬î ¬kU °q¢ GhO¬î ¬kU m¢lrVgH MVha™H mghP JHVaCl Kl D• °qj Kg .m¢V±hkj JHVhaî :mghPgg VaCl ¬‘¥‘ L¬U DSP/d¨¢PlgH dfg‘¬ J‘w vq‘ JHVaCl .Dolby Pro Logic II vq‘gH ¨¢akj ¬kU °q¢ :GPLII .All Channel Stereo vq‘gH ¨¢akj ¬kU °q¢ :DSP V¬wlgH MVhaî mghP JHVaCl .ml¬hŒgH JHVha™H ngU mgB¬gg °q¢ .NVs¢gH m¢lhl®H MhkŒgH VfU MVhaî GhO¬î ¬kU °q¢ :a .m¢«”VlgH MhkŒgH VfU MVhaî GhO¬î ¬kU °q¢ :b .nkl¢gH m¢lhl®H MhkŒgH VfU MVhaî GhO¬î ¬kU °q¢ :c .LFE MhkŒgH VfU MVhaî GhO¬î ¬kU °q¢ :d .NVs¢gH m¢fkh¥gH MhkŒgH VfU MVhaî GhO¬î ¬kU °q¢ :g .nkl¢gH m¢fkh¥gH MhkŒgH VfU MVhaî GhO¬î ¬kU °q¢ :i Dolby Surround MVhaî ‘• M¬V…lgH m¢fkh¥gH MhkŒgH VfU MVhaî GhO¬î ¬kU °q¢ :h K¢jhkr VfU .Kƒ®H JhUhls vq‘ LH¬OjsH L¬U ¬kU h‰lzH¬ xdq¢ :SW .J‘wgH œVOj h§f mwhOgH JhUhlsgH K• pq‘j “ ” h§lhl• V§±¢ djgH MhkŒgH VaClgH Bî °q¢ Kgt ’Mhkr 5,1 ngî ig¢‘Pj Lj DƒgH JH‘kŒgH J‘w œHVOî Lj Hƒî .“ ” d¨¢PlgH J‘wgH vq‘ Vh¢jOH ThŒ¢î (mahagH ngU Q‘VulgH Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va d…jO¢s) (RfhsgH vq‘gH ngî M¬‘ugH) .VqO®H K‘gghf ¬¬PlgH VwkugH V§±¢s • µlhkVf Kl M¬VH‘gH MVha´g ‰h¢zhŒgj d¨¢PlgH J‘wgg vq‘ Gqt• Vh¢jOB ¬ul «h§¥gH .JH‘ kŒgH ¬¬ujl dlr VgH J ‘w g H .h‰¢‘¬¢ d¨¢PlgH J‘wgH vq‘ ¬¢¬Pj “k”l¢s ’K¢jhkr ngU ¬lju¢ V¬wl G¢yaj ¬kU m±Pbl .DVD dlrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH TbOf NVO®H V¬hwlgH ngU Gelghf m¢whOgH Iƒ£ VeCj‘ • xhke• H¬U hl¢t) JH‘kŒgH ¬¬ujlgH dlrVgH J‘wgH µlhkVf G¢yaj ¬kU 7 (SURR OFF vq‘gH ¨¢akj ‘• Dolby Digital) JH‘kŒgH ¬¬ujlgH d¨¢PlgH J‘wgH V¬wl Vh¢jOH h‰¢zhŒgj Lj¢s .(Linear PCM ‘• DTS Digital Surround 21 . VHV «®H vrH‘l mt Vulg 2 0 mP… w v¥HV ml¬ŒjlgH G¢yajgH Jh¢glU F .QVugH mghP QVu¢F .QVugH M¬hUî xhke• V§±¢ : .TgOgg‘ Lhl©g h‰u¢Vs GhŒjkBH xhke• V§±¢ : / Ih¥jH Kh” xH‘s m¢¬hugH mUVsgH Kl Gr• mUVsf QVugH xhke• V§±¢ : / .TgOgg ‘• Lhl©g G¢yajgH .QVugg JrClgH ThŒ¢™H ¬kU V§±¢ : .ThŒ¢™H ¬kU V§±¢ : .“Jr‘gH Jhl‘gul V¢¢yj” v¥HV .(E) Jr‘gH Jhl‘gul V¢¢yjg ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ VjOH (.29 mP…w v¥HV) .QVugH M¬hUî VHV”jg ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ VjOH v¥HV) .KH‘kugH ‘• Vhslgg dkl«gH N¬lgH dt EPfghf Lh¢Œgg ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ VjOH (.24 mP…w (.23 mP…w v¥HV) .Gw…gH VfU EPfghf Lh¢Œgg ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ VjOH v¥HV) .dj‘wgH Rt¬jgH ‘• MhkŒgH ‘• J‘wgH myg V¢¢yjg ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ VjOH (.26 mP…w (.26 mP…w v¥HV) .ml¥VjgH myg V¢¢yjg ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ VjOH (.25 mP…w v¥HV) .m¢CVgH m¢‘H« V¢¢yjg ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ VjOH .QVugH M¬hUî vq‘ mghP QVu¢ (.28 mP…w v¥HV) .µlVflgH QVugH xhke• V§±¢ :PROGRAM (.28 mP…w v¥HV) .dzH‘augH QVugH xhke• V§±¢ :RANDOM M¬hUî xhke• mahagH ngU V§±¢ DƒgH Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va Jh¢‘jPl 7 QVugH DVD VIDEO dlrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH 1 G H I 2 7 8 9 1 14 L M N 7 8 Jr‘gH Jhl‘gul V¢¢yj 7 10 3 4 11 12 5 6 13 VCD m¥l¬lgH ‘¢¬¢…gH mkH‘¨sH 4 5 6 J K ¨¢Va ngU Jr‘gH Jhl‘gul V¢¢yj v¢¨jsj K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU Q‘VulgH Tzh±‘gH .M¬P‘gH dt QVugH mP‘g ngU‘ 9 11 SVCD m¥l¬lgH mŒzh…gH MV‘wgH mkH‘¨sH 1 14 8 4 9 11 5 6 12 CD m¥l¬lgH mkH‘¨sBH 1 4 14 5 6 QVugH M¬hUî xhke• 7 .K¢jVl ON SCREEN ngU ¨yqH .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va V§±¢s . ¬¢¬Pjg 2/3 V« ngU ¨yqH djgH Jhl‘gulgH Vh¢jOB ENTER ngU ¨yqgH VV” .h£¬¢Vj 1 2 3 :Ghel .mkH‘¨sBH G¢yaj Kl dqŒklgH Jr‘gH ¬¢¬Pj ¬kU dghPgH VhslgH ‘• Gw…gH Kl dqŒklgH G¢yajgH Jr‘ :TIME dghPgH VhslgH ‘• Gw…gH Kl dŒfjlgH Jr‘gH :REM mkH‘¨sBH Kl dqŒklgH Jr‘gH :TOTAL mkH‘¨sBH Kl dŒfjlgH Jr‘gH :T. REM .ON SCREEN V«gH ngU ¨yqH .Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va d…jO¢s 22 • • • • 4 7 8 9 .mkH‘¨sBH c‘k pq‘¢ (m¢kheghf Jf h¥¢l) dghPgH GŒkgH G¬ul pq‘¢ .dghPgH KH‘kugH LrV pq‘¢ LrV ‘• (DVD VIDEO dlrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gg mfskghf) dghPgH Gw…gH LrV pq‘¢ .(NVO®H JhkH‘¨sBH cH‘k® mfskghf) VhslgH .“Jr‘gH Jhl‘gul V¢¢yj” v¥HV .Jr‘gH Jhl‘gul QVu¢ A B C D E .VHV«®H vrH‘l mtVulg 20 mP…w v¥HV ml¬ŒjlgH G¢yajgH Jh¢glU VwkugH LrV Vh¢jOB (10+‘ 10 ngî 1) LhrV®H VHV«• ¨yqH .I¬¢Vj DƒgH 2 VHV«• LH¬OjsH m¢…¢”” v¥HV ’LhrV®H VHV«• LH¬OjsH G‘P G¢wh…j ngU G‘wPgg • (.18 mP…w v¥HV) .“LhrV®H mlzhŒgH ngî c‘¥Vgg .mlzhŒgH V§±j K• ngî RETURN V« ngU ¨yqgH VV” :K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU PREVIOUS ‘• NEXT V‘§± xhke• .4 ngU ¨yqH ’m¢ghjgH mP…wgH ngî GhŒjkbg • .x ngU ¨yqH ’mŒfhsgH mP…wgH ngî c‘¥Vgg • m±Pbl ¬P¶f LŒt ’m¢whOgH Iƒ£ LH¬OjsH K‘¬f PBC m¢whO h§f mkH‘¨sH QVU ¬¢Vj Jk” Hƒî • :m¢ghjgH JHxHV¥™H .ThŒ¢™H xhke• LhrV®H VHV«• ngU ¨yqghf QVugH M¬hUî •¬fH • QVugH M¬hUî •¬fH Le ’I¬¢Vj DƒgH VhslgH LrV V§±¢ K• ngî 4 ngU ¨yqgH VV”j • .(QVugH V«) 2 ngU ¨yqghf .PBC Kl ‰B¬f QVugH mP‘g ngU VhslgH LrV V§±¢s ’m¢whOgH LH¬OjsH K‘¬f SVCD ‘• VCD mkH‘¨sH QVU xhke• PBC m¢whO ¨¢akjg • :K¢¢ghjgH K¢xHV¥™H K¢f Kl Vh¢jOBH “k”l¢ .MENU ‘• TOP MENU ngU ¨yqH • .(QVugH V«) 2 ngU ¨yqH Le ’QVugH M¬hUî ThŒ¢™ K¢jVl 7 ngU ¨yqH • ¨¢Va LH¬Ojshf I¬¢Vj DƒgH Gw…gH vr‘l ¬¢¬Pj mahagH ngU Q‘VulgH Tzh±‘gH QVugH M¬hUî xhke• 7 .K¢jVl ON SCREEN ngU ¨yqH .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va V§±¢s . ¬¢¬Pjg 2/3 V«gH ngU ¨yqH .ENTER ngU ¨yqH 1 2 3 mkH‘¨sBH ngU ¬¬Pl vr‘l Kl m¢H¬f QVugH Kl QVugH x¬f “k”l¢ hl” .I¬¢Vj DƒgH VhslgH ‘• Gw…gH ‘• KH‘kugH QVU x¬f v¢¨jsj .I¬¬Pj DƒgH Jr‘gH mkH‘¨sH mlzhr LH¬Ojshf K¢ul ¬§al ngî G‘w‘gH DVD m¢lrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH Jh¢‘jPl pq‘j djgH‘ h§f mwhOgH LzH‘ŒgH ngU m¢lrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH JhkH‘¨sH Gljaj G‘w‘gH “kh”lïf‘ .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU LzH‘ŒgH Iƒ£ QVU “k”l¢ ’mkH‘¨sBH .LzH‘ŒgH Iƒ£ LH¬Ojshf K¢ul ¬§al ngî «h§¥gH GOH¬f DVD VIDEO m¢lrV ‘¢¬¢t mkH‘¨sH “hk£ K‘”¢ hl¬kU 7 .MENU ‘• TOP MENU ngU ¨yqH 1 .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU mlzhŒgH V§±js :Ghel KH‘kU Kl Ve”• ngU D‘jPj DVD VIDEO mkH‘¨sH D• Kït ’mlhU m…wf‘ M¬‘¥‘lgH K¢‘hkugH mth” QVujs djgH‘ “ngU®H N‘jslgH” mlzhr h§f K‘”¢s .KH‘kugH mlzhr QVug TOP MENU ngU ¨yqH .mkH‘¨sBhf m…gjOl mlzhr ngU Gelghf m¢lrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH JhkH‘¨sH Quf Gljaj ¬r.MENU .MENU ngU ¨yqgH GbO Kl V§±js djgH‘ .h§jlzhŒf mŒgujlgH‘ m¢lrV ‘¢¬¢t mkH‘¨sH G”f mwhOgH JH¬haV™H v¥HV .I¬¢Vj DƒgH VwkugH Vh¢jOB 5/Y/2/3 V« L¬OjsH .ENTER ngU ¨yqH 2 3 V±hklgH LrVgH GhO¬ïf VwhkugH Vh¢jOH “gƒ” “k”l¢s ’JhkH‘¨sBH Quf vl • .LhrV®H VHV«• LH¬Ojshf Vwkugg mlzhr LH¬O jshf K¢ul ¬§al vr‘l ¬¢¬Pj P B C m¢whO ¬‘¥‘ vl V C D / S V C D DƒgH Gw…gH LrV Vh¢jOB (9 ngî 0) LhrV®H VHV«• ¨yqH .I¬¢Vj .8 ngU ¨yqH .0 Le ’1 ngU ¨yqH .7 Le ’3 ngU ¨yqH :Ghel :8 Vh¢jOB :10 Vh¢jOB :37 Vh¢jOB ¶¨OgH R¢V¨f ighO¬î Lj LrV p¢Pwjg .4 M‘¨OgH VV” 4 D‘jPj PBC m¢whO h§f‘ mg¥slgH SVCD ‘• VCD JhkH‘¨sH .mkH‘¨sBH ngU mg¥slgH dkhY®hf mlzhr Gel h§f mwhO LzH‘r ngU .LzH‘ŒgH Iƒ£ LH¬Ojshf K¢ul ¬§al ngî G‘w‘gH “kh”lïf‘ m¢whO ngU Gljaj djgH JhkH‘¨sBH QVU M¬hUî xhke•PBC 7 ngU mlzhŒgH V§±j K• ngî RETURN V« ngU ¨yqgH VV” .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha 1 :Ghel 23 .VHV«®H vrH‘l mtVulg 20 mP…w v¥HV ml¬ŒjlgH G¢yajgH Jh¢glU .ENTER ngU ¨yqH Jh…glgH dt L”PjgH QVU LH¬OjsH .ON SCREEN V«gH ngU ¨yqH /JHVhsl‘ JhU‘l¥l Kl I¬¢Vj hl QVU‘ KU EPfgH “kh”lïf maha ngU ¬‘¥‘lgH Jh…glgH dt L”PjgH QVU LH¬Ojshf Jh…gl .K ‘¢« …¢gjgH dghl¥î/m¢ghPgH mU‘l¥lgH LrV JhU‘l¥lgH .Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va d…jO¢s m±Pbl .h£¬¢¬Pj “k”l¢ djgH G‘w…gg nwr®H ¬PgH ‘£ 99 LrV Gw…gH • ( P R O G R A M , G¢yajgH vq‘ RANDOM , REPEAT) vl) mlbugH Jhl‘gul (¨Œt MP3 Jh…gl 5 6 Jr‘gH K¢¢uj m¨sH‘f I¬¢Vj DƒgH vq‘lgH ngî G‘w‘gH dghPgH VhslgH Kl dqŒklgH G¢yajgH Jr‘ (¨Œt MP3 Jh…gl vl) xhke•) mkH‘¨sBH m¢H¬f ¬uf Kl m¢kl« M¬l K¢¢uj m¨sH‘f I¬¢Vj vq‘l ngî G‘w‘gH v¢¨jsj .(QVugH M¬hUî xhke•) dghPgH VhslgH/KH‘kugH Kl ‘• (ThŒ¢™H :DVD VIDEO dlrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gg mfskghf 7 QVugH M¬hUî xhke• :SVCD‘ VCD JhkH‘¨sB mfskghf PBC m¢whO K‘¬f QVugH M¬hUî xhke• ‘• ThŒ¢™H xhke• :CD m¥l¬lgH JhkH‘¨sbg mfskghf ThŒ¢™H ‘• G¢yajgH xhke• mkH‘¨sBH m¢H¬f ¬uf Kl dqŒklgH QVugH Jr‘ K¢¢uj ¬kU 7 .ThŒ¢ ™H xhke• dghjgH xHV ¥ ™hf L r VhslgH/KH‘kugH m¢H¬f ¬uf Kl dqŒklgH QVugH Jr‘ K¢¢uj ¬kU 7 dghPgH .QVugH M¬hUî xhke• dghjgH xHV¥™hf Lr .K¢jVl ON SCREEN ngU ¨yqH m¢ghPgH mU‘l¥lgH JHVh slgH ¬ ¬U dghl¥î / dghPgH (TglgH) Vh slgH m¢ghPgH mU‘l¥lghf (Jh…glgH) .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va V§±¢s dghPgH (TglgH) VhslgH JHVhslgH ¬¬U dghl¥î mkH‘¨sBhf (Jh…glgH) 1 .ENTER ngU ¨yqH 2 3 .Jr‘gH GhO¬™ (9 ngî 0) LhrV®H VHV«• L¬OjsH 4 . ¬¢¬Pjg 2/3 V«gH ngU ¨yqH G¢yajgH mg h P .ThŒ¢™H xhke• ‘• (MP3 Jh…glg) G¢yajgH xhke• ‰h¢zhŒgj Jh…glgH dt L”PjgH QVU V§±¢ ‘• (ThŒ¢™H xhke•) mkH‘¨sBH m¢H¬f ¬uf Kl dqŒklgH G¢yajgH Kl« K¢¢uj v¢¨jsj .(QVugH M¬hUî xhke•) dghPgH VhslgH/KH‘kugH m¢H¬f Kl :Ghel (mUhs) 2 :(mŒ¢r¬) 34 :(m¢khe) 08 xhqŒkH ¬uf QVugH M¬hUî x¬fg 2 ¨ yqH 3 ¨ yqH 4 ¨yqH 0 ¨yqH 8 ¨yqH ¶¨OgH R¢V¨f ighO¬î Lj LrV xhyg™ .3V«gH ngU ¨yqgH VV” .ENTER ngU ¨yqH .ON SCREEN V«gH ngU ¨yqH 5 6 .Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va d…jO¢s m±Pbl VIDEO m¢lrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH JhkH‘¨sB dkH‘egH/Rzhr¬gH/JhUhsghf Jr‘gH K¢¢uj “kh”lïf • .VCD/SVCD/CD JhkH‘¨sB dkH‘egH/Rzhr¬ghf‘ DVD m¢ghjgH mP…wgH dt vfj¢ 24 .VHV«®H vrH‘l mtVulg 20 mP…w v¥HV ml¬ŒjlgH G¢yajgH Jh¢glU m¢CVgH m¢‘H« Vh¢jOH m¢CVgg M¬¬ujl h¢H‘« ngU Gljaj mkH‘¨sH QVU xhke• 7 :ANGLE V«gH LH¬OjsH ¬kU .ANGLE V« ngU ¨yqH 1 :Ghel .mkH‘¨sBH ngU mg¥sl m¢CVgg h¢H‘« 3 K¢f Kl h£Vh¢jOH Lj¢ ng‘®H m¢CVgH m¢‘H« :MP3 Jh…glg mfskghf 7 ThŒ¢™H ‘• G¢yajgH xhke• :JPEG Jh…glg mfskghf ThŒ¢™H vq‘ xhke• /mU‘l¥lgH Vh¢jOB 5/Y/2/3 V«gH ngU ¨yqH .I¬¢Vj DƒgH TglgH/VhslgH .¬¬PlgH VhslgH Kl G¢yajgH •¬f¢s ’MP3 Jh…glg mfskghf • .dghjgH xHV¥™hf Lh¢Œgg MxHVŒgH GwH‘ ’JPEG Jh…glg mfskghf • .ENTER V« ‘• (QVugH V«) 2 ngU ¨yqH 1 2 .¬¬PlgH TglgH /VhslgH Kl mufhjjlgH V‘wgH mU‘l¥l /VhslgH QVU •¬f¢s • TglgH QVU Lj¢s ’JPEG Tgl vl ENTER V« ngU ¨yqj hl¬kU • .¨Œt ¬¬PlgH Vh¢jOB 5/Y V«gH ‘• ANGLE V«gH ngU ¨yqgH VV” .h£¬¢Vj djgH m¢CVgH m¢‘H« 2 m±Pbl :mahagH ngU Q‘VulgH Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va LH¬OjsH ¬kU .K¢jVl ON SCREEN ngU ¨yqH .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va V§±¢s . ¬¢¬Pjg 2/3 V«gH ngU ¨yqH .ENTER ngU ¨yqH .h£¬¢Vj djgH m¢CVgH m¢‘H« Vh¢jOB 5/Y V«gH ngU ¨yqH .ENTER ngU ¨yqH .ON SCREEN V«gH ngU ¨yqH .Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va d…jO¢s QVugH xhke• TglgH d¨Ojg .5/Y V«gH ‘• 4/x V«gH ngU ¨yqH 1 2 3 4 5 6 (.17 mP…w v¥HV) .QVugH mP‘g ngU Kl G¢yajgH Jhl‘gul m¢CV “k”l¢ hl” • FsP “gƒ‘ mP¢Pw mŒ¢V¨f Jh…glgH‘ JHVhslgH‘ JhU‘l¥lgH Quf xhls• V§±j B ¬r • .JhkH‘¨sBH ngU h§g¢¥sj T‘V± maha ngU h§f¢jVj KU h‰…gjOl Jh…glgH‘ JHVhslgH‘ JhU‘l¥lgH F¢jVj V§±¢ ¬r • .“f WhOgH Vj‘¢fl”gH QVugH M¬hUî ThkzjsH m¢ghjgH RV¨gH N¬Pïf QVugH ThŒ¢ïf Jlr ¬r Jk” Hƒî ”ON“ ml¢Œghf H‰¬ul Resume Playback Kh”‘ I¬kU Lj DƒgH vq‘lgH K• ¬¥jst ’(33 mP…w v¥HV) ”RESUME“ V§±¢s) .ik¢«Oj Lj ¬r QVugH ThŒ¢î .( Q V u g H m P ‘ g n g U G h O ¬ ™ H (13 mP…w v¥HV) «h§¥gH KU dzhfV§”gH Vh¢jgH v¨r • M¬PH‘ MVl 7 V«gH ngU ¨yqgH • (14 mP…w v¥HV) V¬wlgH V¢¢yj • «h§¥gH MV”Hƒf K«OlgH vq‘lgH Kl QVugH x¬fg (”RESUME“ GhO¬™H d…jO¢s) M¬P‘gH Kl ‘• ¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ Kl (QVugH V«) 2 V«gH ngU ¨yqH • .m¢«”VlgH .IV¢¢yjf Jlr ¬r Jk” Hƒî NVO• MVl V¬wlgH K‘”¢g DVD VjOH • «h§¥gH MV”Hƒf K«OlgH vq‘lgH pslg .mkH‘¨sBH GhO¬î m¢k¢w pjtH ‘• NVO• MVl 7 V«gH ngU ¨yqH 25 .VHV«®H vrH‘l mtVulg 20 mP…w v¥HV ml¬ŒjlgH G¢yajgH Jh¢glU J‘ wgH Vh¢jOH Jh…gl ngU Gljaj mkH‘¨sH QVU M¬hUî xhke• 7 M¬¬ujl m…gjOl Jhygf J‘w Jhygf ml¥Vj Jh…gl ngU Gljaj mkH‘¨sH QVU M¬hUî xhke• 7 M¬¬ujl m…gjOl :AUDIO V«gH LH¬OjsH ¬kU :SUBTITLE V«gH LH¬OjsH ¬kU .AUDIO ngU ¨yqH 1 :(DVD VIDEO mkH‘¨sH) Ghel .J‘wgg mg¥sl Jhyg 3 K¢f Kl ENGLISH Vh¢jOH Lj¢ Vh¢jOB 5/Y V«gH ‘• AUDIO V«gH ngU ¨yqgH VV” .I¬¢Vj DƒgH J‘wgH .ON SCREEN K¢jVl ngU ¨yqH .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va V§±¢s ¬¢¬Pjg 2/3 V«gH ngU ¨yqH .ENTER ngU ¨yqH .SUBTITLE V«gH ngU ¨yqH 1 :(DVD VIDEO mkH‘¨sH) Ghel .mg¥sl ml¥Vj Jhyg 3 K¢f Kl ENGLISH Vh¢jOH Lj 2 :mahagH ngU Q‘VulgH Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va LH¬OjsH ¬kU . ml¥VjgH myg Vh¢jOH 1 2 3 .h£¬¢Vj djgH ml¥VjgH myg Vh¢jOB 5/Y V«gH ngU ¨yqH 2 SVCD JhkH‘¨sB mfskghf .nwr• ¬Pf ml¥Vj Jhyg vfV• ngU SVCD mkH‘¨sH Gljaj K• K”llgH Kl • Qyf ml¥VjgH Jhyg K¢f G¢¬fjgH ngî SUBTITLE V« ngU ¨yqgH D¬C¢s Lg Hƒî ml¥VjgH Jhyg K¢f G¢¬fjgH Lj¢ Kg) .B hl• mg¥sl Jkh” Hƒî hlU V±kgH .(mg¥sl M¬PH‘ “hk£ K”¢ m±Pbl d…jOj‘ ml¥VjgH myg V§±js ’SUBTITLE ngU ¨yqghf h§¢t L‘Œj MVl G” dt • .F‘hkjghf :mahagH ngU Q‘VulgH Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va LH¬OjsH ¬kU .ON SCREEN K¢jVl ngU ¨yqH .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va V§±¢s .I¬¢Vj DƒgH J‘wgH Vh¢jOB 5/Y V«gH ngU ¨yqH .ENTER ngU ¨yqH .ON SCREEN V«gH ngU ¨yqH 4 5 6 . ¬¢¬Pjg 2/3 V«gH ngU ¨yqH .ENTER ngU ¨yqH 1 2 3 .Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va d…jO¢s m±Pbl . M VwjOlgH mlzhŒgH dt M VwjOl V§±j m¢j‘ wgH Jh…glgH Jhyg ‘• ml¥ VjgH Jhyg Quf • (.31 mP…w v¥HV) .“JhyggH «‘lV mlzhr” v¥HV Iƒ£‘ ’SVCD ‘• VCD mkH‘¨sH QVU ¬kU «‘lVgH “R”‘ “L”‘ “ST” V§±js • Kl J‘w‘ NVs¢gH m§¥gH Kl J‘w‘ Ls¥l J‘w ngî h§f¢jVj S…kf V¢aj «‘lVgH .nkl¢gH m§¥gH djgH ml¥VjgH myg Vh¢jOB 5/Y V«gH ngU ¨yqgH VV” .h£¬¢Vj 4 .ENTER ngU ¨yqH 5 6 .ON SCREEN V«gH ngU ¨yqH .Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va d…jO¢s m±Pbl .MVwjOlgH mlzhŒgH dt MVwjOl V§±j m¢j‘wgH Jh…glgH Jhyg ‘• ml¥VjgH Jhyg Quf • (.31 mP…w v¥HV) .“JhyggH «‘lV mlzhr” v¥HV d…jOj‘ ml¥VjgH myg V§±js ’SUBTITLE ngU ¨yqghf h§¢t L‘Œj MVl G” dt • .F‘hkjghf 26 .VHV«®H vrH‘l mtVulg 20 mP…w v¥HV ml¬ŒjlgH G¢yajgH Jh¢glU VFP ‘¢¬¢…gH K¢sPj µghul ¬H¬Uî V¢¢yj VFP ‘¢¬¢…gH K¢sPj µghul m¢whO “k”lj Video Fine” Jhlg”g ‰HVhwjOH) h‰Œt‘ MV‘wgH Jhls G¢¬uj Kl (“Processor .m¢wOagH Jb¢q…jgH ‘• h§kH‘g• m¥V¬ ‘• h£xhakî mŒ¢V¨g QVugH M¬hUî xhke• 7 .VFP V« ngU ¨yqH 1 .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU ‘¢¬¢…gH K¢sPj µghulg m¢ghPgH JH¬H¬U™H V§±js :Ghel mwhOgH QVugH M¬hUî Jh¢kh”lî Vh¨ïf Vh¨î F‘gs¶f QVugH M¬hUî QVugH M¬hUî xhke• 7 .8 V«gH ngU ¨yqgH VV” ngî GhŒjkBH Lj¢s ’V«gH ngU h§¢t ¨yqj MVl G” dt .mq‘VulgH mk”hsgH MV‘wgg dghjgH Vh¨™H D¬hugH QVugH M¬hUî F‘gs• ngî c‘¥Vgg .(QVugH V«) 2 V«gH ngU ¨yqH mz¢¨fgH m”VPghf QVugH M¬hUî QVugH M¬hUî xhke• 7 K¢sPj µghul vq‘ Vh¢jOB 2/3 V«gH ngU ¨yqH .‘¢¬¢…gH 2 .m¢¬hugH GH‘P®H dt vq‘gH Hƒ£ VjOH :NORMAL • .Lbt®H vl Fshkj¢ vq‘gH Hƒ£ :CINEMA • .¬H¬U™H Ghl”™ VFP ngU ¨yqH ’CINEMA ‘• NORMAL VhjOj hl¬kU :USER 2‘ USER 1 • .MV‘wgH QVU mŒ¢V¨ ngU VeCj djgH ¨zhs‘gH ¨fq v¢¨jsj .‰hjrCl QVugH ThŒ¢ïf «h§¥gH L‘Œ¢s .1 V«gH ngU ¨yqH .¬¢Vj hlfsP MV‘wgH V‘§± Kl ¬”¶j‘ ¨fqgH m¢gluf Lh¢ŒgH dt œV¬j :GAMMA • JhPhslgH c‘¨s ngU m±thPlgH vl m¢k‘gbgH JhPhslgH c‘¨s dt L”Pj¢ .MV‘wgH Kl mk”H¬gH‘ mPjh…gH :BRIGHTNESS • mahagH c‘¨s dt L”Pj¢ :CONTRAST • .mahagH K¢hfj dt L”Pj¢ :SATURATION • .mahagg dk‘ggH RlugH dt L”Pj¢ :TINT • .mahagH m¢…gO dt L”Pj¢ :SHARPNESS • .mahagH ngU mq‘VulgH G¢wh…jgH N‘jsl dt L”Pj¢ 1 2 .mz¢¨fgH m”VPghf QVugH •¬f¢s • USER 2 ‘• USER 1 JVjOH ¬r Jk” Hƒî ¨Œt dghjgH xHV¥™hf Lh¢Œgg MxHVŒgH GwH‘ ÷2 M‘¨OgH dt ¬¢Vj DƒgH ¨¢s‘gH Vh¢jOB 5/Y V«gH ngU ¨yqgH VV” .i¨fq M¬hUî x¬f i¢t ¬¢Vj DƒgH vq‘lgH ¬kU 8 V«gH ngU ¨yqH .mz¢¨fgH m”VPghf QVugH 3 :¨Œt DVD VIDEO dlrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gg mfskghf .y ngU ¨yqH ’TgOgg mz¢¨fgH m”VPghf QVugH m¢glU xHV¥™ • .V«gH Hƒ£ ngU h§¢t ¨yqj MVl G” vl QVugH mUVs ¬H¬«js D¬hugH QVugH M¬hUî F‘gs• ngî c‘¥Vgg .(QVugH V«) 2 ngU ¨yqH m±Pbl .mz¢¨fgH m”VPghf QVugH xhke• J‘wgH ngî chljsBH –hj¢ Kg • MV‘wgH V¢f”j JrClgH ThŒ¢™H ‘• QVugH M¬hUî xhke• 7 .ZOOM V « n g U ¨ y q H V«gH ngU h§¢t ¨yqj MVl G” dt ¬§algH Kl mq‘VulgH mPhslgH L¥P V¢yj¢s .ZOOM /2/3 V«gH ngU ¨yqH ’MV‘wgH V¢f”j m¢glU xHV¥î ¬uf .h£V¢f”j Lj djgH mPhslgH VfU GŒkjgg 5/Y 1 2 D¬hugH QVugH M¬hUî F‘gs• ngî c‘¥Vgg . O F F vq‘gH Vh¢jOB Z O O M ngU ¨ yqgH VV”Z m±Pbl .mkH‘¨sBH c‘k ngî H‰¬hkjsH MV‘wgg V¢f”jgH m¢glU JH‘¨O ¬¬U TgjO¢s • .JPEG mkH‘¨sH ngU mufhjjlgH V‘wgH QVU xhke• V¢f”jgH m¢whO LH¬OjsH –hj¢ B • V¢f”jf Lr Le ’‰hjrCl mufhjjlgH V‘wgH QVU ThŒ¢™ 8 ngU ¨yqH ’mghPgH Iƒ£ Gel dt .MV‘wgH dt 5/Y/2/3 V«gH h§¢t Glu¢ B mghP “hk£ K‘”¢ ¬r ’JPEG Jh…gl QVU xhke• • . 2 LrV M ‘¨OgH 27 .VHV«®H vrH‘l mtVulg 20 mP…w v¥HV ml¬ŒjlgH G¢yajgH Jh¢glU .ENTER ngU ¨yqH VO·H ‘gj H‰¬PH‘ µlVflgH QVugH mlzhr ngî h§jthqî Jlj djgH Jh…glgH pslg V¢O®H Kl ‰x¬f .CANCEL V« ngU ¨yqgH VV” .h§qVU m¥lVf Lj djgH Jh…glgH mth” pslg .7 ngU ¨yqH .«h§¥gH G¢yaj ThŒ¢î GbO Kl µlVflgH QVugH mlzhr psl “k”l¢ hl” djgH Jh…glgH mlzhr QVU x¬fg (QVugH V«) 2 ngU ¨yqH .h§j¥lVf Lj 4 :Ghel 3 .¬H¬U™H V¢¢yjg 5/Y V«gH ngU ¨yqH .ENTER ngU ¨yqH .NVO• MVl ‘¢¬¢…gH K¢sPj µghulg m¢ghPgH JH¬H¬U™H V§±js Tr‘j¢ T‘st ’h§qVU Lj ¬r h§j¥lVf Lj djgH Jh…glgH/JHVhslgH mth” Jkh” Hƒî G±¢s m¥lVfgH ¬H¬Uî K• ±PB .NVO• MVl Jh…glgH m¥lVf Mƒthk V§±j‘ QVugH .‘£ hl” .NVO®H ¨zhs‘gH ¨fqg 6 ngî 3 Kl JH‘¨OgH VV” . V F P V« ngU ¨yqH m¥lVf½lgH Jh…glgH mlzhr Jh¢‘jPl m¢CVg Jh…glgH mlzhr V§±j‘ QVugH M¬hUî m¢glU Tr‘jjs .7 ngU ¨yqH ’QVugH M¬hUî xhke• .m¥lVf½lgH “Program” m¥lVfgH vq‘ Kl œ‘VOgg Mƒthk Kl G” d…jOj ngî PLAY MODE ngU ¨yqgH VV” ’ThŒ¢™H vq‘ dt Jk• hlk¢f .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU Kl RANDOM mlg”‘ m¥lVfgH m±Pbl JHVhslgH ‘• K¢‘hkugH QVU “kh”lïf .‰h¢zH‘aU mkH‘¨sBH ngU M¬‘¥‘lgH 7 8 m±Pbl i±…P Lj¢s ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ K• Bî ’xHV¥™H xhke• QVugH mP‘g Kl ¬H¬U™H xh…jOH Kl LYVghf • .«h§¥gH MV”Hƒf h§qVU Lj¢s djgH Jh…glghf «h§¥gH m¥lVf .m¥lVfl½gH Jh…glgH QVU vl Resume m¢whOgH LH¬OjsH K”l¢ B • .JhkH‘¨sBH Quf vl Gluj B ¬r m¥lVfl½gH Jh…glgH QVU m¢whO • F¢jVj K‘¬f QVugH M¬hUî 5 6 ThŒ¢™H vq‘ dt «h§¥gH hlk¢f 7 Mƒthk V§±j K• ngî PLAY MODE V« ngU ¨yqgH VV” .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU m¥lVfgH 1 ThŒ¢™H vq‘ xhke• 7 V§±j K• ngî PLAY MODE V« ngU ¨yqgH VV” .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU RANDOM 1 .(QVugH V«) 2 ngU ¨yqH 2 «h§¥gH Tr‘j¢s ’mkH‘¨sBH ngU M¬‘¥‘lgH JHVhslgH/K¢‘hkugH mth” QVU ¬uf .Random vq‘gH Kl œVO¢‘ QVugH KU Random vq‘gH Kl œ‘VOgg Kl G” d…jOj K• ngî PLAY MODE ngU ¨yqgH VV” ’ThŒ¢™H vq‘ dt Jk• hlk¢f .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU Kl RANDOM mlg”‘ m¥lVfgH Mƒthk .«h§¥gH G¢yaj ThŒ¢î GbO Kl Random vq‘gH psl “k”l¢ hl” m±Pbl QVugH M¬hUî vq‘ dt M¬PH‘ MVl Kl Ve”® VhslgH/KH‘kugH S…k QVU M¬hUî Ljj Kg • .F¢jVj K ‘¬f USE NUMERIC KEYS TO PROGRAM TRACKS. USE CANCEL TO DELETE THE PROGRAM. m¥lVfg K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU V§±j djgH JH¬haV™H vfjH .h£¬¢Vj djgH JHVhslgH/G‘w…gH QVU (18 mP…w v¥HV v¥HV ’LhrV®H VHV«• LH¬OjsH G‘P G¢wh…j ngU G‘wPgg • c‘k ngU ‰H¬hkjsH m¥lVfgg h§ghO¬î “¢gU F¥¢ djgH N‘jPlgH LhrV• TgjOjs • .mkH‘¨sBH .G‘w…gH‘ K¢‘hkugH JHVhslgH JHVhslgH‘ JhU‘l¥lgH :DVD VIDEO : C D‘ S V C D ‘ V C D :MP3 • • • .99 LrV njP JHVhslgH/G‘w…gH ¬¢¬Pj v¢¨jsj • mP‘g ngU “–:–” V§±¢s (VCD ‘• SVCD ‘• CD JhkH‘¨sB mfskghf) • ’“gƒ vl‘ .m¢khe 59‘ mŒ¢r¬ 99 QVugH Jr‘ dghl¥î n¨Oj¢ hl¬kU QVugH .QVugH m¥lVf m¢glU mgwH‘l K”llgH Klt 28 2 .VHV«®H vrH‘l mtVulg 20 mP…w v¥HV ml¬ŒjlgH G¢yajgH Jh¢glU JhkH‘¨sH vl H¬U hl¢t) mahagH ngU Q‘VulgH Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va LH¬OjsH ¬kU :(MP3/JPEG .K¢jVl ON SCREEN ngU ¨yqH .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va V§±¢s . ¬¢¬Pjg 2/3 V«gH ngU ¨yqH .ENTER ngU ¨yqH .VHV”jgH vq‘ Vh¢jOB 5/Y V«gH ngU ¨yqgH VV” .ENTER ngU ¨yqH .ON SCREEN V«gH ngU ¨yqH QVugH M¬hUî VHV”j 1 dghPgH ¬¢¬PjgH QVU VHV”j 2 3 4 5 6 :DVD VIDEO dlrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gg mfskghf 7 QVugH M¬hUî xhke• :SVCD‘ VCD JhkH‘¨sB mfskghf ngU Gljaj B djgH JhkH‘¨sBH QVU M¬hUî xhke• PBC m¢whO :JPEG/MP3/CD JhkH‘¨sB mfskghf ThŒ¢™H ‘• G¢yajgH xhke• :REPEAT V«gH LH¬OjsH ¬kU .REPEAT V« ngU ¨yqH C 1 1 : 31 : 01 .Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va d…jO¢s QVugH M¬hUî VHV”j xhyg™ . 4 M ‘ ¨ O g H d t “ O F F” V j O H VHV”jgH vq‘ VaCl . R EPE AT V « g H n g U h § ¢ t ¨ y q j M V l G ” d t V H V ” j g H v q ‘ V ¢ y j ¢ s [A-B Repeat] I¬¢Vj DƒgH x«¥gH QVU VHV”j m¨sH‘f I¬¢Vj DƒgH x«¥gH QVU VHV”j v¢¨jsj m¢h§kgH m¨Œk‘ (A vq‘lgH) m¢H¬fgH m¨Œk K¢¢uj (B vq‘lgH) QVugH M¬hUî xhke• 7 :A-B RPT V«gH LH¬OjsH ¬kU ¬¢Vj DƒgH x«¥gH m¢H¬f ¬kU A-B RPT V«gH ngU ¨yqH .(A vq‘lgH) IVHV”j .QVugH mP‘g ngU “ ” VHV”jgH vq‘ VaCl V§±¢s x«¥gH m¢h§k ¬kU NVO• MVl A-B RPT V«gH ngU ¨yqH .(B vq‘lgH) IVHV”j ¬¢Vj DƒgH “ 1 2 ” ngî QVugH mP‘g ngU ¬‘¥‘lgH VHV”jgH vq‘ VaCl V¢yj¢s mkH‘¨sBH Kl ¬¬PlgH x«¥gH QVU Lj¢ .¬¬PlgH x«¥gg QVugH VHV”j •¬f¢‘ .VV”jl G”af m¨ŒkgH (B‘ A m¨ŒkgH K¢f) «lVghf ¬‘wŒlgH JhkH‘¨sH dt m¢ghPgH mU‘l¥lgH VV”¢ .MP3/JPEG K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha QVugH mP‘g REPEAT GROUP ‘¢¬¢…gH JhkH‘¨sH dt dghPgH KH‘kugH VV”¢ .DVD VIDEO m¢lrVgH dt Jh…glgH/JHVhslgH mth” VV”¢ VCD/SVCD/CD/MP3/ JhkH‘¨sH JPEG. JhkH‘¨ sH dt dghPgH Vh sl g H VV ” ¢ .VCD/SVCD/CD/MP3 ‘¢¬¢…gH JhkH‘¨sH dt dghPgH Gw…gH VV”¢ .DVD VIDEO m¢lrVgH . VHV”jgH vq‘ G¢yaj ThŒ¢î F‘gs®hf mkH‘¨sBH QVuf «h§¥gH L‘Œ¢s .D¬hugH REPEAT ALL REPEAT TRACK, REPEAT STEP ALL 1 REPEAT STEP ¬‘¥‘ L¬U :mghPgg VaCl m±Pbl vq‘gH Hƒ£ xhyg™‘ m¢lrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH JhkH‘¨sH Quf vl REPEAT ALL vq‘gH –hj¢ B hlfV • . DV D VIDEO .¬¬PlgH x«¥gg QVugH VHV”j xhke• A-B RPT V«gH ngU ¨yqH 29 .VHV«®H vrH‘l mtVulg 20 mP…w v¥HV ml¬ŒjlgH G¢yajgH Jh¢glU :mahagH ngU Q‘VulgH Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va LH¬OjsH ¬kU NVO®H JH¬H¬U™H‘ J‘wgH m±Pbl .DVD dlrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH TbOf NVO®H V¬hwlgH ngU Gelghf m¢whOgH Iƒ£ VeCj • ÷xHV¥™hf Lh¢ŒgH •¬fj K • Gfr • ¬H¬U™H xhygî Lj Hƒî .m¢ghjgH JH‘¨Oghf Lh¢Œgg h§f –‘lslgH m¢kl«gH M¬lgg nwr• ¬P “hk£ .1 M‘¨OgH Kl ¬¢¬¥ Kl •¬fht ’ikl xh§jkBH Gfr .SETTING V« ngU ¨yqH .K¢jVl ON SCREEN ngU ¨yqH .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va V§±¢s . ¬¢¬Pjg 2/3 V«gH ngU ¨yqH .ENTER ngU ¨yqH 1 2 3 1 :Ghel .”A-B“ Vh¢jOB 5/Y V«gH ngU ¨yqgH VV” BAL : CENTER .I¬H¬Uî ¬¢Vj DƒgH VwkugH Vh¢jOB 5/Y V«gH ngU ¨yqH 2 :(KH«jH) BAL • m¢lhl®H mUhlsgH‘ nkl¢gH m¢lhl®H mUhlsgH K¢f KH«jBH ¨fq v¢¨jsj .NVs¢gH :(V¢…aj) DEC • (V¬wl” AUX DIGITAL Vh¢jOH Lj¢) d¥VhO V¬wl QVU M¬hUî ¬kU ¬r ’DTS Digital Surround ‘• Dolby Digital m¨sH‘f IV¢…aj Lj ÷m¢ghjgH Vhe·H V§±j .QVugH M¬hUî m¢H¬f ¬kU J‘w œ‘VO L¬U • .JHVhslgH ‘• G‘w…gH d¨Oj ‘• KU EPfgH xhke• A¢‘aj V‘¬w • ¬¢Vj DƒgH x«¥gH m¢H¬f ¬kU ENTER V«gH ngU ¨yqH .(A vq‘lgH) IVHV”j ¬¢Vj DƒgH x«¥gH m¢h§k ¬kU ENTER V«gH ngU ¨yqH .(B vq‘lgH) IVHV”j .¬¬PlgH x«¥gg QVugH VHV”j •¬f¢s .ON SCREEN V«gH ngU ¨yqH 7 vq‘gH Hƒ£ xhyg™‘ .ENTER ngU ¨yqH Le ’4 M‘¨OgH dt “OFF” VjOH m±Pbl :(J‘wgH vq‘).A POS • LOqlgH N‘jsl ¨fq K”l¢ E¢Pf J‘wgH LOqlg J‘wgH vq‘ ¨fqH h‰¢zhŒgj N‘jslgH Q…OkH ’LrVgH ml¢r Jgr hlg”) .p¢PwgH ‘PkgH ngU h‰¢zhŒgj .(Ls¥lgH J‘wgH ngî chljsBH ¬kU .Vh¢jOH ‘• G¢¬ujf Lh¢Œgg 2/3 V«gH ngU ¨yqH VHV”j xHV¥î K”l¢ Kg ’DVD VIDEO m¢lrV ‘¢¬¢t mkH‘¨sH QVU M¬hUî ¬kU • .KH‘kugH S…k dt Bî ¬¬Pl x«¥g QVugH .F¢jVj K‘¬f QVugH dt ‘• m¥lVf½lgH Jh…glgH QVU M¬hUî xhke• “A-B” Vh¢jOH K”l¢ B • 3 JhkH‘¨sBH m¢k¢w G…r .h‰¢‘…U JhkH‘¨sBH œHVOî vkl‘ JhkH‘¨sBH m¢k¢w G…r v¢¨jsj :Ghel R 6 .Tzh±‘gH ¨¢Va d…jO¢s «h§¥gH L‘Œ¢s .m¢¬hugH GH‘P®H dt vq‘gH Hƒ£ VjOH :(AUT) Auto/PCM .‰h¢zhŒgj M¬VH‘gH JHVha™H ngU TVujghf G¢yaj ¬kU mŒfhsgH Vhe·H J±PB hl Hƒî ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ VjOH :DOLBY D .Dolby Digital LH¬Ojshf MV…al (µlhkVf ‘•) mkH‘¨sH G¢yaj ¬kU mŒfhsgH Vhe·H J±PB hl Hƒî ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ VjOH :DTS DTS Digital LH¬Ojshf MV…al (µlhkVf ‘•) mkH‘¨sH . Surround BAL : 4 5 :¨Œt m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH Kl G¢yajgH ThŒ¢î v q‘ dt «h§¥gH hlk¢f -- 5 .dghPgH ¬H¬U™H mg¢gr dkH‘ef h£¬uf V§±¢g h‰¢zhŒgj ¨fqgH Jhkh¢f d…jOjs m±Pbl ¬¢¬Pj xhke• “DTS” ‘• “DOLBY D” TbO dlrV Rskf MV…al MVhaî GhO¬î Lj hl Hƒî • .(C mghPgH VaCl ‘• GDIGITAL Ql‘¢s) .J‘wgH chls “k”l¢ Kgt ’hl£¬P• ‰ h¨‘y ql V«ghf ±…j PH .«h§¥gH G¢yaj ¬V¥lf QVugH mP‘g ngU LOCKED GhO¬™H V§±¢s • m¢k¢w K• pq‘¢g LOCKED GhO¬™H V§±¢s ’mkH‘¨sBH œHVOî Jg‘hP Hƒî • .h§g…r Lj ¬r JhkH‘¨sBH vq‘gH Hƒ£ xhyg™ .vq‘gH Hƒ£ xhyg™ .«h§¥gH G¢yaj ¬V¥lf QVugH mP‘g ngU UNLOCKED GhO¬™H V§±¢s • 30 DVD Jb¢q…j ¬H¬Uî m±Pbl ¬H¬U™H LzH‘r LH¬Oj sH «‘lVgH m¢Œf‘ “AA” Gel ’myg G”f WhOgH «lVgH mtVulg JhyggH «‘lV mlzhr v¥HV • .N VO®H “mlzhŒgH –Va” v¥HV .¬H¬U™H LzH‘r dt ml¬OjslgH myggH V¢¢yj “kh”lïf • JhyggH «‘lV mlzhr m¢¬k‘V”gH RN m¢”h¢f‘k¢™H IK m¢khl‘VgH RO m¢s¢k‘¬k®H IN i¢k¢ƒhOf® AB m¢s‘VgH RU m¢¬kgs¢™H IS m¢kh”¢Vt®H m¢¬kH‘Vh¢k¢”gH RW m¢VfugH IW m¢¬¢¢gH JI m¢fVugH AR m¢khth¥gH JW m¢«lhs®H AS m¢j¢V”sksgH SA m¢¬ksgH SD AF m¢V§l®H AM m¢‘yksgH SG m¢¥V‘¥gH KA m¢Vhl¢®H AY m¢khjsOH«”gH KK m¢kh¥¢fVƒ®H AZ SI m¢”ht‘gsgH SK m¢¬‘fl”gH KM m¢k¢t‘gsgH SL m¢¬hk”gH KN m¢‘lhsgH SM (KOR) i¢V‘”gH KO m¢k‘agH SN i¢V¢la”gH KS m¢ghl‘wgH SO m¢¬V”gH KU m¢khfg®H SQ m¢«¢YV”gH KY m¢fVwgH SR m¢jH‘ssgH SS m¢‘e‘ssgH ST m¢kH¬‘sgH SU m¢¬¢‘sgH SV m¢gPH‘sgH SW m¢¬kbk¢V¥gH KL m¢V¢”afgH BA xhq¢fgH h¢s‘V myg BE m¢jf¢jgH BO LN m¢kBhjh”gH CA m¢‘bgH LO m¢”¢sV‘”gH CO m¢kh¢jVfgH BR m ¢kH‘j¢ggH LT i¢aj¢ggH ’m¢…jbgH LV m¢«g¢‘gH CY m¢«hYBhlgH MG m¢”Vhlk¬gH DA m¢”¢ajgH CS m¢g¢lhjgH TA m¢V‘hlgH TE m¢k‘¬ŒlgH MK m¢”¢¥h¨gH TG m¢lg¢ghlgH ML m¢¬kb¢hjgH TH m¢g‘yklgH MN m¢k¢Vy¢jgH TI m¢…¢¬ghlg H M O m¢”shfgH EU m¢khjskhl”VjgH TK m¢jHVhlgH MR m¢sVh…gH m¢Y‘ghYhjgH TL (MAY( m¢«¢ghlgH MS m¢¬kgk…gH FI m¢k‘sjsgH TN m¢¨ghlgH MT d¥¢t MV¢ «¥ FJ m¢lV‘fgH MY ‘Vhk MV¢«¥ NA m¢yk‘sjgH TS m¢ghf¢kgH NE m¢VhjjgH TT m¢¬kg‘§gH NL m¢khk‘¢gH m ¢k‘js™H m¢s¢‘Vh…gH FO m¢kh¢«¢V…gH FY m¢¬kgV¢®H GA m¢¬V‘®H UR m¢l‘V‘®H OM m¢jHVh¥‘ygH GU ms‘h§gH HA d”‘fB‘…gH VO m¢¬kg‘fgH PL m¢¬k§gH HI m¢jH‘V”gH HR m¢…g‘gH WO ‘jafgH ’m¢k‘jafgH PS m¢V¥lgH HU m¢s‘§gH XH m¢ghyjVfgH m¢k¢lV®H HY m¢f‘V‘¢gH YO ‘g‘«gH myg ZU PT mlzhŒgH –Va m¢g¢ygH m¢¬kgj”s™H GD m¢ghygH GL m¢V‘®H OR 2 FA m¢kHVhygH GN m¢fh¥kfgH P A .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU V§±j djgH JH¬haV™H vfjH ET m¢khj¢s‘®H OC VI 1 EL m¢kHV”‘®H UK UZ . S E T U P ngU ¨yqH ‘jkHVfs™H E O m¢¥¢V‘kgH NO m¢lhkj¢…gH ThŒ¢™H vq‘ xhke• 7 m¢khj‘fgH DZ m¢‘jgH TW m¢”f«‘®H VaCl (5/Y/2/3(/ ENTER BI m¢ghyk¢ggH TR M¬P‘ ngU ¬‘¥‘lgH G¢yajgH vq‘ Vh¢jOH VaCl “VP 1 .AUDIO vq‘gH ngî ¬uf½ KU L”PjgH .DVD V« ngU ¨yqH 2 GhykfgH L¢grî ’m¢ghykfgH BN m¢Y‘g¢jgH hyk‘j TO AUDIO i¢Vh§¢fgH BH m¢lbs¢fgH LA m¢”VjgH ÷m¢ghjgH m¢glugg ¬u½f KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ LH¬OjsH Gfr m¢VhygfgH BG m¢k¢jbgH MI Lh£ m¢Vht®H AA m¢jH‘V”gH - m¢fVwgH SH m¢ghyksgH ¬H¬U™H LzH‘r dt m¢shs®H Jh¢glugH m¢‘haj”gH QU H‘ykgVjkî IA Skhl‘V - ‘j¢ ¢V R M H‘ykgVjkî IE (LANGUAGE) myggH mlzhr: (MENU LANGUAGE) mlzhŒgH myg 7 Jhygf if mwhO LzH‘r ngU ‰bljal K‘”¢ DVD m¢lrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH JhkH‘¨sH Quf .M¬¬ujl .*mlzhŒgg m¢g‘®H myggH VjOH • (AUDIO LANGUAGE) J‘wgH myg 7 .J‘wgg M¬¬ujl Jhyg h§f K‘”¢ DVD m¢lrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH JhkH‘¨sH Quf .*J‘wgg m¢g‘®H myggH VjOH • (SUBTITLE) ml¥VjgH myg 7 .ml¥Vjgg M¬¬ujl Jhyg h§f K‘”¢ DVD m¢lrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH JhkH‘¨sH Quf .*ml¥Vjgg m¢g‘®H myggH VjOH • (ON SCREEN LANGUAGE) mahagH ngU mq‘VulgH myggH 7 .«h§¥gH Hƒ£ G¢yaj ¬kU K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ngU mq‘VulgH myggH VjOH • myg” h‰¢zhŒgj m¢gw®H myggH LH¬OjsH Lj¢ ’mkH‘¨sBH ngU mg¥sl Js¢g myg Vh¢jOH ¬kU * .m¢g‘• 31 DVD Jb¢q…j ¬H¬Uî ( A U D I O ) J‘wgH mlzhr : (D. RANGE COMPRESSION) d”¢lhk¢¬gH N¬lgH ¨yq 7 (d”¢lhk¢¬gH N¬lgH ¨yq) Q…O ¬kU njP –‘q‘f M¬‘¥gH Q…OklgH G¥slgH J‘wgH ngî chjljsBH v¢¨jsj .Dolby Digital LH¬Ojshf J‘wgg chljsBhf Jlr hl Hƒî J‘wgH N‘jsl (PICTURE) MV‘wgH mlzhr : (MONITOR TYPE) mahagH c‘k 7 JhkH‘¨sH G¢yaj ¬kU “f WhOgH K‘¢«…¢gjgH vl nahljjg mahagH c‘k Vh¢jOH v¢¨jsj .9:16 D‘hs¢ MV‘wgg QVU/ch…jVH G¬ulf mg¥slgH DVD m¢lrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH (Q¢VU K‘¢«…¢gj G¢‘Pj) 16:9/16:9 MULTI • AUTO • mahaf K‘¢«…¢gj) 9:16 D‘hsj K‘¢«…¢gjgH ¬huf• K‘”j hl¬kU Hƒ£ VjOH .(mq¢VU ON • Hƒ£ dt .(D¬hugH K‘¢«…¢gjgH) 3:4 D‘hsj K‘¢«…¢gjgH ¬huf• K‘”j hl¬kU Hƒ£ VjOH ngU MV‘wgH ¬£haj hlk¢f ’mahagH G…s•‘ ngU• KH¬‘s• Kh¨¢Va V§±¢ ¬H¬U™H .igl”¶f mahagH QVU IH¬l Glh”f d¨¢PlgH J‘wghf chjljsBH ¬¢Vj hl¬kU ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ VjOH .(JHV¢e¶j D• R¢f¨j K‘¬f) d”¢lhk¢¬gH J‘wgg ¬¢…l) Glh”ghf ¨yqgH V¢e¶j R¢f¨j ¬¢Vj hl¬kU ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ VjOH .(MV§sgH MVjt dt c‘lslgH m±Pbl vq‘ GlU ThŒ¢î vl M¬¬ujl JH‘kr VfU Dolby Digital J‘wg V¬wl G¢yaj ¬kU • ml¢Œghf D. RANGE COMPRESSION ¬H¬U™H ¨fq Lj¢s ’d¨¢PlgH J‘wgH .h‰¢zhŒgj ON ( S P K . S E T T I N G ) JhUhlsgH ¬H¬Uî mlzhr : (Letter Box G¢‘Pj) 4:3 LB/4:3 MULTI LB • (Pan Scan G¢‘Pj) 4:3 PS/4:3 MULTI PS • Kg .(D¬hugH K‘¢«…¢gjgH) 3:4 D‘hsj K‘¢«…¢gjgH ¬huf• K‘”j hl¬kU Hƒ£ VjOH “gƒ vl‘ ’mq¢VugH mahagg ¬ul Lg¢t M¬£hal ¬kU KH¬‘s®H Kh¨¢VagH V§±¢ .mahagH ngU V§±j Kg V‘wgH Kl NVs¢gH‘ nkl¢gH mthPght 16:9 :Ghel 4:3 LB :Ghel 4:3 PS :Ghel (LEVEL) N‘jslgH mlzhr 7 m±Pbl SURROUND LEFT SPEAKER/CENTER SPEAKER/ SUB WOOFER/SURROUND RIGHT SPEAKER .JhUhlsgH Kl V¬hwgH J‘wgH N‘jsl ¨fqH *TEST TONE mahagH L¥P pfw¢ ¬Œt ’“4:3 MULTI PS” ‘• “4:3 PS”Vh¢jOH Lj hl Hƒî njP • ¬lju¢ .DVD m¢lrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH JhkH‘¨sH Quf vl “4:3 MULTI LB” ‘• “4:3 LB” .DVD m¢lrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH JhkH‘¨sH G¢¥sj h§f Lj djgH m¢…¢”gH ngU Hƒ£ QVu¢st ’K‘glgH K‘¢«…¢gjgH «h§¥ vl mahagg c‘k” MULTI JHVh¢O ¬¢¬Pj ¬kU • ¬H¬Uî KU V±kgH Qyf mkH‘¨sbg ‰hŒt‘ NTSC ‘• PAL Lh±kf ‘¢¬¢…gH MVhaî «h§¥gH (.15 mP…w v¥HV) mahagH vq‘ .VhfjOBH mlyk œHVOïf ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ L‘Œ¢ RETURN .SPK. SETTING mlzhr ngî “j¬hUïf ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ L‘Œ¢ :dghjgH F¢jVjgH FsP m¨akgH JhUhlsgH mth” Kl VhfjOBH mlyk œVOj * mUhlsgH s m¢«”VlgH mUhlsgH s NVs¢gH m¢lhl®H mUhlsgH s m ¢ f k h ¥ g H m U h l s g H s nkl¢gH m¢fkh¥gH mUh lsgH s n k l ¢ g H m ¢ l h l ® H (m¢H¬fgH m¨Œk ngî ‰hU‘¥V) s NVs¢gH (PICTURE SOURCE) MV‘wgH V¬wl 7 K”l¢s ’(15 mP…w v¥HV) pslgg vq‘” PROGRESSIVE K¢¢uj ¬kU mkH‘¨sBH Jh¢‘jPl Jkh” Hƒî hl ¬¢¬Pj GbO Kl MV‘wgg M¬‘¥ Gqt• ngU G‘wPgH .(Lg¢t V¬wl) Vh¨™H FsP L• (‘¢¬¢t V¬wl) GŒPgH FsP h§j¥ghul Ljjs .m¢¬hugH GH‘P®H dt “AUTO” ngU Vh¢OgH Hƒ£ ¨fqH AUTO • .hul Lg¢…gH‘ ‘¢¬¢…gH V¬wl ¬H‘l ngU D‘jPj mkH‘¨sH QVug L¬Ojs¢ ikl Tg¶jj DƒgH (Lg¢t ‘• ‘¢¬¢t Kh” x‰H‘s) V¬wlgH c‘k ngU «h§¥gH Hƒ£ TVuj¢ .mkH‘¨sBH Iƒ§f mwhOgH Jhl‘gulgg h‰Œf¨ mkH‘¨sBH Jh¢‘jPl h§¨‘¨O Jkh” ‘• ’m£‘al ‘• mPqH‘ V¢Y mq‘VulgH MV‘wgH Jkh” Hƒî • .NVO• chq‘• LH¬OjsH FV¥t ’M¬hP h¢H‘«f V§±j FILM • .“Lg¢t” h£V¬wl c‘k mkH‘¨sH G¢yajg Fshkl vq‘ VIDEO • .“‘¢¬¢t” h£V¬wl c‘k mkH‘¨sH G¢yajg Fshkl vq‘ (.18 mP…w v¥HV) )SCREEN SAVER) Tr‘jgH maha 7 .h§¨¢akj xhygî ‘• Tr‘jgH maha m¢whO ¨¢akj “kh”lïf (FILE TYPE) TglgH c‘k 7 Vh¢jOH “k”l¢s ’JPEG Jh…gl‘ MP3 Jh…gl h§¢gU b ‰ ¥sl mkH‘¨sBH K‘”j hl¬kU .h§g¢yaj Lj¢ Jh…glgH D• ig¢yaj M¬hUî Le «h§¥gH G¢yaj ThŒ¢î ngU WVPH ’FILE TYPE ¬H¬U™H V¢¢yj ¬uf .¬¢¬¥gH ¬H¬U™H K¢”ljg A UDIO • .MP3 Jh…gl G¢yajg ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ VjOH STILL PICTURE • .JPEG Jh…gl QVug ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ VjOH 32 DVD Jb¢q…j ¬H¬Uî (PARENTAL LOCK) m¢Vs®H m¢hlPgH mlzhr 7 (DISTANCE) mthslgH mlzhr 7 ¬£hal ngU mgljal DVD VIDEO m¢lrV ‘¢¬¢t mkH‘¨sH QVU M¬hUî vkl “k”l¢ .MVs®H ¬HVt• m¢Œfg m¢ksgH mgPVlgH vl Fshkjj B m…¢kU Jhl‘gul ngU mgljalgH m¢lrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH JhkH‘¨sH vl Bî ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ Glu¢ B • N‘jslgH Kl ‰x¬f V±PgH m¥V¬ dt Jh¢‘jslgH œV¬jj‘ ’m¢Vs®H m¢hlPgH N‘jsl .(nk¬®H) KlhegH N‘jslgH ngî (nwr®H) G‘®H “COUNTRY CODE” mg‘¬gH«lV :Ghel (.34 mP…w v¥HV) .h§f L¢Œj djgH mg‘¬gH «lV GhO¬î ¬kU ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ VjOH m ¢«”VlgH mUhlsgH nkl¢gH m¢lhl®H NVs¢gH m¢lhl®H Vjl 3,0 Vjl 2,7 Vjl 2,4 SET LEVEL .V±PgH N‘jsl GhO¬î ¬kU ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ VjOH PASSWORD GO¬• .m¢Vs®H m¢hlPgH ¬H¬Uî ngU Jb¢¬uj xHV¥î ¬kU ‰h¢zhŒgj ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ Vh¢jOH Lj¢ ngU ¨yqH Le ’9 ngî 0 Kl VHV«®H LH¬Ojshf V‘VlgH mlg” K‘”jg LhrV• mufV• .ENTER pfw¢st ’m¢ghjjl JHVl Ebe mP¢PwgH V‘VlgH mlg” GhO¬î dt p¥kj Lg Hƒî • ’mghPgH Iƒ£ Gel dt .ilH¬OjsH “g –hjlgH ¬¢P‘gH Vh¢OgH ‘£ EXIT Vh¢OgH .NVO• MVl G‘hP Le ’vq‘gH Hƒ£ Kl œ‘VOgg ENTER ngU ¨yqH EXIT .OTHERS mlzhŒgH ngî “u¥V¢ mlg” GhO¬î ¬uf m¢Vs®H m¢hlPgH ¬H¬Uî vq‘ Kl œ‘VOgH ngU WVPH • .h§f Jlr djgH JHV¢¢yjgH ±…P Lj¢ Kgt ’Bî‘ .V‘VlgH .h§kl ‰B¬f “8888” GO¬¶t ’V‘VlgH mlg” J¢sk Hƒî • m±Pbl .EXITVh¢OgH Bî “g –hj¢ Kgt ’m¢ghjjl JHVl Ebe mz¨hOgH V‘VlgH mlg” GhO¬î ¬kU • LOql J ‘ wgH Vjl 2,1 NVs¢gH m¢fkh¥gH nkl¢gH m¢fkh¥gH ÷dg¢ hl” JhUhlsgH KU “gw…j djgH mthslgH ¨fqf Lr ’mghPgH Iƒ£ dt Vjl 3,0 :K¢j¢lhl®H K¢jUhlsgH KU “gw…j djgH mthslgH • Vjl 2,7 :m¢«”VlgH mUhlsgH KU “gw…j djgH mthslgH • Vjl 2,4 :K¢j¢fkh¥gH K¢jUhlsgH KU “gw…j djgH mthslgH • FRONT SPEAKER /CENTER SPEAKER/SURROUND SPEAKER .JhUhlsgH‘ S‘g¥gH vq‘l K¢f mthslgH ¨fqf JH¬H¬U™H Iƒ£ L‘Œj .h§k¢f Gwh…” Vjl 0,3 G¬ulf‘ Vjl 0,9 ngî Vjl 0,3 Kl –‘HVj¢ N¬l dt RETURN .SPK. SETTING mlzhr ngî “j¬hUïf ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ L‘Œ¢ (OTHERS) NVO®H JH¬H¬U™H mlzhr : (.25 mP…w v¥HV) RESUME V«gH 7 .h§¨¢akj xhygî ‘• QVugH ThkzjsH m¢whO ¨¢akj “kh”lïf ON SCREEN GUIDE 7 v¥HV) .h§¨¢akj xhygî ‘• mahagH ngU V§±jg ¬haV™H «‘lV ¨¢akj v¢¨jsj (.16 mP…w AV COMPULINK MODE 7 .AV COMPU LINK Lh±k LH¬OjsB mP¢Pw mŒ¢V¨f ¬H¬U™H Hƒ£ ¨fq F¥¢ (.37 mP…w v¥HV) 33 DVD Jb¢q…j ¬H¬Uî m¢Vs®H m¢hlPgH ¬H¬Uî dt ml¬OjslgH R¨hklgH/G‘¬gH «‘lV mlzhr H¬kH‘V RW m¢¬‘usgH SA Khl¢gs V«¥ SB G¢a¢s SC KH¬‘sgH SD ¬¢‘sgH SE MV‘thyks SG hkg¢£ Jkhs SH h¢k¢t‘gs SI K¢hl Kh¥‘ ¬Vhfgh…s V«¥ SJ h¢”ht‘gs m¢V‘§l¥ SK K‘¢gHV¢s SL ‘k¢Vhl Khs S M GhyksgH SN Ghl‘wgH SO Lhk¢V‘s SR F¢sk¢Vf‘ L‘j ‘hs ST V‘¬h…gsgH SV h¢V ‘s S Y H¬kb¢«H‘s SZ S‘”¢h”‘ S”V¢j V«¥ TC ¬haj TD m¢f‘k¥gH hskVt JHVlujsl TF ‘¥‘j TG ¬kb¢hj TH Khjs”h¥h¨ TJ ‘b¢”‘j TK Khjskl”Vj TM Sk‘j TN hyk‘j TO m¢rVagH V‘l¢j TP h¢”Vj TR ‘¥hf‘j‘ ¬H¬¢k¢Vj TT ‘ght‘j T V KH‘¢hj TW h¢kH«kj TZ h¢kHV”‘• UA H¬kY‘• UG M¬PjlgH Jh¢B‘gg mufhjgH MV¢ywgH V«¥gH m¢”¢Vl®H UM M¬PjlgH Jh¢B‘gH DH‘¥V‘• Khjs”hf«‘• Kh”¢jh…gH mg‘¬ US UY UZ VA «k¢¬hk¢V¥‘ Jksk¢t Jkhs VC b¢‘«kt VE (m¢kh¨¢VfgH) K¥V¢t V«¥ VG M¬PjlgH Jh¢B‘gH) K¥V¢t V «¥ VI (m¢”¢Vl®H Lhkj¢t VN ‘jH‘kht VU hk‘j‘t‘ S¢gH‘ V«¥ WF H‘lhs WS Kl¢gH YE dj‘¢hl YT h¢tbs‘Y‘¢ YU h¢Œ¢Vt• F‘k¥ ZA h¢flH« ZM V¢zH« ZR D‘fhfl« ZW 34 h¢Vj¢Vî h¢khfs• h¢f‘¢e• H¬kgkt d¥¢t MV¢ «¥ (Shk¢…ghl) ¬kb”‘t V«¥ ER ES ET FI FJ FK h¢«¢k‘V”¢l FM HV‘¬k• AD Khjskhyt• AE M¬PjlgH m¢fVugH JHVhl™H AF H¬‘fVhf‘ H‘¥¢jk• AG h¢khfg• AI bg¢‘¥k• AL h¢k¢lV• AM m¢¬kg‘§gH «¢g¢jk• V«¥ AN B‘¥k• AO m¢f‘k¥gH m¢f¨ŒgH MVhŒgH AQ K¢jk¥V®H AR m¢”¢Vl®H H‘lhs AS hslkgH AT h¢gHVjs• AU hf‘V• AW Kh¥¢fVƒ• A Z “sV§gH‘ mks‘fgH BA S‘¬hfVhf BB A¢¬b¥kf B D h”¢¥gf BE ‘sht hk¢”V‘f B F h¢Vhygf BG K¢VPfgH BH D¬kHV‘f BI K¢kf BJ H¬‘lV¢f BM LbsgH VH¬ Dhk‘Vf BN h¢…¢g‘f B O G¢«HVfgH BR hlh§fgH V«¥ BS Khj‘f B T J¢t‘f MV¢«¥ BV hkH‘sjf BW xhq¢fgH h ¢s‘V B Y «g¢f B Z H¬k” CA (»k¢g¢”) S”‘” V«¥ CC n¨s‘gH h¢Œ¢Vt• m¢V‘§l¥ CF ‘¥k‘”gH CG HVs ¢‘s C H VH‘…¢¬ J‘” CI “‘”gH V«¥ CK dg¢a CL K‘V¢lh”gH CM K¢wgH CN h¢fl‘g‘” CO h”¢Vhjs‘” CR hf‘” CU m¢¨HVŒl¢¬gH m¢fuagH S‘B m¢V‘§l¥ LA Khkfg h¢a‘g Jkhs K¢hjaO¢g h”kb¢Vs h¢V ¢f¢g ‘j‘s¢g h¢kH‘j¢g œVfls ”g h¢…jB h ¢f¢g FVylgH ‘”hk‘l ht‘¬g‘l VŒaY¬l GhaVhl V«¥ dghl Vhlkh¢l h¢g‘ykl ‘h”hl m¢ghlagH hkh¢Vhl V«¥ m¢skV…gH “¢k¢jVhl MV¢«¥ h¢khj¢V‘l JVhsjk ‘l m¨ghl S‘¢a¢V‘l T¢¬ghlgH V«¥ D‘Bhl “¢s”lgH h¢«¢ghl R¢fl«‘l h¢f¢lhk h¢k‘¬¢gh”‘¢k V¥¢kgH “g‘tV‘k MV¢«¥ h¢V¢¥¢k H‘¥HVh”¢k H¬kg‘£ µ¢‘VkgH Ghf¢k ‘Vhk MV¢ «¥ ‘¢k H¬kg«‘¢k Kh lU hlkf ‘V¢f m¢skV…gH h¢sk¢g‘f LB LC LI LK LR LS LT LU LV LY MA MC MD MG MH ML MM MN MO MP MQ MR MS MT MU MV MW MX MY MZ NA NC NE NF NG NI NL NO NP NR NU NZ OM PA PE PF ¬ghk‘¬”hl‘ ¬V¢£ V«¥ HM SHV‘¬k£ h¢jH‘V” dj¢h£ V¥lgH h¢s¢k‘¬kî H¬kgV¢• G ¢zHVsî ¬k§gH D¬k§gH ¨¢Plghf m¢kh¨¢VfgH JHVlujslgH RHVugH m ¢lbs™H KHV¢î m¢V‘§l¥ H¬kgs¢î h¢gh¨¢î h”¢lh¥ K¬V®H HN HR HT HU ID IE IL IN IO IQ IR IS IT JM JO M¬¢¬¥gH h¢k¢Y H‘fhf PG Khfh¢gH JP D¬V¢t F ¢” CV K¢fg…gH PH Khjs”hf PK H¬kg‘f PL K‘g¢”¢l‘ V¢¢f Jkhs PM KV¢”j¢f MV¢«¥ PN ‘”¢V‘jV‘f PR GhyjVfgH PT ‘Bhf PW DH‘¥HVhf PY V¨r QA K‘¢k¢V MV¢«¥ RE h¢khl‘V RO m¢¬hPjBH h¢s‘V RU h¢k¢” KhjsYV” h¢¬‘fl” djhfHV¢” VlŒgH V«¥ S…¢k‘ Sj¢” Jkhs KE KG KH KI KM KN m¢ghlagH h¢V‘” KP Shls¢V”gH V«¥ WVfr “¢ajgH m¢V‘§l¥ h¢khlg• dj‘f¢¥ “Vhlk¬gH Kh”¢k¢l‘¬gH Kh”¢k¢l¬gH m¢V‘§l¥ VzH«¥gH V‘¬H‘”™H h¢k‘js¢î Vwl m¢fVygH xHVPwgH CX CY CZ DE DJ DK DM DO DZ EC EE EG EH ‘Vht V«¥ FO hskVt FR m¢VqPgH R¨hklgH ’hskVt FX K‘fh¥gH GA M¬PjlgH m”gllgH GB H¬hk¢V¥ GD h¢¥V‘¥ GE m¢skV…gH hkh¢‘Y GF hkhY GH RVh¨ Gf¥ GI ¬kB K¢V¥ GL h¢flh¥ GM h¢k¢Y GN (m¢skV…gH)F‘g¢¬‘¥ GP m¢zH‘js™H h¢k¢Y GQ Khk‘¢gH GR Aj‘¬ks E‘hs‘ h¢¥V‘¥ E‘hs V«¥ GS Bhl¢jH‘¥ GT LH‘¥ MV¢«¥ GU ‘hs¢f h¢k¢Y GW hkh¢‘Y GY µk‘” µk‘£ HK m¢f‘k¥gH h¢V‘” KR J¢‘”gH KW Khl¢” V«¥ KY KhjsOH«h” KZ TgH‘lgH Jh¢glU Lh£ h‰¢‘¬¢ Jh¨PlgH T¢g‘j .m¥‘lgH Vh¢jOB FM/AM V«gH ngU ¨yqgH VV” 1 :Ghel .«jV£ ‘g¢” 810 ¬¬VjgH ngU GhsV™H GhfŒjsB H‰¬ul «h§¥gH hlk¢f AUDIO ÷m¢ghjgH m¢glugg ¬u½f KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ LH¬OjsH Gfr M¬P‘ ngU ¬‘¥‘lgH G¢yajgH vq‘ Vh¢jOH V« “VP 1 .AUDIO vq‘gH ngî ¬uf½ KU L”PjgH .FM/AM ngU ¨yqH 2 .36 mP…w‘ 35 mP…w dt L¬Ojs½j dg¢ hl¢t mP‘ValgH VHV«®H 810k ngU Veuj K• ngî TUNING 9/( ngU ¨yqgH VV” .I¬¢Vj DƒgH ¬¬VjgH 2 Le Jh¨PlgH KU EPfgH dt «h§¥gH •¬f¢ K• ngî h‰¨‘yql V«ghf ±…jPj hl¬kU MVhaî ngî G‘w‘gH ¬kU h‰¢zhŒgj EPfgH KU «h§¥gH Tr‘j¢s ’ikU “¬¢ vtVj .Jh¨PlgH N¬P™ mg‘fŒl m±Pbl Vh¢jOH VaCl G¢yajgH vq‘ M¬P‘ ngU ¬u½f KU L”PjgH VaClgH Ql‘¢s ’Th” –‘q‘f h§ef chls K”l¢ m¨Pl ngU «h§¥gH ¨fq ¬kU • .QVugH mP‘g ngU TUNED Ls¥l J‘wf dUHƒî Efg «h§¥gH GhfŒjsH ¬kU QVugH mP‘g ngU STVaClgH Ql‘¢s‘ • . F M m¥‘lgH VfU LhrV®H VHV «• ngU m¢UHƒ™H Jh¨PlgH K¢f Gwh…gH ¬H¬Uî A M GhsVî ‘g¢” 9 ¬¬Vj G¬ulf AM GhsVî ngU m¢UHƒ™H Jh¨PlgH K¢f Gwh…gH ¬¬Pj G‘¬gH Quf .Jh¨PlgH K¢f Gwh…” «jV£ ‘g¢” 10 ¬¬VjgH G¬ul L¬Ojs¢ VO·H QufgH‘ ’«jV£ .AM m¥‘lgH Vh¢jOH¬uf Bî AM TgH‘lf WhOgH Gwh…gH V¢¢yj “k”l¢ Kg .m¢lhl®H mP‘ggH dt M¬‘¥‘lgH VHV«®H LH¬Ojshf m¢ghjgH JHxHV¥™hf Lh¢ŒgH “k”l¢ • «jV¢£ ‘g¢” 10 ngî m¢UHƒ™H Jh¨PlgH K¢f Gwh…gH V¢¢yjg 7 .h‰¨‘yql 7 V«ghf ±h…jPBH vl 4 V«gH ngU ¨yqH «jV¢£ ‘g¢” 9 ngî m¢UHƒ™H Jh¨PlgH K¢f Gwh…gH V¢¢yjg 7 .h‰¨‘yql 7 V«ghf ±h…jPBH vl ¢ V«gH ngU ¨yqH m±Pbl . «jV£ ‘g¢” 9 ‘ £ d qHVjtBH ¬ H¬U ™H • 35 . VHV «®H vrH‘l mt Vulg 3 5 mP… w v¥HV TgH‘lgH Jh¢glU F M m¥‘lgH GhfŒjsH vq‘ Vh¢jOH ’FM m¥‘lgH ngU i¢gî vljslgH Ls¥lgH dUHƒ™H EfgH ngU A¢‘aj “hk£ K‘”¢ hl¬kU .GhfŒjsBH m¢glU K¢sPjg FM GhfŒjsH vq‘ V¢¢yj “k”l¢s FM m¥‘lgH ngU m¢UHƒî m¨Pl ngî vljsj hlk¢f 7 .FM MODE ngU ¨yqH .QVugH mP‘g ngU FM m¥‘lgH GhfŒjsH vq‘ V§±¢s .V«gH Hƒ£ ngU h§¢t ¨yqj MVl G” vl FM m¥‘lgH GhfŒjsH vq‘ V¢yj¢s :AUTO MUTING • .Ls¥l dŒk J‘w ngî vljsj T‘st ’Ls¥lgH J‘wghf dUHƒ™H EfgH K‘”¢ hl¬kU ’Ls¥l V¢Y J‘wf EfgH K‘”¢ hl¬kU‘ (.QVugH mP‘g ngU ST VaClgH V§±¢s) dt ikl ¬h…js¢ vq‘gH Hƒ£‘ .Ls¥l V¢Y M¬‘¥gH Q…Okl J‘w ngî vljsj T‘st AUTO VaClgH V§±¢s .m¢UHƒ™H Jh¨PlgH K¢f d”¢jhjsBH A¢‘ajgH vkl .QVugH mP‘g ngU MUTING Jh¨Plgg RfslgH T¢g‘jgH m¨PlgH Iƒ£ vq‘l ngî G‘w‘gH “k”l¢s ’m¢UHƒî m¨Plg LhrV®H ¬P• K¢¢uj ¬V¥lf m¥‘lgH ngU m¨Pl 15‘ FM m¥‘lgH ngU m¨Pl 30 ¬¬uf ±h…jPBH v¢¨jsj .h‰u¢Vs .AM MV”HƒgH dt h§f ±h…jPBH‘ m¢UHƒ™H Jh¨PlgH T¢g‘jg 7 dt h§f ±h…jPBH‘ h§…¢g‘j ¬¢Vj djgH m¨PlgH ngî GŒjkH .MV”HƒgH 1 vq‘ VjOht ’Jh¨PlgH N¬P™ FM GhfŒjsBH vq‘ ±…P ¬¢Vj Jk” Hƒî • .“FM m¥‘lgH GhfŒjsH vq‘ Vh¢jOH” v¥HV .I¬¢Vj DƒgH GhfŒjsBH :Ghel .«jV£ h¥¢l 103,50 ¬¬VjgH ngU GhsV™H GhfŒjsB ‰H¬ul «h§¥gH hlk¢f : M ONO • 1 0 3 . 5 0M .Ls¥lgH J‘wgH V¢e¶j K‘¬f K”g GhfŒjsBH K¢sPj ngî D¬C¢s vq‘gH Hƒ£ LH¬OjsH K• ngî xhq‘q‘ A¢‘aj ngî vljsjs ’vq‘gH Hƒ£ dt (.STVaClgH d…jO¢s) AUTO MUTING VaClgH d…jO¢s) .Jh¨PlgH N¬Pî ngU «h§¥gH ¨fqj (.“gƒ” . M E M O R Y V«gH ngU ¨yqH __ 2 1 0 3 . 5 0M :QVugH mP‘g ngU Ql‘¢ “– –” VaClgH hlk¢f DƒgH LrVgH Vh¢jOB (10+ ‘ 10 ngî 1) LhrV®H VHV«• ¨yqH .m¨Plgg ik¢¢uj ¬¢Vj 3 LH¬OjsH m¢…¢”” v¥HV ’LhrV®H VHV«• LH¬OjsH G‘P G¢wh…j ngU G‘wPgg • (.18 mP…w v¥HV) .“LhrV®H VHV«• :Ghel .‰hŒfsl ¬ulgH 1 LrV vq‘lgH Vh¢jOH ¬kU 1 1 0 3 . 5 0M .2 M‘¨OgH Kl ¬¢¬¥ Kl •¬fht ’ikl xh§jkBH Gfr ¬H¬U™H xhygî Lj Hƒî :¬¬PlgH LrVgH Ql‘¢ hl¬kU . M E M O R Y V«gH ngU ¨yqH .Q¢l‘gH KU ¬¬PlgH LrVgH Tr‘j¢s .MV”HƒgH dt i±…P‘ m¨Plgg ¬¬PlgH LrVgH K¢¢uj Lj¢s .2 M‘¨OgH Kl ¬¢¬¥ Kl •¬fht ’ikl xh§jkBH Gfr ¬H¬U™H xhygî Lj Hƒî .4 ngî 1 Kl JH‘¨OgH VV” 4 5 m¨PlgH psl ngî LH¬OjsBH ¬¢r LrV ngU M¬¢¬¥ m¨Pl K¢«Oj D¬C¢s • .h‰Œfhs mk«OlgH «h§¥gH MV”Hƒf mk«Ol m¨Pl ngî chljsbg 7 .AM ‘• FM Vh¢jOB FM/AM V«gH ngU ¨yqgH VV” DƒgH LrVgH Vh¢jOB (10+ ‘ 10 ngî 1) LhrV®H VHV«• ¨yqH .m¨Plgg ik¢¢uj ¬¢Vj LH¬OjsH m¢…¢”” v¥HV ’LhrV®H VHV«• LH¬OjsH G‘P G¢wh…j ngU G‘wPgg • (.18 mP…w v¥HV) .“LhrV®H VHV«• 36 1 2 ¬uf½ KU L”Pjgg AV COMPU LINK Lh±k Lh£ G¢w‘jgH ƒthkl VfU (K‘¢«…¢gjgH Gel) VO› «h§¥‘ «h§¥gH K¢f ‘¢¬¢t mg¢w‘j xhakî ¬kU AV mg¢w‘j ngî mthq™hf F”VlgH ‘¢¬¢…gH ‘• S-video ‘• vl¥lgH ‘¢¬¢…gg .VO·H «h§¥ghf WhOgH Jhl¢gujgH F¢j” ngî c‘¥VgH “¢gut ’COMPU LINK G¢w‘jgH m¢gluf mwhO Jh±Pbl m¢…¢”g –Va ngU ‘¢¬¢…gH ¨zHVa G¥sl ‘• K‘¢«…¢gjgH Jhl¢guj F¢j” Glja¢ B hlfV • D¶f «h§¥gH G¢w‘j K”llgH Klt ’GhP m¢• ngU‘ .“¢¬¢ K¢f DƒgH «h§¥ghf G¢w‘jgH AV COMPU œHVOî‘ GhO¬î JH¬P‘ if ‘¢¬¢t ¨zHVa G¥sl ‘• K‘¢«…¢gj .”EX“ ‘• ”III“ ‘• ”II“ «lVghf h§¢gî Vha½¢ djgH‘ LINK Kl J‘wgH ‘• ‘¢¬¢…ghf chjljsBH JVC Kl AV COMPU LINK Lh±k “g p¢j¢ Gel) m¢j‘wgH JhkH‘¨sBH Gyal/‘¢¬¢…gH «h§¥ Kh” Hƒî .K‘”j hl ¨sf• m¢glU GbO ‘¢¬¢…gH ¨zHVa G¥sl‘ m¥l¬lgH JhkH‘¨sBH Gyal‘ ’DVD dlrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH Gyal Lh±k LU¬j MV…algH‘ m¢zhq…gH JH‘kŒgH GhfŒjsH «h§¥ ‘•/‘ K‘¢«…¢gjgH‘ (VCR JVC AV (Jbf”) Gf”f mgw‘l‘ JVC m”Va Kl AV COMPU LINK ml«bgH JH¬H¬U™H mth”f Lh¢ŒgH ngî «h§¥gH G¢yaj x¬f D¬C¢st ’COMPU LINK “k”l¢ njP MV…algH‘ m¢zhq…gH JH‘kŒgH GhfŒjsH «h§¥ ‘•/‘ K‘¢«…¢gjgH ngU h‰¢zhŒgj .QVugH M¬hUî Lh±kf chjljsBH G¢yajgH J‘wgH ‘•/‘ ‘¢¬¢…ghf chjljsBH Kl JVC AV COMPU LINK Lh±k “k”l¢ QVu¢ DƒgH «h§¥gH) V¬wlgH «h§¥gH dt Play G¢yajgH V« ngU ¨yqgH ¬V¥lf ‘¢¬¢…gH ¨zHVa G¥sl ‘• DVD dlrVgH ‘¢¬¢…gH Gyal Gel J‘wgH Gya¢ ‘• ‘¢¬¢…gH .K‘¢«…¢gjgH «h§¥ G¢yaj x¬f ngî VHV¨qBH njP K‘¬ .(VCR .K‘¢«…¢gjgg ds¢zVgH m¢zhfV§”gH mrh¨gH V¬wl G¢w‘jf Lr .V¬wlgH «h§¥gH dt (¨¢Va ‘•) mkH‘¨sH GhO¬ïf Lr .V¬wlgH «h§¥gH dt (2) QVugH V« ngU ¨yqH :h‰¢zhŒgj m¢ghjgH JHxHV¥™hf Lh¢ŒgH Lj¢s .K‘¢«…¢gjgH G¢yaj x¬f • ‘• VIDEO-1) d¥VhOgH GO¬gH ƒ…kl ngU K‘¢«…¢gjgH V¬wl ¨fq • .(VIDEO-3 ‘• VIDEO-2 1 2 3 ¬H¬U™H‘ G¢w‘jgH AV LU¬j djgH JH¬P‘gH G¢w‘jf Lr ’AV COMPU LINK Gf” LH¬Ojshf .QufgH h§quff K‘”l G” dt COMPU LINK mlzhr LH¬Ojshf AV COMPU LINK g m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH mz¢§j dt L”PjgH Lj¢ • (.33 mP…w v¥HV) Jb¢q…jgH maha GOH¬ Kl OTHERS ¨zHVa G¥sl ‘• K‘¢«…¢gjgH «h§¥f mŒtVlgH JH¬haV™H ngî c‘¥VgH “k”l¢ hl” • .‘¢¬¢…gH m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH K‘¢«…¢gj «h§¥ AV COMPU LH¬Ojshf K‘¢«…¢gj «h§¥f m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH Gw‘j Jk” Hƒî • .dg¢ hl” m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH dt AV COMPU LINK ¬H¬Uî ¨fqht ’LINK DVD2 :K‘¢«…¢gjgH dt VIDEO-1 GO¬gH ƒ…klf G¢w‘jgH ¬kU • DVD3 :K‘¢«…¢gjgH dt VIDEO-2 GO¬gH ƒ…klf G¢w‘jgH ¬kU • DVD1 :K‘¢«…¢gjgH dt VIDEO-3 GO¬gH ƒ…klf G¢w‘jgH ¬kU • 37 v¥HVl mkH‘¨sBH T¢±kjg Kl L¢Œjsl ¨O dt mlUhk Ahlr mu¨Œf mkH‘¨sBH pslH .m¢¥VhOgH mthPgH ngî TwjklgH mkh¢wgH T¢±kjgH ¬H‘l Gel — mf¢ƒlgH ¬H‘lgH Kl ‰h¢• L¬Ojsj B • ‘• VkjgH ‘• AVgH mfgU ‘• JhkH‘¨sbg M¬hjulgH .mkH‘¨sBH T¢±kjg — K¢«kfgH JhkH‘¨sBH vl GlhujgH 7 h§jthPf “hsl™H GbO Kl h§jfgU Kl mkH‘¨sBH œVO• • .h‰…¢…O h‰¨yq TwjklgH mPjt ngU ¨yqgH‘ .vlbgH h§P¨s Slg ‘• mkH‘¨sBH dkef LŒj B • Kl xh§jkBH ¬uf h§jfgU ngî mkH‘¨sBH M¬hUïf Lr • .S‘Œjgg QVujj B njP h§lH¬OjsH «h§¥gH T¢±kj 7 vŒfgH Jkh” Hƒî .mlUhk Ahlr mu¨Œf «h§¥gH ngU M¬‘¥‘lgH vŒfgH psl F¥¢ • Ahlr mu¨r L¬Ojsht ’mth¥ Ahlr mu¨Œf h§Psl Fuw¢ «h§¥gH ngU M¬‘¥‘lgH pslg ‰H¬¢¥ AhlŒgH mu¨r VwUH Le ’h‰¢zhl¢” G¬hujl T±kl Kl T…Ol G‘gPlf mggfl .mth¥gH AhlŒgH mu¨r L¬OjsH Le h§f «h§¥gH iP¨s KU xb¨gH ¨‘Œs ‘• TgjgH ‘• “b£´g QVuj¢ ¬r «h§¥gH K® ‰HV±k • .dg¢ hll VƒPgH —‘jt ’d¥VhOgH .SlglgH mkaO Ahlr mu¨Œf «h§¥gH pslj B • .Tkuf «h§¥gH pslj B • .K¢«kfgH ‘• Vkjghf «h§¥gH pslj B • .m¢VaPgH JH¬¢flgH Gel MV¢h¨jl M¬hl D® «h§¥gH QVuj B • .mg¢‘¨ m¢kl« MVj…g m¢”¢jsbf ‘• m¢¨h¨l p¨s® h‰slbl «h§¥gH p¨s Gu¥j B • h§j¬hUî ¬kU mkH‘¨sBH p¨s A¬Oj B njP VƒPgH —‘j • .mfgugH ngî MVahflgH SlagH mua® mkH‘¨sBH Q¢Vuj Fk¥j • .mf‘¨VgH‘ m¢ghugH MVHVPgH Jh¥V¬‘ h§Pbwî‘ Gh¨U®H Thaj”H GPgH mŒ¢V¨ (.10 mP…w v¥HV) .dyfk¢ hl” dzhfV§”gH Gf”gH G¢w‘jf Lr GljPlgH FfsgH mg”algH .«h§¥ghf Gwjl V¢Y dzhfV§”gH Gf”gH dzhfV§”gH Vh¢jgH G‘w‘ L¬U .«h§¥gg .Gluj B ¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ (.6 mP…w v¥HV) .Jh¢Vh¨fgH G¬fjsH .mYVht Jh¢Vh¨fgH .¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ ¨rB KU MVahflgH SlagH mua• F¥Pf Lr .¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ ¨rB ngU MVahflgH SlagH mua• ¨‘Œs V¬wlgH G¢yajg V¬wlgH Vh¢jOH VHV«• ¬P• ngU ¨yqH ’G¢yajgH Gfr .I¬¢Vj DƒgH .I¬¢Vj DƒgH V¬wlgg ‰hwwOl S¢g vq‘ dt ¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ .p¢PwgH vq‘gH ngU VaClgH ¨fqH V¢Y vq‘ dt ¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ G¢yaj vq‘ Vh¢jOH VaCl .p¢Pw (.8 mP…w v¥HV) .Jbf”gH G¢w‘j Kl ¬”¶j .«h§¥ghf Gwjl V¢Y JhUhlsgH Gf” (.10 mP…w v¥HV) .dyfk¢ hl” Gf”gH G¢w‘jf Lr DIGITAL ƒ…klgH ‘•/‘ AUX IN ƒ…klghf b ‰ wjl S¢g J‘wgH Gf” .L¢gs ‘Pk ngU IN (.14 mP…w v¥HV) .p¢PwgH V¬wlgH VjOH .p¢Pw V¢Y V¬wl Vh¢jOH Lj (.30 mP…w v¥HV) .FshklgH V¢…ajgH “t vq‘ VjOH .mz¨hO mŒ¢V¨f I¬H¬Uî Lj V¢…ajgH “t vq‘ Gluj B ¬uf½ KU L”PjgH M¬P‘ .dyfk¢ hl” .J‘w ¬¥‘¢ B (.9 mP…w v¥HV) .dyfk¢ hl” Gf”gH G¢w‘jf Lr .p¢PwgH ‘PkgH ngU «h§¥ghf Gwjl V¢Y ‘¢¬¢…gH Gf” (.3 mP…w v¥HV) .QVugg mgfhr mkH‘¨sH L¬OjsH .h§qVU K”l¢ B ml¬OjslgH mkH‘¨sBH v¥HV) .“NTSC” ‘• “PAL” ngî pslgH vq‘ V¢¢yjf Lr (.15 mP…w K• Kl LYVghf “NTSC PROG.” ¬H¬U™hf ¨‘fql pslgH vq‘ .vq‘gH Hƒ£ LU¬¢ B DƒgH‘ K‘¢«…¢gjghf mgwjl m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH ngU mq‘Vul MV‘w ¬¥‘j B MV‘wgH ‘• K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha ‘• G¢wh…jgH M¬¬Pl V¢Y V§±j .K¢x«¥ ngî mlsŒl V§±j .h§…¢±kjf Lr ‘• mkH‘¨sBH G¬fjsH .m…¢±k V¢Y ‘• ma‘¬Ol hlî mkH‘¨sBH (.9 mP…w v¥HV) .MVahfl K‘¢«…¢gjghf m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH G¢w‘jf Lr m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH K¢f ig¢w‘j Lj ‘¢¬¢t ¨zHVa G¥sl “hk£ .K‘¢«…¢gjgH‘ ‘¢¬¢…gH Gu¥j mg”al ¬¥‘j .h‰a‘al J‘wgH‘ ‰h£‘al v¥HV) .ml¢gs MV‘wf “MONITOR TYPE” ¨fqf Lr (.32 mP…w .p¢PwgH ‘PkgH ngU i¨fq Lj¢ Lg mahagH c‘k vl Fshkjj B MV‘wgH ¬huf• .K‘¢«…¢gjgH maha v¥HV) .L”Pl‘ p¢Pw ‘Pk ngU dzH‘§gH G¢w‘j M¬hUïf Lr (.7 mP…w .«h§¥ghf Gw‘l V¢Y dzH‘§gH EfgH ngî chljsBH Fuw¢ .dghugH A¢‘ajgH Ffsf 38 maha ngU MV‘w ¬¥‘j B .K‘¢«…gjgH v¥HVl (SP-THS1F) m¢«”VlgH / m¢lhl®H JhUhlsgH 7 c‘kgH Kl) ¬PH‘ œVOlf dsh”ukH Shf c‘k (m¢s¢¨hkylgH ¬q dlPlgH 1 M ¨‘VOl mz¢£ ngU Ls 8,0 JH‘ 55 C6 «jV£ 20000 ngî 90 Kl Vjl.JH‘/Gf¢s¢¬ 80,0 102 M Vjl¢ggl 119,5 MVjl¢ggl 106 Vjl¢ggl LHV¥ ‘g¢” 0,49 K«j M¬PH‘ G” :mUhlsgH :m¢zhfV§”gH MV¬ŒgH :ml‘hŒlgH :D¬¬VjgH N¬lgH :J‘wgH ¨yq N‘jsl :(RlU M ch…jVH M QVU) ¬huf®H :K«‘gH (SP-THS1S) Khj¢fkh¥gH KhjUhlsgH 7 c‘kgH Kl) ¬PH‘ œVOlf dsh”ukH Shf c‘k (m¢s¢¨hkylgH ¬q dlPlgH 1 M ¨‘VOlM mz¢£ ngU Ls 8,0 JH‘ 55 C6 «jV£ 20000 ngî 90 Kl Vjl.JH‘/Gf¢s¢¬ 80,0 102 M Vjl¢ggl 119,5 MVjl¢ggl 106 Vjl¢ggl LHV¥ ‘g¢” 0,56 K«j M¬PH‘ G” :c‘kgH :mUhlsgH :m¢zhfV§”gH MV¬ŒgH :ml‘hŒlgH :D¬¬VjgH N¬lgH :J‘wgH ¨yq N‘jsl :(RlU M ch…jVH M QVU) ¬huf®H :K«‘gH (SP-WS1) J‘wgHLOql 7 c‘kgH Kl) ¬PH‘ œVOlf dsh”ukH Shf c‘k (m¢s¢¨hkylgH ¬q dlPlgH 1 M ¨‘VOlM mz¢£ ngU Ls16,0 JH‘ 55 C6 «jV£ 150 ngî 30 Kl Vjl.JH‘/Gf¢s¢¬ 76 Vjl¢ggl 337 M Vjl¢ggl 284 M Vjl¢ggl 128 LHV¥ ‘g¢” 3,3 Jh…wH‘l :c‘kgH :c‘kgH :mUhlsgH :m¢zhfV§”gH MV¬ŒgH :ml‘hŒlgH :D¬¬VjgH N¬lgH :J‘wgH ¨yq N‘jsl :(RlU M ch…jVH M QVU) ¬huf®H :K«‘gH .Rfsl Vhuaî K‘¬ G¢¬ujgg mqVU m¢k…gH Jh…wH‘lgH‘ Jhl¢lwjgH (XV-THS1) m¢«”VlgH M¬P‘gH 7 mU«‘l RMS ml¢r‘ ’M¬PH‘gH MhkŒgg JH‘ 52 mfsk dghl¥î‘ «jV£ ‘g¢” 1 ¬¬Vjf C 6 ngU .‹10 D‘hsj Vh¢jgg A¢‘aj C 6 ngU mU«‘l RMS ml¢r‘ ’JH‘ 52 Vh¢jgg A¢‘aj mfsk dghl¥î‘ «jV£ 100 ¬¬Vjf .‹10 D‘hsj J‘wgH x«¥ /m¢lhl®H JhUhlsgH :m¢fkh¥gH/m¢«”VlgH :J‘wgH LOql :1*dlrVgH GO¬gH :OPTICAL DIGITAL IN E Vjl‘khk 660 ) Gf¢s¢¬ 15- ngî Gf¢s¢¬ 21- Kl ( Vjl‘khk 30 DTS Digital‘ Dolby Digital‘ Linear PCM J‘wgH ml±k¶f Rguj¢ 1* («jV£ ‘g¢” 48 ‘ 44,1 ‘ 32 G¢‘Pj JB¬ulf) Surround NTSC/PAL ¨O 500 Gf¢s¢¬ 64 V(p-p) 1,0/C 75 V(p-p) 1,0/C 75 (p-p)(2*V 0,3) V 0,286 /C 75 V(p-p) 1,0/C 75 V(p-p) 0,7/C 75 «jV£ h¥¢l 108,00 ngî «jV£ h¥¢l 87,50 Kl «jV£ ‘g¢” 1602 ngî «jV£ ‘g¢” 531 Kl («jV£ ‘g¢” 9 D‘hs¢ Jh¨PlgH K¢f Gwh…f) «jV£ ‘g¢” 1600 ngî «jV£ ‘g¢” 530 Kl («jV£ ‘g¢” 10 D‘hs¢ Jh¨PlgH K¢f Gwh…f) Jg‘t 220 / 127 / 110 ¬¬Vjl Vh¢j ¬¬Vjf ’Jg‘t 240 Jg‘t 230 ¬¬Vjl Vh¢j «jV£ 60/50 (G¢yajgH ¬kU) JH‘ 75 (G¢yajgg ¬H¬ujsBH vq‘ dt) JH‘ 1,0 Vjl¢ggl 370 M Vjl¢ggl 65 M Vjl¢ggl 360 LHV¥ ‘g¢” 5,3 ‘¢¬¢…gH x«¥ :‘¢¬¢…gH Lh±k :dŒt®H mr¬gH N‘jsl :A¢‘ajgH ngî MVha™H mfsk ‘¢¬¢…gH œVO N‘jsl :vl¥lgH :S-video-Y :S-video-C :Component-Y :Component-PB/PR PAL Lh±kf WhO 2* Jh¨PlgH TgH‘l x«¥ Jh¨PlgH T¢g‘j N¬l :FM m¥‘lgH :AM m¥‘lgH mlhU :m¢zhfV§”gH mrh¨gH Jhfg¨jl :mrh¨gH “b§jsH :(RlU M ch…jVH M QVU) ¬huf®H :K«‘gH 39 ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ ٢....................................................................... ﻧﻜﺎﺗﯽ در ﻣﻮرد ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ٢............................................... ﻟﻮازم اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه ٢.................................................................. در ﻣﻮرد دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ٣........................................................... اﻧﻮاع دﻳﺴﮏ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ٣.......................................................... ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت و ﻛﻨﱰﳍﺎ۵................................................. اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ٧................................................................... وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن آﻧﺘﻬﺎی FMو٧................................................. AM وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﻣﺎﻫﻮاره اﻳﯽ )ﺟﻠﻮ ،وﺳﻂ ،ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ( و ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ ٨......... ﭼﻴﺪن ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ٩.................................................................. وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن٩............................................................ وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﮏ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ١٠ .................................................. وﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه دﳚﻴﺘﺎل١٠ ................................................ وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق ١٠ .......................................................... ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور١١......... ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ١١ .......................................................... ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ ١٢ ............................................................. اﻋﲈل اﺻﻠﯽ ١٣.............................................................. روﺷﻦ/ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ١٣ ................................................. اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ١۴ ....................................................... ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن وﻟﻮم ]١۴ ............................................. [VOLUME ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻓﻮن )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ( ١۴ ....................................... ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻮﻗﺘﯽ ﺻﺪا ]١۴ .................................... [MUTING ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن روﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ]١۴ ...................................[DIMMER ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن ]١۵ ............................................. [SLEEP ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ و ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺮﻛﺰی/ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ ]١۵ ...............................[L-SURR.-R, CENTER, S.WFR ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﺪای زﻳﺮ ]١۵ ............................................. [TREBLE ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دادن ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﻜﻦ١۵ ........................................................ ﭘﺨﺶ ١۶..................................................................... ﭘﺨﺶ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ١۶ ...................................................................... ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪد ﺗﮏ ﳌﺴﯽ١٨ ........................................................... ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﴎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ/ﴎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ١٨ .......................................... ﭘﺮش ﺑﻪ اﺑﺘﺪای ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه دﳋﻮاه١٨ ..................................... ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮدن ﻋﻨﻮان/ﮔﺮوه دﳋﻮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ١٩ ............... ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ٢٠......................................................... اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ ٢٠ ...................................................... اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ٢١ .................................................... ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮدن ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﯽ از ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ٢٣ ...................................... اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﱰل ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ٢۴ ............................................ ﴍوع ﳎﺪد ﭘﺨﺶ٢۵ .............................................................. اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زاوﻳﻪ دﻳﺪ ٢۵ ............................................................. اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ٢۶ ............................................................. اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺻﺪا٢۶ ................................................................... ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺧﺎص ٢٧ ........................................................... ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﻳﯽ ٢٨ ............................................................... ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ٢٨ ................................................................. ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪد ٢٩ .................................................................... ﻗﻔﻞ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ٣٠ ...................................................................... ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺻﺪا و ﻣﻮارد دﻳﮕﺮ ٣٠ .................................................... ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎت ٣١................................................ DVD اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻨﻮی ﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ٣١ .................................................... ﴍح ﻣﻨﻮ ٣١ ...................................................................... ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﻴﻮﻧﺮ ٣۵............................................................ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮدن ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﺗﻴﻮﻧﺮ٣۵ .............................................. AM ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ دﺳﺘﯽ ٣۵ ................................................................... ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ٣۶ ..................................................... اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺣﺎﻟﺖ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ٣۶ ...................................................FM ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ٣٧................ AV COMPU LINK ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ٣٨.................................................................... ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری ٣٨ ...................................................................... ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ٣٨ ...................................................................... ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﯽ ٣٩ ................................................................ ١ 8/20/2004, 1:59:15 PM 01.indd 1 ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ 7اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻫﺎی اﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﻧﻜﺎﺗﯽ در ﻣﻮرد ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه 7اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت ﻣﻬﻢ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ • ﻣﻜﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺸﮏ وﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻪ زﻳﺎد ﮔﺮم و ﻧﻪ زﻳﺎد ﴎد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و درﺟﻪ ﺣﺮارت آن ﺑﲔ ۵ﺗﺎ ٣۵درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﮔﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﺑﲔ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه و ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﯽ را ﳊﺎظ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ را در ﻣﻜﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻧﻮﺳﺎن اﺳﺖ ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ. ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق • ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﺧﻴﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق دﺳﺖ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ! • ﳘﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﺎداﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ دﻳﻮار ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﻤﯽ ﺑﺮق ﻣﴫف ﻣﻴﺸﻮد. • ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮاﻫﻴﺪ دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ را ازﺧﺮوﺟﯽ دﻳﻮار در ﺑﻴﺎورﻳﺪ دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ را ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق را. ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ اﺗﻴﻜﺖ اﻟﺼﺎق ﭼﺴﺒﮏ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ در ﻣﻮرد ﻗﻮاﻧﲔ راﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻖ ﺗﻜﺜﲑ ﻗﻮاﻧﲔ ﺣﻖ ﺗﻜﺜﲑ را در ﻛﺸﻮر ﺧﻮد ﭘﻴﺶ از ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن از روی دﻳﺴﮏ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ .ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن از روی ﭼﻴﺰ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ دارای ﺣﻖ ﺗﻜﺜﲑ اﺳﺖ ﲣﻠﻒ از ﻗﻮاﻧﲔ ﺣﻖ ﺗﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. در ﻣﻮرد ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﭙﯽ ﮔﺎرد دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﭙﯽ ﮔﺎرد ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺷﲈ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮد را ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ وﻳﺪﺋﻮوﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﭙﯽ ﮔﺎرد ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد وﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻧﺸﻮد. از درﺟﻪ ﺣﺮارﲥﺎی ﺑﺎﻻ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ را در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ و ﻧﺰدﻳﮏ ﻳﮏ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﯽ ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ. وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ در ﳏﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮت ﺑﻪ ﴎ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ دﻟﻴﻠﯽ ﺑﺮای ﻣﺪت ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﺣﻀﻮر ﻧﺪارﻳﺪ دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق را از ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﲥﻮﻳﻪ را ﻣﺴﺪود ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﲥﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺧﺮاﺑﯽ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺖ از ﳏﻔﻈﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﲤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ از ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﻧﺮم اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و دﺳﺘﻮرات ﻣﺮﺑﻮط را در ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ازﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﻫﺎی آﻏﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﯽ دﻧﺒﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .از ﺑﻨﺰن و اﺗﺮ ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺣﻼﳍﺎﻳﯽ و ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﻮاد ﺿﺪ ﻋﻔﻮﻧﯽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ .اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﯽ رﻧﮓ ﺷﺪن ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ. اﮔﺮ آب وارد ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻮد ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق را ازﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﲑون ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮوﺷﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ را از آﻧﺠﺎ ﺧﺮﻳﺪه اﻳﺪ ﲤﺎس ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ .اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ در ﭼﻨﲔ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﯽ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزی ﻳﺎ ﺷﻮک اﻟﻜﱰﻳﻜﯽ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد. ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از ﺑﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ • در داﺧﻞ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﻮاﻫﻴﺪ آن را ﴎوﻳﺲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد .اﮔﺮ اﺷﻜﺎﻟﯽ ﺑﻮﺟﻮد آﻣﺪ ،ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را از ﺑﺮق ﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺸﻮرت ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ. • ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﯽء ﻓﻠﺰی را داﺧﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ. • ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﮏ از اﺷﻜﺎل ﻏﲑ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دﻳﺴﮏ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﺎرت اﻋﺘﺒﺎری و ﻏﲑه( را ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺎزار ﻣﻮﺟﻮد اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ زﻳﺮا ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﺮاﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد. • از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ دارای ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻧﻈﲑ آن اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ زﻳﺮا ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﺮاﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. از رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ،آب وﮔﺮد و ﺧﺎک اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ را در ﻣﻜﺎن ﻫﺎی ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻛﯽ ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ. ﻟﻮازم اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﲤﺎﻣﯽ ﻟﻮازم اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺷﲈره داﺧﻞ ﭘﺮاﻧﺘﺰ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪه ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. اﮔﺮ ﭼﻴﺰی ﮔﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ،ﻓﻮرأ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺧﻮد ﲤﺎس ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ. • دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﱰل ا ز راه دور )(١ • ﺑﺎﺗﺮﳞﺎ )(٢ • آﻧﺘﻦ (١) FM • آﻧﺘﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻳﯽ (١) AM • ﻛﺎﺑﻞ وﻳﺪﺋﻮی رﻧﮕﯽ )(١ • دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ آداﭘﺘﻮر (١) AC ٢ 8/21/2004, 10:43:14 AM 02-12.indd 2 در ﻣﻮرد دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ اﻧﻮاع دﻳﺴﮏ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺪ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ای DVD VIDEO اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی زﻳﺮ ﻃﺮاﺣﯽ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ: ،Super Video CD (SVCD) ،Video CD (VCD) ،DVD VIDEO CDﺻﻮﺗﯽ ) CD-R ،(CDو .CD-RW • اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ دو ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ PALو NTSCﺳﺎزﮔﺎر اﺳﺖ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل وﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ NTSCدر ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﻜﻦ روی ” “PALﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ)ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١۵ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ،ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل PAL60ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. • اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ DVD-R/-RWﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻬﺮا ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ .ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ وﺟﻮد ﺗﻌﺪادی از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت دﻳﺴﮏ ﻳﺎ ﴍاﻳﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ. دﻳﺴﻚ ﻫﺎی DVDو DVDﻫﺎی وﻳﺪﺋﻮﺋﯽ ﻛﺪﻫﺎی ﳏﻠﯽ ﳐﺼﻮص ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮد را دارﻧﺪ .اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﻔﻪ آﻧﺎن در ﻛﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ک ای ﻛﺪ در ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﭘﺸﺖ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ. ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ DVDﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ: و دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻴﺪ: i VCD CD-R SVCD CD-RW ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻳﮏ DVDﺑﺎ ﺷﲈره ﻛﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاری ﺷﻮدREGION CODE” ، ! “ERRORروی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﴍوع ﺷﻮد. درﺑﺎره ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎ )ﺗﺮاک ﻫﺎ( وﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎ )ﮔﺮوﻫﻬﺎ ﻫﺎ( روی دﻳﺴﮏ اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی MP3و JPEGﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه روی CD-Rو CD-RWرا ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ. ﮔﺎﻫﯽ اوﻗﺎت ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻧﻮع و آﻟﺒﻮم و ﻏﲑه ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ در CD-Rﻳﺎ CD-RWدﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪی ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ. در اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﻮر اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ”دﺳﺘﻪ“ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﯽ ”ﭘﻮﺷﻪ“ و ”ﺗﺮاک“ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﯽ ”ﻓﺎﻳﻞ“ اﺳﺖ. • اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺎ ١۵٠ﻓﺎﻳﻞ در ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮوه و ٩٩ﮔﺮوه در ﻫﺮ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ. ﻛﻞ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ روی ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ردﻳﺎﺑﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ١٠٠٠ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. • دﻳﺴﻚ ﻫﺎی زﻳﺮ را ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮان ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮد: ) CD-I ،CD-ROM ،DVD-RAM ،DVD-ROMآﻣﺎده CD ،(CD-Iﻋﻜﺲ، SACDو ﻏﲑه. ﭘﺨﺶ ﭼﻨﲔ دﻳﺴﻚ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ اﳚﺎد ﺻﺪا ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ و ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﺮاﺑﯽ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮﻫﺎ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. • در ﺑﻌﻀﯽ از DVDﻫﺎی وﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ CD ،ﻫﺎی وﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﻳﺎ SVCDﻫﺎ ،ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد آﻧﺎن ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ آﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ راﻫﻨﲈ ﴍح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .اﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی دﻳﺴﮏ وﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر دﻳﺴﮏ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ. ﻋﻼﻣﺖ DVDﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﲡﺎرﺗﯽ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ /DVDﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﴍﻛﺖ ﺻﺎدر ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﳎﻮز ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ٣ 8/21/2004, 10:43:57 AM 02-12.indd 3 در ﻣﻮرد دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﻧﻜﺎﺗﯽ در ﻣﻮرد CD-Rو CD-RW • • • • • • • • • اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ)ﻧﺎم آﻟﺒﻮم و ﻧﺎم ﻫﻨﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﻪ و ﻧﺎم ﺗﺮاک(روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.٢۴ • اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی MP3را ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﴎﻋﺖ ٣٢ﺗﺎ ٣٢٠ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﻴﺖ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ و دارای ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺴﻬﺎی ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﲑی ١۶ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ٢٢٫٠۵ ،ﻛﻠﻴﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ٢۴ ،ﻛﻠﻴﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ٣٢ ، ﻛﻠﻴﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ۴۴٫١ ،ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ۴٨ ،ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ را ﺑﺨﻮاﻧﺪ. • ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮرد را )آﻫﻨﮓ( ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﲑی ۴۴٫١ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ و ﺑﺎ ﴎﻋﺖ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ١٢٨ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﻮد. JPEGدر ﻣﻮرد ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی • ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎ دﻗﺖ ۶۴٠×۴٨٠ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﻮد) .ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﯽ ﺑﺎ وﺿﻮح ﺑﻴﺸﱰ از ۶۴٠×۴٨٠ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،زﻣﺎن زﻳﺎدی را ﺑﺮای ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﺷﺪن ﻧﻴﺎز ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ(. • اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی ﭘﺎﻳﻪ JPEGرا ﻧﲈﻳﺶ دﻫﺪ. ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ) CD-Rﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ( و ) CD-RWﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ( وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﻓﻘﻂ در ﺻﻮرت "ﳖﺎﻳﯽ ﺷﺪن“ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮان ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮد. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن را درﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺮای ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻛﺮدن دﻳﺴﮏ ISO 9660 LEVEL 1ﻳﺎ LEVEL 2را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی ”ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ای“ )ﺗﺎ ٢٠ﺟﻠﺴﻪ( ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی ”ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ“ را ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺨﺶ CD-Rﻳﺎ CD-RWدﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻳﺸﺎن را ﺑﺪﻗﺖ ﺑﺨﻮاﻧﻴﺪ. CD-RWﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﺗﺮ ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﺧﻮاﻧﯽ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .اﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ آن اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ اﻧﻌﻜﺎس CD-RWﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﱰ از CDﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ اﺳﺖ. ﺑﻌﻀﯽ از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺗﺸﺎن ﻳﺎ ﴍاﻳﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺎن ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮاﺑﯽ و ﻳﺎ ﻟﻜﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ روی آﳖﺎ اﺳﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ. اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ CD-Rﻫﺎ و CD-RWﻫﺎی ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ CD ﺻﻮﺗﯽ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ. ﳘﭽﻨﲔ اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی CD-Rﻳﺎ CD-RWرا در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ روی آﳖﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی MP3ﻳﺎ JPEGﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺄ ﭘﻴﻜﺮ ﺑﻨﺪی وﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰارﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ MP3/JPEG )ﻛﺪ ﮔﺬاری( و ﺳﺨﺖ اﻓﺰار اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار ﻳﺎ ﺳﺨﺖ اﻓﺰار اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ذﻳﻞ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮوز ﻛﻨﻨﺪ: • از روی ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ/ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ روی دﻳﺴﮏ MP3/JPEGﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﭘﺮش ﺷﻮد ﻳﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ. • ﺑﻌﻀﯽ از ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی JPEGروی ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻧﺎﻣﻄﻠﻮب ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﻧﻜﺎﺗﯽ در ﻣﻮرد ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎی MP3 ﻧﻜﺎﺗﯽ در ﻣﻮرد دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎیMP3/JPEG • دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی CD-R) MP3/JPEGﻳﺎ (CD-RWﺑﻪ زﻣﺎن ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﺗﺮ ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ) .اﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎوت ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﮔﯽ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﭘﻮﺷﻪ/ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﯽﺑﺎﺷﺪ(. • اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎﻳﯽ را ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﯽ از ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎی زﻳﺮ را ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺣﺮوف ﺑﺰرگ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﮏ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ دﻫﺪ: “.mp3”, “.MP3” :MP3 “.jpeg”, “.jpg”, “.JPEG”, “.JPG” :JPEG • ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ اﻧﻮاع ﳐﺘﻠﻔﯽ از ﻓﺎﻳﻞ روی ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ﳐﻠﻮط ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻧﻮع ﻓﺎﻳﻞ را روی ﻣﻨﻮی PICTUREﻃﻮری ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ داده ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )”“AUDIOﻳﺎ ”) .(“STILL PICTUREرﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.٣٢ اﻳﻦ ﳏﺼﻮل ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺣﻖ ﺗﻜﺜﲑ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی اﻣﺘﻴﺎز اﻳﺎﻻت ﻣﺘﺤﺪه ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه وﺣﻘﻮق ﻋﻘﻼﻧﯽ اﻳﻦ ﳏﺼﻮل ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﴍﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺮووﻳﮋن ودﻳﮕﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎن اﻳﻦ ﳏﺼﻮل اﺳﺖ .اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺣﻖ ﺗﻜﺜﲑ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﺑﺮای اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻫﺎی ﺧﺎﻧﮕﯽ واﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻫﺎی دﻳﺪاری ﳏﺪود دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﴍﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺮووﻳﮋن اﺟﺎزه داده ﺷﻮد ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ دﻳﮕﺮ ﲢﺖ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻳﻦ ﴍﻛﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ .ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﯽ ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﳑﻨﻮع اﺳﺖ. ۴ 8/21/2004, 10:44:00 AM 02-12.indd 4 ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت و ﻛﻨﱰﳍﺎ ﺷﲈره ﻫﺎی ارﻗﺎم ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺗﯽ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﻗﻄﻌﺎت در آن ﴍح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ. ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﯽ)واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی( ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ٢١ ١٧ ٣۶ ٢٩ ٣۶ ١٧ ٣۵ ٣۵ ١٧ ١٧ ١٧ ٢١ ١٧ ١۵ ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ١۴ ١۴ ١۴ ١٨ ١٨ ١۶ ١۶ ١٣ ١۶ ١٣ ﺳﻨﺴﻮر ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور۶ : ١۶ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ)داﺧﻞ(١۶ : ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ)واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ( ٩ ٧ ٩ ﺑﻪ زﻳﺮ رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ٣٧ ١٠ ١٠ ٨ ١٠ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻗﺒﻞ از وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن دو ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ،وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮای ﳏﻴﻂ ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺎ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ وﻟﺘﺎژ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. از ﻳﮏ آﭼﺎر ﭘﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﯽ ﺑﺮای ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪن اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ وﻟﺘﺎژ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺷﲈره وﻟﺘﺎژ ﳘﺎﻧﻨﺪ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﳏﻠﯽ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺷﲈ دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ را در واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی زده اﻳﺪ. ﻋﻼﻣﺖ وﻟﺘﺎژ ۵ 8/21/2004, 10:44:01 AM 02-12.indd 5 ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت و ﻛﻨﱰﳍﺎ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ١٣ ١١ ١٢ ١۴ ١٧ ٢١ ١۴ ١۶ ١١ ١۴ ٢۶ ٢۶ ١١ ١١ ٢٣ ١۶, ٣۶ ١۵, ٣١ ٢١ اﮔﺮداﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻳﺎ اﺛﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﱰل ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ ﻫﺮ دو ﺑﺎﺗﺮی را ﻋﻮض ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ١٢, ١٨ ١٩ دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻫﺎی ﺧﺸﮏ ﻧﻮع )R6P(SUM-3)/AA(15F )اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه( ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ١١-٣۶ ١۶ ١٨, ٣۵ ١٨ ١۶, ٣۶ ٢٣ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﳞﺎ را دردﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ ٢۵ ﺷﲈره دار١٨ : ٢٧ ٢٨ ٢٨ ٢٣ ١۵, ٢٧ ٢٩ ٢٩ ٣١ ٣٠ ١۵ ١۴ ١۵ ١۵ ١۵ • ﺑﺎﺗﺮﳞﺎ را در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺣﺮارت ﻳﺎ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ. ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ را ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور روﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور را ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ روﺑﺮوی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ. • دﺳﺖ ﺷﲈ روی ﺳﻨﺴﻮر ﻫﺎی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ. ١۵ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ﺑﺮای اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ازدﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی زﻳﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ آن را ﻛﻨﺎر ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ ۶ 8/21/2004, 10:44:02 AM 02-12.indd 6 اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق را ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻘﺮار ﻧﺸﺪه اﻧﺪ ،وﺻﻞ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن آﻧﺘﻬﺎی FMو AM اﮔﺮ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی 7آﻧﺘﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻳﯽ AM آﻧﺘﻦ AMﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻳﯽ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ آﻧﺘﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻳﯽ AMاراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺳﻴﻢ آﻧﺘﻦ وﻳﻨﻴﻠﯽ ﺗﻜﯽ ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ )اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ( اﮔﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ آﻧﺘﻦ دارای ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ اﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ را ﭘﻴﭽﺎﻧﺪه و ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ وﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ 7آﻧﺘﻦ FM وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن آﻧﺘﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻳﯽ AM آﻧﺘﻦ ) FMاراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه( ١ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی آﻧﺘﻦ FMاراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه را ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر اﻓﻘﯽ ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ. اﮔﺮ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ٢ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی آﻧﺘﻦ FMﺑﲑوﻧﯽ )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ( ﺳﻴﻢ آﻧﺘﻦ ٣ ﺳﻴﻢ آﻧﺘﻦ FMﺑﲑوﻧﯽ )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ( ﻛﺎﻧﻜﺘﻮر ﻧﻮع اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد )ﻛﻮاﻛﺴﻴﺎل (Ω ٧۵ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ﺑﻪ ﺷﲈ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮای آﻧﺘﻦ FMاز ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻮاﻛﺴﻴﺎل اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﻮن آﳖﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎی ﳏﺎﻓﻆ ﺧﻮﺑﯽ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ دارﻧﺪ. • آﻧﻘﺪر آﻧﺘﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ای را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﲠﱰﻳﻦ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ را در ﺧﻼل درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ AMداﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی آﻧﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﳍﺎی دﻳﮕﺮ ،ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی اﺗﺼﺎل و ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق اﺗﺼﺎل ﭘﻴﺪا ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ .اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﮔﺮدد. ٧ 8/21/2004, 10:44:03 AM 02-12.indd 7 اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق را ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻘﺮار ﻧﺸﺪه اﻧﺪ ،وﺻﻞ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ. وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﻣﺎﻫﻮاره اﻳﯽ )ﺟﻠﻮ ،وﺳﻂ ،ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ( و ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮی ﻣﺮﻛﺰی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﺟﻠﻮ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی • ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی ﺳﻴﺎه را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎی ﺳﻴﺎه) (-وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی ﺳﻔﻴﺪ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎی ﻗﺮﻣﺰ) (+وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ؛ روﻛﺶ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ را ﭘﻴﭽﺎﻧﺪه و آن را ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ اﺣﺘﻴﺎط • اﮔﺮ ﺷﲈ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻏﲑ از آﳖﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ را وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ از ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ دارای اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ) (SPEAKER IMPEDANCEﻣﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎ آﻧﭽﻪ در ﻋﻘﺐ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ،اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﮏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮ وﺻﻞ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ. • وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﻣﺎﻫﻮاره اﻳﯽ را ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮار وﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛ • اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻓﺮاد واﺟﺪ ﴍاﻳﻂ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﻣﺎﻫﻮاره را ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮار وﺻﻞ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ زﻳﺮا اﻣﻜﺎن دارد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ اﺛﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ و ﻳﺎ ﺳﺴﺖ ﺑﻮدن دﻳﻮار ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ زﻣﲔ ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ و آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ. • ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﳏﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮ روی دﻳﻮار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻻزم ﻣﺒﺬ ول ﺷﻮد .اﮔﺮ ﺟﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﳏﻞ رﻓﺖ وآﻣﺪ ﻫﺎی روزاﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺧﻄﺮ آﺳﻴﺐ رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﺎن و ﻳﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ وﺟﻮد دارد. ٨ 8/21/2004, 10:44:05 AM 02-12.indd 8 اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق را ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻘﺮار ﻧﺸﺪه اﻧﺪ ،وﺻﻞ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ. وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﭼﻴﺪن ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮی ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ راﺳﺖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮی ﻣﺮﻛﺰی ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮی ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ • ﺧﺮاﺑﯽ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را ﺑﻪ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ ،ﻳﺎ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ وﻳﺪﺋﻮی داﺧﻠﯽ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺮده ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ. • ﺷﲈ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ” “MONITOR TYPEدر ﻣﻨﻮی PICTUREرا ﺑﻄﺮز ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻣﲑان ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺧﻮد ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.٣٢ 7ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﻳﮏ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﳎﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺸﻬﺎی ورودی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﻳﺪﻳﻮ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی TV ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮی ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ راﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • • • • ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮی ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ ﭼﭗ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮ ﻫﺎ وﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ ﻫﺎ دارای ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﳏﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﯽ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻣﺎ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﺮﻓﻜﯽ ﺷﺪن ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن وﺟﻮد دارد .درﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻻزم ﺑﲔ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮﻫﺎ و ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از اﺧﺘﻼﻻت رﻧﮕﯽ در ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﳖﺎی ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﯽ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ .ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ وﺟﻮد ،اﮔﺮ درﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ،ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ اﳚﺎداﺧﺘﻼﻻت رﻧﮕﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ،ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻗﺮار دادن ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ در ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ،ﻗﻴﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن راﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ آن را از ﺑﺮق درآورﻳﺪ. ﺳﭙﺲ ﻗﺒﻞ از روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﳎﺪد ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ،ﺑﺮای ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ٣٠دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺻﱪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﻌﻀﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﳖﺎ ﺣﺘﯽ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﻴﺰ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﲑ ﻗﺮار ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ. ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ اﺗﻔﺎق اﻓﺘﺎد ،ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ را از ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن دور ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺎﻫﻮاره را روی ﻳﮏ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺎف وﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ. اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺳﻤﺖ راﺳﺖ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .اﮔﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺷﲈ ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ را ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻗﺮار داده اﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻻزم ﺑﲔ آﳖﺎ را رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺑﺮﻓﻜﯽ ﻧﺸﻮد. ﺑﻪ ورودی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﺳﻴﻢ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﻳﺪﺋﻮ )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ( ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن از ورودی وﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﻳﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺣﺎل اﺳﻜﻦ ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻟﺬت ﺑﱪﻳﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.١۵ • ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﻴﺸﻬﺎی ورودی وﻳﺪﺋﻮی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺷﲈ از ﻧﻮع BNCﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،از ﻳﮏ ﻓﻴﺶ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ( ﺑﺮای ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﻴﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺶ BNCاﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﻳﺪﺋﻮ را ﻓﻘﻂ در ﺻﻮرت اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ” “DVDﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮد) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.١۴ 7ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﳎﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺸﻬﺎی ورودی S-VIDEOو/ﻳﺎ وﻳﺪﺋﻮی ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﯽ TV ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﻳﺪﺋﻮ )اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه( واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی ﺳﻴﻢ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ اﺳﱰﻳﻮ )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ( • ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﻜﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮع ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.١۵ ٩ 8/21/2004, 10:44:06 AM 02-12.indd 9 اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق را ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻘﺮار ﻧﺸﺪه اﻧﺪ ،وﺻﻞ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ. وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﮏ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﺻﺪای ﻳﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ ﻟﺬت ﺑﱪﻳﺪ. وﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﺻﺪای ﻳﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ﻟﺬت ﺑﱪﻳﺪ. واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی ﺗﻴﻮﻧﺮ *DBS ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه MD ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻧﻮری دﳚﻴﺘﺎ ﻟﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻓﻴﺶ ) RCAاراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ( وﻳﺪﺋﻮ TV دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻮارﻛﺎﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺷﲈ ﻳﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﲠﺒﻮد ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ اﻛﻮﻻﻳﺰر ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﯽ را ﺑﲔ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی ﻣﻨﺒﻊ و اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺻﺪای ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ از اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺧﺮاب ﮔﺮدد. • در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ؛ • ﺑﺮای ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪاﻫﺎ “AUX” ،را ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.١۴ • ﺑﺮای دﻳﺪن ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ،ﻓﻴﺶ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ را ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺶ ورودی وﻳﺪﺋﻮی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،و ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ورودی در ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. * = DBSﻣﺎﻫﻮاره ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﻳﺪﺋﻮ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﻮﻧﺮ DBSوﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛ • ﺑﺮای ﺷﻨﻴﺪن ﺻﺪا “AUX DIGITAL” ،را ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.١۴ • ﺑﺮای دﻳﺪن ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ،ﻓﻴﺶ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ را ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺶ ورودی وﻳﺪﺋﻮی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،و ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ورودی در ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻮری دﳚﻴﺘﺎل )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ( وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ. واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎی ﺑﺮق ACوﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد. اﺣﺘﻴﺎط • ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق را ﻗﺒﻞ از ﲤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﯽ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ از ﺑﺮق ﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﺑﺮای در آوردن ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق آﻧﺮا ﻧﻜﺸﻴﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ را از ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺧﺎرج ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ،ﳘﻴﺸﻪ دو ﺷﺎﺧﻪ را ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻧﺮﺳﺪ. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ،ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ و ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻇﺮف ﭼﻨﺪ روز در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ ﭘﺎک ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؛ • ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی را ﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮق دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻮد. • اﮔﺮ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮق ﺑﺎ دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ ACﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﺪارد ،از آداﭘﺘﻮر دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ١٠ 8/21/2004, 10:44:07 AM 02-12.indd 10 ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﴍح داده ﺷﺪه در زﻳﺮ در ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ١١و ١٢اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ. ۴ دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ) (٠ ,٩-١را ﺑﺮای وارد ﻛﺮدن ﻛﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ )دو رﻗﻢ(. ﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎ: ﺑﺮای ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻫﻴﺘﺎﭼﯽ: ١و ﺳﭙﺲ ٠را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮای ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺗﻮﺷﻴﺒﺎ: ٠و ﺳﭙﺲ ٨را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﯽ وی ﺳﯽ ٠١ ﻣﮕﻨﺎ وﻛﺲ ٠٢ ﻫﻴﺘﺎﭼﯽ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ۵ ١٠ ﻣﻴﺘﺴﻮﺑﻴﺸﯽ ٠٣ RCA ٠۵ ﭘﺎﻧﺎﺳﻮﻧﻴﮏ )دﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ( ﻛﺪ ١١ ,٠۴ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻛﺪ ﺳﺎﻣﺴﻮﻧﮓ ١٢ ﺷﺎرپ ٠۶ ﺗﻮﺷﻴﺒﺎ ٠٨ ﺳﺎن ﻳﻮ ١٣ ﺳﻮﻧﯽ ٠٧ زﻧﻴﻂ ٠٩ . اﻧﺘﺸﺎرTV ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﱰ از ﻳﮏ ﻛﺪ ﺑﺮای ﻣﺎرک ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺮﺳﻴﺪ. 7ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ﻛﺪ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺪون اﻋﻼم ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ. • ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﳞﺎی ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﻛﺪﻫﺎ را ﳎﺪد ًا ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور را ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ. ﻣﻬﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺑﺮای ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن؛ • ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور را روی TVﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ذﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ. :ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را روﺷﻦ و ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. TV :TV VOL -/+وﻟﻮم ﺻﺪا را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. :TV/VIDEOﺣﺎﻟﺖ ورودی را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﻳﺎ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻳﺎ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ(. :CHANNEL -/+ﻛﺎﻧﺎﳍﺎ را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ. :(١٠٠+) +١٠ ,٠ ,١٠-١ﻛﺎﻧﺎﳍﺎی را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. :TV RETURNﺑﲔ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ و ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن 7ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن JVCﺑﺪون ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻛﺎر ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ١ ٢ دﻛﻤﻪ را ﳘﭽﻨﺎن ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ۴ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﺑﺮﺳﺪ. ENTER ٣را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻛﺸﻮﻳﯽ ﻛﻨﱰل از را دور را در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ TVﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ. را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﻳﺪ. TV ١١ 8/21/2004, 10:44:08 AM 02-12.indd 11 ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور 7ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور را ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ. ﻣﻬﻢ 7ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ١ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﯽ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور را در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ VCRﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ. VCR را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﻳﺪ. ٢ ENTER ٣را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ۴دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ) (٠ ,٩-١را ﺑﺮای وارد ﻛﺮدن ﻛﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ دﻛﻤﻪ را ﳘﭽﻨﺎن ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ۴ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﺑﺮﺳﺪ. ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ )دو رﻗﻢ(. ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﯽ وی ﺳﯽ ٠٣ ,٠٢ ,٠١ ﻓﻴﴩ ٢٩ اﻣﺮﺳﻮن ﻓﻮﻧﺎی ١۶-١۴ ,١٠ ﮔﻠﺪ اﺳﺘﺎر ١٢ ﻣﻴﺘﺴﻮﺑﻴﺸﯽ ١٣ ﻫﻴﺘﺎﭼﯽ NEC ﭘﺎﻧﺎﺳﻮﻧﻴﮏ ۵ ٢۶ ,١١ VCR ٠۴ ٢۵ ١٧ ,٠٧ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﻴﻠﻴﭙﺲ RCA دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ذﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ. VCR :وﻳﺪﺋﻮ را روﺷﻦ و ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. VCR ) 3دﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ( :ﭘﺨﺶ را ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. : 7ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. : 8ﭘﺨﺶ را ﻧﮕﺎه ﻣﯽ دارد. ¡ :ﻧﻮار وﻳﺪﺋﻮ را ﴎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺮد : 1ﻧﻮار وﻳﺪﺋﻮ را ﴎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺮد :RECاﻳﻦ دﻛﻤﻪ را ﳘﺮا ﺑﺎ دﻛﻤﻪ ) 3دﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ( ﺑﺮای ﴍوع ﺿﺒﻂ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ دﻛﻤﻪ 8ﺑﺮای ﻧﮕﺎه داﺷﺘﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. :CHANNEL-/+ﻛﺎﻧﺎﳍﺎی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن در وﻳﺪﺋﻮ را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ. ﻛﺪ ٠٩ ٠۶ ,٠۵ ﺳﺎﻣﺴﻮﻧﮓ ٢۴ ﺳﺎن ﻳﻮ ٢٨ ,٢٧ ﺳﺎن ﻳﻮ ٢٣-٢١ ﺳﲔ ﺗﻮم ٣٠ زﻧﻴﻂ ٠٨ ﺳﻮﻧﯽ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺑﺮای ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ؛ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور را روی VCRﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎ: ﺑﺮای وﻳﺪﺋﻮی ﭘﺎﻧﺎﺳﻮﻧﻴﮏ: ١و ﺳﭙﺲ ٧را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮای وﻳﺪﺋﻮی ﻓﻴﻠﻴﭙﺲ: ٠و ﺳﭙﺲ ٩را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻛﺪ ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎی دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١١ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ٢٠-١٨ را رﻫﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﱰ از ﻳﮏ ﻛﺪ ﺑﺮای ﻣﺎرک ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺮﺳﻴﺪ. ١٢ 8/21/2004, 10:44:09 AM 02-12.indd 12 اﻋﲈل اﺻﻠﯽ از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی روی ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺑﻴﺸﱰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت در اﻳﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ راﻫﻨﲈ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ .ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی روی واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺑﺮای ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﺳﺘﻔﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ در ﻣﻮاردی ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﻣﻬﻢ روی ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور: AUDIO روی واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی: ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺑﺮای ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت زﻳﺮ، • ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور را روی AUDIOﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. AUDIO دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﴍح داده ﺷﺪه در زﻳﺮ در ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ١٣و ١۵ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ. ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور روﺷﻦ/ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ DVDﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١۴ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ،ﭘﻴﺎم ذﻳﻞ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮرﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. • • • • • • ”:“CLOSE”/“OPEN در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ”:“NOW READING ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ در ﺣﺎل ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن دﻳﺴﮏ اﺳﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ”!:“REGION CODE ERROR ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﺪارد ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. دﻳﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮد. ”:“NO DISC ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ دﻳﺴﻜﯽ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاری ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ”:“CANNOT PLAY THIS DISC ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ دﻳﺴﮏ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﯽ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاری ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮق دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد ،ﭼﺮاغ STANDBYﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﭼﺮاغ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. • ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﻤﯽ ﺑﺮق ﻧﻴﺰ ﺣﺘﯽ در زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﻮد ﻣﴫف ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد .اﻳﻦ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪه ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد و ﭼﺮاغ STANDBYدر اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد .دو ﺷﺎﺧﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را از ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮق ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮔﺮدد. • ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از دﮔﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی زﻳﺮ روﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛ • OPEN/CLOSEروی ﮔﻨﱰل از راه دور ﻳﺎ 0روی واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی • ﻳﻜﯽ از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻨﺒﻊ روی ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور • 3روی واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی :ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﳘﺎن دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ در ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻓﺸﺎر داده FM/AMاﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ١٣ 8/21/2004, 10:45:20 AM 13-19.indd 13 اﻋﲈل اﺻﻠﯽ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ روی ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور: ﻳﻜﯽ از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ) DVD, FM/AM, AUXﻳﺎ (AUX DIGITALرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ) DVDوﻳﺪوﺋﯽ VCD ،و ﻏﲑه() .ﺑﺦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ DVD: ١۶ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(. ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه FMﻳﺎ ) .AMرﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.٣۵ :FM/AM ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎر ﻛﻪ دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﯽ دﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﲔ FMو AMﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻨﺒﻊ از ﻳﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺶ .AUX IN :AUX )رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.١٠ :AUX DIGITALﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻨﺒﻊ از ﻳﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺶ .DIGITAL IN )رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.١٠ روی واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی: ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﯽ ﺑﻐﲑ از DVDاﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ را ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. • ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻗﺪری ﺑﻄﻮل اﻧﺠﺎﻣﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن وﻟﻮم ][VOLUME اﺣﺘﻴﺎط • ﳘﻴﺸﻪ وﻟﻮم را در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﴍوع ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ در ﺳﻄﺢ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻧﮕﺎه دارﻳﺪ. ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ وﻟﻮم در ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮد ،اﻧﻔﺠﺎر ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﯽ ﺻﺪا ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ آﺳﻴﺐ داﺋﻤﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻨﻮاﻳﯽ ﺷﲈ رﺳﺎﻧﺪه و/ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﺷﲈ را از ﺑﲔ ﺑﱪد. روی ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور: + AUDIO VOLﻳﺎ – را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻓﻮن )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ( اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ وﻟﻮم را ﻛﻢ ﻛﺮده اﻳﺪ؛ • ﻗﺒﻞ از وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﺎ ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ ﻫﺪ ﻓﻮن ﭼﻮن ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺻﺪای ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﻓﻮن و ﺷﻨﻮاﻳﯽ ﺷﲈ آﺳﻴﺐ رﺳﺎﻧﺪ. • ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮدن ﻫﺪﻓﻮن ﭼﻮن ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺻﺪای ﺑﻠﻨﺪ از ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﯽ ﺧﺎرج ﺷﻮد. در ﺣﲔ وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﻫﺪﻓﻮن ﺑﻪ ورودی PHONESدر واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ را ﻟﻐﻮ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٠رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(، ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ را ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﺮده ،و ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺪﻓﻮن را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ “HEADPHONE” .روی ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺪﻓﻮن در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻫﺪﻓﻮن ،ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی ذﻳﻞ ﺑﺪون در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﺧﺎرج ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؛ • ﺑﺮای ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ٢ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ ،ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی ﭼﭗ و راﺳﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﻓﻮن ارﺳﺎل ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. • ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻴﻜﺲ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪ ﻓﻮن ارﺳﺎل ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻮﻗﺘﯽ ﺻﺪا ][MUTING ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ SOURCEرا ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻣﻜﺮر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺎم ﻣﻨﺒﻌﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ روی ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد. ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎی دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٣ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. MUTINGرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﺳﺎزی ﻛﺮدن ﺻﺪا ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ: • MUTINGرا ﳎﺪد ًا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. • AUDIO VOL +/-را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ )ﻳﺎ VOLUMEرا روی واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی ﺑﮕﺮداﻧﻴﺪ(. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن روﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ][DIMMER DIMMERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎر ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ،روﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽﻛﻨﺪ. روی واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی: VOLUMEرا ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ. ١۴ 8/21/2004, 10:46:05 AM 13-19.indd 14 اﻋﲈل اﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎی دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٣ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن ][SLEEP ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪن زﻣﺎن ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. SLEEPرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎر ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ،زﻣﺎن ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪن ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽﻛﻨﺪ. ﻣﺜﺎل: دﻗﺎﻳﻖ 6 0m i n SLEEP ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دادن ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﻜﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ را ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮان ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﻜﻦ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺷﲈ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮد. • ﺑﺮای اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ ،واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻳﮏ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ وﻳﺪﺋﻮی ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﯽ )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ( ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.٩ 7ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ DVDﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ و ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺨﺶ ١ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ٢ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺣﺎﻟﺖ دﳋﻮاه ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی 3/2را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. SCAN MODEرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ و ﺑﺮای ٢ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻧﮕﺎه دارﻳﺪ. دﻛﻤﻪ را ﳘﭽﻨﺎن ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ۴ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﺑﺮﺳﺪ. • :PAL ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﯽ زﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪه SLEEPرا ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ زﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪه SLEEPرا ﻣﺮﺗﺒ ًﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ دﻛﻤﻪ SLEEPرا ﻣﺮﺗﺒ ًﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ” “SLEEP OFFﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد. • ﺑﺮق دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ و ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﻟﻐﻮ ﻣﯽ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ و ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺮﻛﺰی/ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ ] CENTER ,S.WFR [L-SURR.-R, ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ – S.WFR +/را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﻣﺮﻛﺰی – CENTER +/را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ ﭼﭗ – SURR.-L +/را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ راﺳﺖ – SURR.-R +/را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ٣ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻓﻘﻂ ورودی ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی PALﺧﻄﯽ را ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ؛ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻓﻘﻂ ورودی ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی NTSCﺧﻄﯽ • :NTSC را ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ؛ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد. • :NTSC PROG.وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﳎﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ورودﳞﺎی دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ورودی ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی NTSCﺗﺪرﳚﯽ را ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد. ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﲠﱰی را در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ” “NTSC PROG.ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ” “PALﻳﺎ ” “NTSCﺑﺪﺳﺖ آورﻳﺪ. ENTERرا در زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه روی ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ” “NTSC PROG.اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪ اﺳﺖ ،ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ PROGRESSIVEروی ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • اﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻧﮕﺎم ﻓﺸﺎر دادن ENTERﺧﺮاب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻴﺐ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻧﻤﯽ آﻳﺪ. • ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﳖﺎی ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ و ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﻧﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ، ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻏﲑ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﻜﻦ ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ آﻣﺪ .در اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ،ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﻜﻦ را ﺑﻪ ” “PALﻳﺎ ” “NTSCﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﯽ ﺳﺎزﮔﺎری ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺧﻮد ،ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ﻣﺸﱰی JVCدر ﳏﻞ ﺧﻮد ﲤﺎس ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ. • ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﳖﺎی ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ و ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ JVCﻛﺎﻣ ً ﻼ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.٣٢ • اﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺑﺮای ﲤﺎﻣﯽ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ اﻋﲈل ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. • ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ اﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ FMﻳﺎ AMﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ،اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﺪای زﻳﺮ ][TREBLE – TREBLE +/را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • اﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺑﺮای ﲤﺎﻣﯽ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ اﻋﲈل ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ١۵ 8/21/2004, 10:46:07 AM 13-19.indd 15 ﭘﺨﺶ ﭘﺨﺶ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ • ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪه ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﻮدن ﻧﻮع ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﺮای اﻧﻮاع دﻳﺴﮏ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﻣﻬﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺑﺮای ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت زﻳﺮ؛ ١ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور را روی AUDIOﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. DVD ٢را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. AUDIO دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﴍح داده ﺷﺪه در زﻳﺮ در ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ١۶و ١٩اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ. • ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد و ﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﲑون ﻣﯽ آﻳﺪ. • 0در واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ OPEN/CLOSEدر ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. ٢ دﻳﺴﻜﯽ را در ﳏﻞ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ. ٣ ) 3دﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ( را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻗﺮار دادن دﻳﺴﮏ ٨ﻣﻴﻠﯽ ﻣﱰی ) ٣اﻳﻨﭽﯽ( ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور )دﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ( ١ OPEN/CLOSE را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﳐﺼﻮص MP3 ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻛﻨﱰل ﻓﺎﻳﻞ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢۴رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﺑﺮای JPEG ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ )ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ( ﺑﺮای ٣ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد )ﻧﲈﻳﺶ اﺳﻼﻳﺪ(. در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ ،ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻛﻨﱰل ﻓﺎﻳﻞ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢۴رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. 7ﺑﺮای وﻗﻔﻪ 8را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮای ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ) 3 ،دﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ( را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار 7ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ 7را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. 7آﻳﻜﻮن ﻫﺎی راﻫﻨﲈی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ،اﻳﻦ آﻳﻜﻮﳖﺎی راﻫﻨﲈ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮای ﭼﻨﺪ ﳊﻈﻪ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد؛ :در اﺑﺘﺪای ﺻﺤﻨﻪ اﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوی زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻬﺎی ﭼﻨﺪ زﺑﺎﻧﻪ اﺳﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ • ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. :در اﺑﺘﺪای ﺻﺤﻨﻪ اﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوی ﺻﺪاﻫﺎی ﭼﻨﺪ زﺑﺎﻧﻪ اﺳﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ • ﺷﻮد. :در اﺑﺘﺪای ﺻﺤﻨﻪ اﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوی دﻳﺪﻫﺎی ﭼﻨﺪ زاوﻳﻪ ای اﺳﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ • ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. / )وﻗﻔﻪ(، )ﭘﺨﺶ(، • )ﴎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ/ﴎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ / ﻋﻘﺐ(، اﺟﺮای ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. • :دﻳﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﯽ را ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻴﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ را ﻗﺒﻮل ﻛﻨﺪ. )ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ/ﻋﻘﺐ( :در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • )ﺑﺮای (JPEGﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﯽ را ﻗﺒﻮل ﻛﻨﺪ ﺣﺘﯽ اﮔﺮ ﻫﺮ دﻛﻤﻪ اﻳﯽ را ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪن ﻛﻞ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. • اﮔﺮ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ آﻳﻜﻮﳖﺎی راﻫﻨﲈی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٣رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ١۶ 8/21/2004, 10:46:09 AM 13-19.indd 16 ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎی دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١۶ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. 7اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﭘﺨﺶ در ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﻣﺜﺎل: ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﻛﺪ ﮔﺬاری ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ داﻟﺒﯽ ۵٫١ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه ﭘﺨﺶ )ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ:دﻗﻴﻘﻪ:ﺳﺎﻋﺖ( ﺷﲈره ﻓﺼﻞ 0 : 02 : 31 1 C دﻳﺴﮏ MP3 ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل و ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاک 12 : 34 TR123 زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه ﭘﺨﺶ )ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ:دﻗﻴﻘﻪ( )ﻓﻘﻂ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ( ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ MP3 ﻓﺸﺎ FL DISP. ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل و ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﻪ ٢١ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(. ﺷﲈره ﮔﺮوه ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ و ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل دﳚﻴﺘﺎل )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢١ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(. G12T123 MP 3 FL DISP. ﺷﲈره ﻋﻨﻮان ﺷﲈره ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ 1 C 1 T ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاک DVD دﻳﺴﮏ JPEG ﺷﻤﺎره ﻓﺎﻳﻞ VCD/SVCD/CD ﻣﺜﺎل: ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ CDﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل و ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺮوه J PG G1 2 F 1 2 3 ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاک زﻣﺎن ﭘﺨﺶ ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه )ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ:دﻗﻴﻘﻪ( ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻣﺎن را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ )ﺑﺠﺰ ﺑﺮای ) .(MP3/JPEGرﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.٢٢ • ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﭘﺨﺶ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را ﺑﺎرﺑﻴﻨﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.٢١ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ” “VCDﺑﺠﺎی ” “CDدر ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاری VCDﻳﺎ SVCDﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. • ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ک VCDﻳﺎ SVCDﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد PBCﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه از ﭘﺨﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد ،اﻣﺎ ” “PBCﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ١٧ 8/21/2004, 10:46:12 AM 13-19.indd 17 ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎی دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١۶ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. 7ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺮش ﺑﻪ اﺑﺘﺪای ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه دﳋﻮاه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در اﺛﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ اﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺑﺴﻮزد .ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ در ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ اﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺑﻤﺪت ﺑﻴﺸﱰ از ۵ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﺗﺎرﻳﮏ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ(. • ﻓﺸﺎر دادن ﻫﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﺪی ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﻟﻐﻮ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. • اﮔﺮ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ از ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٢ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. 7اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی 4/¢ 7ﳐﺼﻮص DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ )ﻓﺼﻞ(: در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﳐﺼﻮص ) SVCD/VCDﺗﺮاک(: در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺪون ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد PBC ﳐﺼﻮص ) CD/MP3/JPEGﺗﺮاک/ﻓﺎﻳﻞ( :در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪد ﺗﮏ ﳌﺴﯽ ¢ﻳﺎ 4را ﻣﺮﺗﺒ ًﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﺑﻤﺪت ٠ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ از ﳏﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﻴﺪ. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ 7در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ • ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ ،MP3/JPEGﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﯽ را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻛﻨﱰل ﻓﺎﻳﻞ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.٢۴ • اﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺖ در ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. روی ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور: دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. 7اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈرﻫﻪ دار در ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد درﳘﺎن ﻋﻨﻮان ﻛﺎرآﻳﯽ دارد . • اﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺖ در ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﴎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ/ﴎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ 7در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ روی ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور: ¡ ﻳﺎ 1را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎر ﻛﻪ دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﯽ دﻫﻴﺪ ،ﴎﻋﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ )(x ۶٠ ,x ٢٠ ,x ١٠ ,x ۵ ,x ٢ ﺑﺮای ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﴎﻋﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ روی واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی: ¢ﻳﺎ 4را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﻳﺪ. ﻓﺸﺎر دادن ﳑﺘﺪ ¢ﻳﺎ 4ﴎﻋﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﴎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ/ﻋﻘﺐ را اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ ).(x ۵ = x ٢٠ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ، VCD ،ﻳﺎ SVCDﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،ﺻﺪاﻳﯽ در ﺣﲔ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﴎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ/ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮش ﻧﻤﯽ رﺳﺪ. • ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ CDﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،ﺻﺪا ﺑﺼﻮرت ادواری و ﻛﻢ در ﺣﲔ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﴎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ/ﻋﻘﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. • اﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺖ در ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. . ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ 7ﳐﺼﻮص DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ )ﻋﻨﻮان ،ﻓﺼﻞ(: در ﺣﲔ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ،ﺷﲈره ﻋﻨﻮان اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ،ﺷﲈره ﻓﺼﻞ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﳐﺼﻮص ) SVCD/VCDﺗﺮاک(: در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺪون ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد PBC ﳐﺼﻮص ) CD/MP3/JPEGﺗﺮاک/ﻓﺎﻳﻞ(: در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ) (+١٠ ,٠-١٠را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ﻣﻮردﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. • در ﻣﻮرد ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ،ﺑﻪ ”ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﻢ“ در زﻳﺮ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب :٣ ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب :١۴ ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب :٢۴ ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب :۴٠ ٣را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. +١٠و ﺳﭙﺲ ۴را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. +١٠را دو ﺑﺎر و ﺳﭙﺲ ۴را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. +١٠را ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎر و ﺳﭙﺲ ١٠را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻳﺎ +١٠را ﭼﻬﺎر ﺑﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﺳﭙﺲ ٠را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. + ١٨ 8/21/2004, 10:46:14 AM 13-19.indd 18 ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎی دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١۶ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮدن ﻋﻨﻮان/ﮔﺮوه دﳋﻮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار 7در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ١ TITLE/GROUPرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ”– –“ ﻳﺎ ”–“ در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻋﻨﻮان/ﮔﺮوه در ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﻣﺜﺎل: در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ 1 : 23 : 45 ٢ __T ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ”– –“ ﻳﺎ ”–“ را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﻴﺪ ،از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ) (+١٠ ,٠-١٠ﺑﺮای وارد ﻛﺮدن ﺷﲈره ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮوه دﳋﻮاه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺨﺶ را از اول ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک/ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان/ﮔﺮوه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. • در ﻣﻮرد ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ،ﺑﻪ ”ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﻢ“ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.١٨ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • اﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺖ در ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. ١٩ 8/21/2004, 10:46:15 AM 13-19.indd 19 ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ • ﻋﻼﻣﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪه ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﻮدن ﻧﻮع ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﺮای اﻧﻮاع دﻳﺴﮏ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﴍح داده ﺷﺪه در زﻳﺮ در ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ٢٠و ٣٠اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ. 7ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ )(AUTO SURR اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ را ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی ورودی اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮای ﻣﺜﺎل ،ﻳﮏ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. )دﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ( اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور 7ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ داﻟﺒﯽ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈ (3/2/∞/5)/ ENTER Dolby Pro Logic II*١ Dolby Pro Logic IIﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺮای رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎﻳﯽ ﲤﺎﻣﯽ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ٢ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ — ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﺳﱰﻳﻮ و ﻣﻨﺒﻊ داﻟﺒﯽ رﻣﺰﮔﺬاری ﺷﺪه ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ داﻟﺒﯽ — ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ۵٫١ﻛﺎﻧﻠﻪ را ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ داده اﺳﺖ. Dolby Pro Logic IIدارای دو ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﺖ — ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ و ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ: • ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ (PL II MOVIE) Pro Logic II ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻛﺪﮔﺬاری ﺷﺪه ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ داﻟﺒﯽ دارای ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع از ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ اﺳﱰﻳﻮ ٢ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ. Dolby Digital*١ ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺪﮔﺬاری ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار ﺑﺎ داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ) اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ( ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ • ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ (PL II MUSIC) Pro Logic II . DTS Digital Surround*٢ 7 ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺪﮔﺬاری ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل DTS ( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ) ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل (DTS) DTSﻳﻜﯽ از دﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺘﻬﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ﮔﺴﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار CDو DVDﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﻣﻬﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺑﺮای ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت زﻳﺮ؛ ١ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور را روی AUDIOﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. DVD ٢را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. AUDIO ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎی ﺳﻮرﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺮای ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام از ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی ورودی ﻋﻼﺋﻢ Bﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎی ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﻨﺪ. ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل )ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ( داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ) ٢ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ( ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل DTS )ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ( ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل DTS ) ٢ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ( PCMآﻧﺎﻟﻮگ )وﻳﺪﺋﻮ( ﻳﺎ ﺧﻄﯽ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ داﻟﺒﯽ داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل SURR OFF AUTO SURR PL II *MOVIE٣ PL II *MUSIC٣ B B – – B B B B B B B – – B B B B B B B B – – – – ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ دﳚﻴﺘﺎ ل DTS DSP DTS ALL CH *ST.٣ – – – B B – – – B * ١ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﲢﺖ ﭘﺮواﻧﻪ ﳎﺎز ﻻﺑﺮاﺗﻮارﻫﺎی دوﻟﺒﯽ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ” “Dolbyو ”“Pro Logic و double-Dﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﲡﺎرﺗﯽ ﻻﺑﺮاﺗﻮارﻫﺎی دوﻟﺒﯽﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. * “DTS” ٢و ”“DTS Digital Surround ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎی ﲡﺎری ﴍﻛﺖ Digital Theater Systems, Inc.ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ. * ٣ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪاﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻓﺸﺎر دادن SURR.اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.٢١ c c B اداﻣﻪ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ٢٠ 8/23/2004, 1:41:02 PM 20-30.indd 20 ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎی دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٠ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. 7ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﳍﺎی اﺳﱰﻳﻮ )(DSP ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﳍﺎ اﺳﱰﻳﻮ ) (ALL CH ST.ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻣﻴﺪان ﺻﻮﺗﯽ اﺳﱰﻳﻮ ﺑﺰرﮔﱰی را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه )و ﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﺪه( ﺑﻮﺟﻮد آورد. ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﳍﺎی اﺳﱰﻳﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﺳﱰﻳﻮ ٢ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد. ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﳍﺎی اﺳﱰﻳﻮ ﺻﺪای اﺳﱰﻳﻮ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ 7ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ٢ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﻜﯽ از دو ﺣﺎﻟﺖ (PL II MOVIE/PL II MUSIC) Dolby Pro Logic II ﻳﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ (ALL CH ST.) DSPرا اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺣﺎﻟﺖ دﳋﻮاه SURR.را ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد و ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ روی ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎر ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽﻛﻨﺪ. ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﱰ در ﻣﻮرد ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ،ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٠رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮای ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ SURR.دا ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ SURR OFFروی ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد. 7ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی روی ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل دﳚﻴﺘﺎل :LPCM ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ :ŸD ﻫﻨﮕﺎم درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل PCMﺧﻄﯽ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﻫﻨﮕﺎم درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﻫﻨﮕﺎم درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی DTSدﳚﻴﺘﺎل )ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ( روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. : ﺑﺪون ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ :ﻫﮕﺎم درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮی روﺷﻦ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی داﻟﺒﯽ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ /ﺣﺎﻟﺖ DTS :ŸPLIIﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﺪن ﺣﺎﻟﺖ Dolby Pro Logic IIروﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﺪن ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﳍﺎی اﺳﱰﻳﻮ ،روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. :DSP ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﻨﺒﻊ و ﻏﲑه. ﺑﺮای ﻧﺸﺎن دادن ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی درﻳﺎﻓﺘﯽ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. :ﻫﻨﮕﺎم درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﭼﭗ ﺟﻠﻮ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. :ﻫﻨﮕﺎم درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻣﺮﻛﺰ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. :ﻫﻨﮕﺎم درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛﺎﻧﺎل راﺳﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. :ﻫﻨﮕﺎم درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛﺎﻧﺎل LFEروﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. :ﻫﻨﮕﺎم درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ ﭼﭗ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. :ﻫﻨﮕﺎم درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ راﺳﺖ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. :ﻫﻨﮕﺎم درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ٢ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ داﻟﺒﯽ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. : SWﳘﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺪون ﻫﺪ ﻓﻮن روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺑﺎ ”—“ ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ در ﺣﺎل ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﳍﺎی ﺻﺪا ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ. ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﳍﺎی ﺻﺪای رﻣﺰ ﮔﺸﺎ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ۵٫١ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﻓﻘﻂ ”—“ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ذﺧﲑه ﻛﺮدن — ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻮرﻧﺪ ﻛﻨﻮﻧﯽ را ذﺧﲑه ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ .ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ذﺧﲑه ﺷﺪه وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه روﺷﻦ ﮔﺮدد ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﻓﺮا ﺧﻮاﻧﺪه ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ FMﻳﺎ AMﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪام از ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎی ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﻋﻤﻠﺮﻛﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺗﻔﺎده از ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻧﲈﻳﺶ دادن ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ 7ﻫﺮزﻣﺎنﻛﻪدﻳﺴﻜﯽﺑﺎرﮔﺬاریﺷﻮد ON SCREENرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎر ﻛﻪ دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﯽ دﻫﻴﺪ ،ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ذﻳﻞ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﻣﺜﺎل: در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﲠﱰﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻮرﻧﺪ ﺑﺮای ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ورودی از ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ٢ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ دﳋﻮاه را ﺑﺼﻮرت دﺳﺘﯽ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﳘﭽﻨﲔ روی ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻐﲑ از DVDﻧﻴﺰ اﻋﲈل ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. 7ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ )ﺑﺠﺰ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺣﺎﻟﺖ (SURR OFF ﺧﺎﻣﻮش )ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﳏﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد( )ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ اﺑﺘﺪا( • ﻣﻮرد اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﻛﻨﻮﻧﯽ ﺑﻪ رﻧﮓ ﺳﺒﺰ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ )داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ،ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل DTSﻳﺎ PCMﺧﻄﯽ( ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ٢١ 8/23/2004, 1:41:07 PM 20-30.indd 21 ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎی دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٠ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. 7ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺖ ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ۶ 6 DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ۶ ۵ ١٣ ۴ ٣ ١٢ ١١ ١ ٢ ١٠ ٨ ٧ ١۴ ١ ٨ ٧ ٩ ٧ 7 VCD ۶ ۵ ۴ ١١ ٩ SVCD ۶ ۵ ۴ ١٢ CD ١١ ٩ ١۴ ٩ ١ 1 ٢ 2 ٣ 3 ۴ 4 ۵ 5 ٨ ٨ ٧ ١ ٧ ﻧﻮع ﻳﺴﮏ را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ. ﴎﻋﺖ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻛﻨﻮﻧﯽ را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ )ﻣﮕﺎﺑﻴﺖ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(. ﺷﲈره ﻋﻨﻮان ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ. ﺷﲈره ﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻮﻧﯽ )ﺑﺮای DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ( ﻳﺎ ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاک )ﺑﺮای اﻧﻮاع دﻳﮕﺮ دﻳﺴﮏ( را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ. اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻣﺎن را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ .ﺑﻪ ”ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دادن اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻣﺎﻧﯽ“ رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دادن اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ۶ ۵ ۴ ١٢ w ١٣ e ١۴ t ١ ١۴ ٨ 8 ٩ 9 ١٠ p ١١ q وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ. در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. : : /در ﺣﲔ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﴎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ/ﻋﻘﺐ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. : /در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ در ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ /ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻣﻜﺚ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. : در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. : اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻣﺎن اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ۵ .(5ﺑﻪ ”ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دادن اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻣﺎﻧﯽ“ رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻜﺮار ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.٢٩ ﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را ﺑﺮای ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی زﻣﺎن اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.٢۴ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را ﺑﺮای ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﻓﺼﻞ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.٢٣ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ زﺑﺎن ﭘﺨﺶ ﺻﺪا ،ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ،ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.٢۶ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ زﺑﺎن زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.٢۶ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ زاوﻳﻪ دﻳﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.٢۵ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ. :PROGRAMدر ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد )رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.٢٨ :RANDOMدر ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.٢٨ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻣﺎﻧﯽ روی ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن و ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ در دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺮﻛﺰی را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ. 7در ﺣﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ١ ٢ ٣ ﻣﺜﺎل: ON SCREENرا دوﺑﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ روی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد. ﺑﺮای روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی 2/3را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ . ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب اﻃﻼﻋﺎت دﳋﻮاه ENTERرا ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه از ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه از ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ • :TIME زﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪه از ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ • :REM • :TOTALزﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه دﻳﺴﮏ • :T. REMزﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻗﻴﲈﻧﺪه دﻳﺴﮏ ۴ ON SCREENرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﳏﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ٢٢ 8/23/2004, 1:41:08 PM 20-30.indd 22 ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎی دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٠ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮدن ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﯽ از ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻋﻨﻮان ،ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮاﻛﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮده اﻳﺪ را ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ دﻳﺴﮏ رااز ﻳﮏ زﻣﺎن ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮدن ﺻﺤﻨﻪ دﳋﻮاه از ﻣﻨﻮی DVD DVDﻫﺎی وﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﺧﻮد دارای ﻣﻨﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎت دﻳﺴﮏ را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﻨﺪ و ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ آﻧﺎن را روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ دﻫﻴﺪ .ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ دﳋﻮاه را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. 7ﻫﺮ زﻣﺎن ﻛﻪ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاری ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ١ TOP MENUﻳﺎ MENUرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻣﻨﻮ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﻣﺜﺎل: ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ٢ ٣ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل DVD ،وﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوی ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﮏ ﻋﻨﻮان اﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﻮی ”ﺑﺎﻻ“ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ را ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ TOP MENU.را ﺑﺮای ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﻨﻮی ﻋﻨﻮان ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از DVDﻫﺎی وﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ دارای ﻣﻨﻮی ﻣﺘﻔﺎوﺗﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دادن MENUروی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻬﺎی ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام از DVDﻫﺎی وﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﺑﺮای ﻣﻨﻮی ﺧﺎص ﺧﻮد رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. از ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی 3/2/∞/5ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻮرد دﳋﻮاه اﺳﺘﻔﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. • در ﺑﻌﻀﯽ از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ،ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ وارد ﻛﺮدن ﺷﲈره ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ،ﻣﻮارد را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮدن ﺻﺤﻨﻪ دﳋﻮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻨﻮی VCD/SVCDﺑﺎ PBC VCDﻳﺎ SVCDﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ PBCدارای ﻣﻨﻮی ﺧﻮد ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ آﻫﻨﮕﻬﺎی ﻣﻮﺟﻮد .ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﯽ را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. 7در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد PBC ١ RETURNرا ﻣﺮﺗﺒ ًﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﻮ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد. ٢ دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ) (+١٠ ,١-١٠را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻮرد دﳋﻮاه ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. • در ﻣﻮرد ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ،ﺑﻪ ”ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﻢ“ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ .(.١٨ ﺑﺮای ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮ RETURNرا ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﻮی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد. وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ” “NEXTﻳﺎ ” “PREVIOUSروی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ: • ﺑﺮای رﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ¢ ،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. • ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ 4 ،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ VCD/SVCDﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﺑﺎ PBCرا ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد PBCﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ را اﺟﺮا ﻛﻨﻴﺪ: • در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ،ﭘﺨﺶ را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻳﻜﯽ از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ¢را ﻣﺮﺗﺒ ًﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاک دﳋﻮاه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داه ﺷﻮد ،ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دادن ) 3دﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ( ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاک ﺑﺠﺎی ” “PBCروی ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. • ﺑﺮای ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﺮدن ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد PBCدر ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ VCD/SVCDﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﺑﺎ PBCﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ، PBCﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ را اﺟﺮا ﻛﻨﻴﺪ: • TOP MENUﻳﺎ MENUرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. • 7را دوﺑﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮد ،ﺳﭙﺲ ) 3دﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ( را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮدن ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک دﳋﻮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ 7در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ١ ٢ ٣ ۴ ON SCREENرا دوﺑﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ روی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد. ﺑﺮایروﺷﻦﻛﺮدنﻣﻜﺎنﻧﲈی 2/3راﻓﺸﺎردﻫﻴﺪ ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. . دﻛﻤﻪﻫﺎیﺷﲈرهدار)(٠-٩راﺑﺮایاﻧﺘﺨﺎبﺷﲈرهﻓﺼﻞدﳋﻮاهﻓﺸﺎردﻫﻴﺪ. ﻣﺜﺎل: ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب :٨ ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب :١٠ ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب :٣٧ ٨را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ١و ﺳﭙﺲ ٠را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ٣و ﺳﭙﺲ ٧را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮای ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ورودی اﺷﺘﺒﺎه ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ۴را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻣﺜﺎل: ٢٣ 8/23/2004, 1:41:11 PM 20-30.indd 23 ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ۵ ۶ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎی دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٠ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﱰل ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ON SCREENرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻬﺎی دﳋﻮاه و ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ/ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ را ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﺮده و آﻧﺎن را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻛﻨﱰل ﻓﺎﻳﻞ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ. ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﳏﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. • ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ٩٩ﻓﺼﻞ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ )ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ ،ﺗﻜﺮار( ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ دﳋﻮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از زﻣﺎن ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ دﳋﻮاه را ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮدن زﻣﺎن از اﺑﺘﺪای دﻳﺴﮏ )در ﺣﲔ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ( ﻳﺎ ﻋﻨﻮان/ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ )در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ( ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ. زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه از ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﳐﺼﻮص (MP3 ﺷﲈره ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ/ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻞ ﮔﺮوه اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﳐﺼﻮص (MP3 7ﺑﺮای DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ: در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﳐﺼﻮص :SVCD/VCD در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﺎ در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺪون ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد PBC ﳐﺼﻮص :CD در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ 7در ﺣﲔ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮدن زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه از زﻣﺎن ﴍوع دﻳﺴﮏ روش ذﻳﻞ را در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ. 7وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه ﭘﺨﺶ را از اﺑﺘﺪای ﻋﻨﻮان/ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ روش ذﻳﻞ را در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ. ١ ON SCREENرا دوﺑﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺗﺮاک )ﻓﺎﻳﻞ( ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ روی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد. ٢ ٣ ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ۴ ﺑﺮای ورود زﻣﺎن از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ) (٠-٩اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮای روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی 2/3را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ . ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻞ ﺗﺮاک )ﻓﺎﻳﻞ( در دﻳﺴﮏ ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﺗﺮاک )ﻓﺎﻳﻞ( ﻓﻌﻠﯽ /ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻞ ﺗﺮاک )ﻓﺎﻳﻞ( در ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه از ﭘﺨﺶ را از اﺑﺘﺪای دﻳﺴﮏ ) در ﺣﲔ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ( ﻳﺎ از اﺑﺘﺪای ﻋﻨﻮان/ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ )در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ( ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ. ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﱰل ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد )ﺑﺮای .(MP3 ﻣﺜﺎل: ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ از ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ) ٢ﺳﺎﻋﺖ() ٣۴:دﻗﻴﻘﻪ() ٠٨ :ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ( ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ ٣را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ٢را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ٠را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ۴را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ٨را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ۵ ۶ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ورودی اﺷﺘﺒﺎه ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی 2را ﻣﺮﺗﺒ ًﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ON SCREENرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﳏﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. • ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ زﻣﺎن ﳐﺼﻮص را ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ/دﻗﻴﻘﻪ/ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺮای DVD VIDEOﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،و ﺑﺼﻮرت دﻗﻴﻘﻪ/ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺮای .VCD/SVCD/CD اداﻣﻪ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ٢۴ 8/23/2004, 1:41:12 PM 20-30.indd 24 ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ 7ﳐﺼﻮص :MP3 در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﺮای :JPEG در ﺣﲔ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ١ ٢ از ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی 3/2/∞/5ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮔﺮوه/ﺗﺮاک/ﻓﺎﻳﻞ دﳋﻮاه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﺑﺮای ،MP3ﭘﺨﺶ از ﺗﺮاك اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. • ﺑﺮای ،JPEGﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎی دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٠ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زاوﻳﻪ دﻳﺪ 7در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺣﺎوی زواﻳﺎی دﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﺎﻧﻪ وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ از دﻛﻤﻪ ANGLEاﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ: ١ ANGLEرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻣﺜﺎل: زاوﻳﻪ دﻳﺪ اول از ﻣﻴﺎن ٣زاوﻳﻪ دﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ) 3دﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ( ﻳﺎ دﻛﻤﻪ ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. • ﭘﺨﺶ/ﻧﲈﻳﺶ اﺳﻼﻳﺪ ﺗﺮاک از ﺗﺮاک/ﻓﺎﻳﻞ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. • وﻗﺘﯽ ENTERرا ﺑﺮای JPEGﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ ،ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﺑﺮای ﭘﺮش از ﻓﺎﻳﻞ در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ¢/4ﻳﺎ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی ∞ 5/را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﭘﺨﺶ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ را ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.١٧ • ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎی ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از ﮔﺮوﻫﻬﺎ ،ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ و ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﴍاﻳﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ. • ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﮔﺮوﻫﻬﺎ ،ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ و ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﺷﺪه در ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺷﺨﺼﯽ ﺷﲈ ﺗﻔﺎوت داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﴍوع ﳎﺪد ﭘﺨﺶ وﻗﺘﯽ ک ﴍوع ﳎﺪد ﭘﺨﺶ روی ” “ONﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٣ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( و ﺷﲈ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎی ذﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮده ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ذﺧﲑه ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ “RESUME”) .روی ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد(. • ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٣ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( • ﻳﻜﺒﺎر 7را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ • ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دادن ﻣﻨﺒﻊ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١۴ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ٢ ANGLEرا ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی ∞/5را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زاوﻳﻪ دﻳﺪ دﳋﻮاه ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ: ١ ٢ ٣ ۴ ۵ ۶ ON SCREENرا دوﺑﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ روی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد. ﺑﺮای روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی 3/2را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. . ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی ∞/5را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زاوﻳﻪ دﻳﺪ دﳋﻮاه ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ON SCREENرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﳏﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﺑﺮای ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ از ﳏﻞ ذﺧﲑه ﺷﺪه )” “RESUMEﳏﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد(. • ) 3دﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ( را روی ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﻳﺎ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. • اﮔﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ داده اﻳﺪ DVD ،را ﳎﺪدا ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮای ﭘﺎک ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ذﺧﲑه ﺷﺪه 7را ﳎﺪدا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ٢۵ 8/23/2004, 1:41:13 PM 20-30.indd 25 ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎی دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٠ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺻﺪا اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ 7در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺣﺎوی زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﺑﻪ زﺑﺎﳖﺎی ﳐﺘﻠﻒ 7در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺣﺎوی ﺻﺪا ﺑﻪ زﺑﺎﳖﺎی ﳐﺘﻠﻒ وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ از دﻛﻤﻪ SUBTITLEاﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ: وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ از دﻛﻤﻪ AUDIOاﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ: ١ ٢ ١ SUBTITLEرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻣﺜﺎل ) DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ(: ” “ENGLISHاز ﻣﻴﺎن ٣زﺑﺎن زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی ∞/5را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ دﳋﻮاه ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. • ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎر ﻛﻪ SUBTITLEرا ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﯽ دﻫﻴﺪ ،زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﻇﺎﻫﺮ و ﳏﻮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ: ٢ ٣ ۴ ۵ ۶ ON SCREENرا دوﺑﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ روی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد. ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. . ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی ∞/5را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ دﳋﻮاه ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ON SCREENرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ٢ AUDIOرا ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی ∞/5را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زاوﻳﻪ دﻳﺪ دﳋﻮاه ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ: ١ ٢ ٣ ۴ ۵ ۶ ON SCREENرا دوﺑﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺮای روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی 3/2را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﺜﺎل ) DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ(: ” “ENGLISHاز ﻣﻴﺎن ٣زﺑﺎن زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﳐﺼﻮص SVCD • ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ SVCDﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻬﺎر زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻓﺸﺎر دادن SUBTITLEزﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻬﺎ را ﺑﺪون در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻳﺎ زﻳﺮﻧﻮﻳﺴﻬﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ) .زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ در ﺻﻮرت ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺸﺪن زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد(. ١ AUDIOرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ روی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد. ﺑﺮای روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی 3/2را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. . ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی ∞/5را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺻﺪای دﳋﻮاه ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ON SCREENرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﳏﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ﺑﺮﺧﯽ زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ زﺑﺎﳖﺎی ﺻﺪا ﺑﺼﻮرت ﳐﻔﻒ روی ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺑﺎزﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﻪ ”ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺪﻫﺎی زﺑﺎن“ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.٣١ • ” “L” ،“STو ” “Rدر ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ VCDﻳﺎ SVCDﺑﻌﻨﻮان ”اﺳﱰﻳﻮ“” ،ﺻﺪای ﭼﭗ“ و ”ﺻﺪای راﺳﺖ“ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﳏﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ﺑﺮﺧﯽ زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ زﺑﺎﳖﺎی ﺻﺪا ﺑﺼﻮرت ﳐﻔﻒ روی ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺑﺎزﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﻪ ”ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺪﻫﺎی زﺑﺎن“ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.٣١ • ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎر ﻛﻪ SUBTITLEرا ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﯽ دﻫﻴﺪ ،زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﻇﺎﻫﺮ و ﳏﻮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ٢۶ 8/23/2004, 1:41:15 PM 20-30.indd 26 ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺧﺎص ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻳﻢ 7در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ 8را ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎر ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺗﮏ ﻓﺮﻳﻤﯽ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽﻛﻨﻨﺪ. ﺑﺮای ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﴎﻋﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ 3را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ )دﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ(. ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎی دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٠ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دادن ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت :VFP ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ) VFPﭘﺮدازﺷﮕﺮ وﻳﺪﺋﻮی ﻋﺎﻟﯽ( ﺷﲈ را ﻗﺎدر ﻣﯽ ﺷﺎزد ﺗﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ،رﻧﮓ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎت ﺷﺨﺼﯽ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ. 7در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ١ VFPرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﻛﻨﻮﻧﯽ VFPروی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﻣﺜﺎل: ﭘﺨﺶ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آﻫﺴﺘﻪ 7در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ١ ٢ 8را در ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﭘﺨﺸﺂﻫﺴﺘﻪ از آﻧﺠﺎ ﴍوع ﺷﻮد ،ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﻣﻜﺚ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ. ٢ ¡ را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. 3را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ )دﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ(. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ﺻﺪا ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪه ﺷﻮد. ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ 7در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ١ ٢ ZOOMرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎر ﻛﻪ ZOOMرا ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪی ،ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ،ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی 3/2/∞/5را ﺑﺮای ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دادن ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮای ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﴎﻋﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ ZOOMرا ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ OFFاﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد. ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮای ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻬﺎ. وﻗﺘﯽ ” “NORMALﻳﺎ ” “CINEMAرا اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ VFP ،را ﺑﺮای ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن رﺳﺎﻧﺪن ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. • USER 1و :USER 2 ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮای DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ: • ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ 1 ،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮای ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﴎﻋﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ • :NORMALﺑﻴﺸﱰ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • :CINEMA • ﭘﺨﺶ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎر ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ،ﴎﻋﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽﻛﻨﺪ. ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺣﺎﻟﺖ VFPﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی 3/2را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺎراﻣﱰﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ دﻫﻨﺪ را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ. ﻓﻘﻂ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ” “USER 1ﻳﺎ ” “USER 2در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ،٢ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ذﻳﻞ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛ ٣ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی ∞/5را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﭘﺎراﻣﱰی ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﺗﺪرﳚﺎ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ و ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ را ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎت ﺧﻮد ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ. • :GAMMA روﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ و رﻧﮕﻬﺎی ﺧﻨﺜﯽ را در ﺣﲔ ﻧﮕﺎه داﺷﺘﻦ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﻗﺸﻤﺘﻬﺎی ﺗﺎرﻳﮏ و روﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﱰل ﻣﯽ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ. • :BRIGHTNESS روﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﻛﻨﱰل ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. • :CONTRAST ﻛﻨﱰاﺳﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﻛﻨﱰل ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. • :SATURATION ﻋﻤﻖ رﻧﮓ را ﻛﻨﱰل ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. • :TINT رﻧﮓ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﻛﻨﱰل ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. • :SHARPNESS وﺿﻮح ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﻛﻨﱰل ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع دﻳﺴﮏ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. • در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ اﺳﻼﻳﺪ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ،JPEGﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد .در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ 8 ،را ﺑﺮای ﻣﻜﺚ دادن ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ اﺳﻼﻳﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ را ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ،JPEGﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﯽ ﺑﻮﺟﻮد آﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈ ) (3/2/∞/5در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ٢ﻛﺎر ﻧﻜﻨﺪ. ٢٧ 8/23/2004, 1:41:16 PM 20-30.indd 27 ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ۴ ۵ ۶ ٧ ٨ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎی دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٠ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻣﺜﺎل: ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی ∞/5را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﻛﻨﻮﻧﯽ VFPﳎﺪد ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ۶و ٣را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﭘﺎراﻣﱰﻫﺎی دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. VFPرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. • اﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ در وﺳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﳏﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت در ﲤﺎﻣﯽ ﻣﺎﺣﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﻳﯽ 7را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ٣ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺮک ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی در ﺣﲔ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ PLAY MODE ،را ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻢ ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ و ﻫﻢ ” “RANDOMاز ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﳏﻮ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ. USE NUMERIC KEYS TO PROGRAM TRACKS. USE CANCEL TO DELETE THE PROGRAM. دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎی ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪه روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را دﻧﺒﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ/ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎی دﳋﻮاه را ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • در ﻣﻮرد ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ،ﺑﻪ ”ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﻢ“ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (.١٨ • ﺷﲈره ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮای ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮده اﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع دﻳﺴﮏ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ: • • :VCD, SVCD, CD :MP3 ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ ﻣﯽﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦﻳﺎﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎیﻳﮏدﻳﺴﮏرا ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽﭘﺨﺶﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ. 7در ﺣﲔ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ٢ • ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ/ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﺷﺪه ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ،ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪه و ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ دوﺑﺎره ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ PLAY MODEرا ﻣﺮﺗﺒ ًﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﻮ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد. DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ: ) 3دﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ( را ﺑﺮای ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﻳﯽ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮای ﻛﻨﱰل ﻛﺮدن ﳏﺘﻮی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﺷﺪه در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ 7 ،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ .ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪه و ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ١ ٢ ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ را ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺎک ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﴍوع ﳎﺪد ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﻳﯽ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد. • ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﻳﯽ در ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. 7در ﺣﲔ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ١ ﺑﺮای ﭘﺎک ﻛﺮدن ﻳﮏ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ از آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﲈره وارد ﺷﺪه CANCELرا ﻣﺮﺗﺒ ًﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. PLAY MODEرا ﻣﺮﺗﺒ ًﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”“RANDOM روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد. ) 3دﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ( را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﻌﺪ از ﭘﺨﺶ ﲤﺎﻣﯽ ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ/ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ در دﻳﺴﮏ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ و از ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ ﺧﺎرج ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﺑﺮای ﺗﺮک ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ در ﺣﲔ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ PLAY MODE ،را ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻢ ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ و ﻫﻢ ” “RANDOMاز ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﳏﻮ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ. ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ را ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺎک ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ﻋﻨﻮان/ﺗﺮاک ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻜﺒﺎر در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ. ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ و ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ ﮔﺮوﻫﻬﺎ و ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ • ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ/ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺷﲈره اﻧﺎن ﺗﺎ ٩٩اﺳﺖ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • )ﺑﺮای CD,SVCDﻳﺎ (VCDﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻞ زﻣﺎن ﭘﺨﺶ از ٩٩دﻗﻴﻘﻪ و ۵٩ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﱰ ﺷﻮد “-:-” ،روی ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .اﻣﺎ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ااﻣﻪ دﻫﻴﺪ. ٢٨ 8/23/2004, 1:41:18 PM 20-30.indd 28 ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎی دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٠ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪد ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﺠﺰ دﻳﺴﮏ :(MP3/JPEG ١ ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﺮدن ﳎﻤﻮﻋﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﯽ ﻛﻨﻮﻧﯽ ٢ ٣ 7ﳐﺼﻮص DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ: در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﳐﺼﻮص :VCD/SVCD در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺪون ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد PBC ﳐﺼﻮص :CD/MP3/JPEG در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ۴ ۵ ۶ وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ از دﻛﻤﻪ REPEATاﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ: REPEATرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. 1 : 31 : 01 1 C ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻜﺮار ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎر ﻛﻪ REPEATرا ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﯽ دﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻜﺮار ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻣﻌﺎﻧﯽ REPEAT GROUP ﮔﺮوهﻓﻌﻠﯽراﺑﺮایدﻳﺴﮏMP3/JPEG ﺗﻜﺮارﻣﯽﻛﻨﺪ. ﻋﻨﻮان ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺑﺮای DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. ALL REPEAT ALL 1 REPEAT TRACK, REPEAT STEP REPEAT STEP ﺑﺪون ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ/ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی دﻳﺴﮏ VCD/SVCD/CD/MP3/JPEG را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﺗﺮاکﻓﻌﻠﯽراﺑﺮایدﻳﺴﮏ VCD/SVCD/CD/MP3ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽﻛﻨﺪ. ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺑﺮای DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻜﺮار ﺧﺎﻣﻮش اﺳﺖ. ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. • ﺑﺮای DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ REPEAT ALL ،ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع دﻳﺴﮏ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ. ON SCREENرا دوﺑﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ روی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد. ﺑﺮای روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی 3/2را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. . ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی ∞/5را ﺑﺮای ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ON SCREENرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﳏﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﻜﺮاری ” “OFFرا در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ۴اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﻜﺮار ﻗﺴﻤﺖ دﳋﻮاه ]ﺗﻜﺮار [A-B ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ دﳋﻮاه را ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮدن ﴍوع )ﻧﻘﻄﻪ (Aو ﭘﺎﻳﺎن )ﻧﻘﻄﻪ (Bﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. 7در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﻛﻠﻴﺪ A-B RPTاﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ: ١ ٢ A-B RPTرا در ﴍوع ﳏﻠﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻜﺮار ﺷﻮد ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ )ﻧﻘﻄﻪ .(A ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻜﺮار ” “ روی ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. A-B RPTرا ﳎﺪد ًا در ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﳏﻠﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻜﺮار ﺷﻮد ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ )ﻧﻘﻄﻪ .(B “ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻜﺮار در ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ” ﺗﻜﺮاری A-Bﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد .ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه دﻳﺴﮏ )ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ Aو (Bﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﺮاری ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ A-B RPTرا در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﻜﺮاری A-Bﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ٢٩ 8/23/2004, 1:41:20 PM 20-30.indd 29 ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎی دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٠ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ: ١ ٢ ٣ ۴ ۵ ٧ ON SCREENرا دوﺑﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ روی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد. ﺑﺮای روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی 3/2را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. . ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﳘﭽﻨﲔ روی ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻐﲑ از DVDﻧﻴﺰ اﻋﲈل ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. • ﻗﺒﻞ از ﴍوع ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت؛ در اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ زﻳﺮ ﳏﺪودﻳﺖ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ وﺟﻮد دارد .اﮔﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﺗﺎن ﲤﺎم ﺷﻮد ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،دوﺑﺎره از ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ اول ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ١ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی ∞/5را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ” “A-Bﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ENTERرا در ﴍوع ﳏﻠﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻜﺮار ﺷﻮد ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ )ﻧﻘﻄﻪ .(A ٢ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی ∞/5را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻮردی ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮد ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. • ) BALﺑﺎﻻﻧﺲ(: ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺲ ﺑﲔ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﭼﭗ و راﺳﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ) DECرﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎﻳﯽ(: ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) AUX DIGITALﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ( ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل DTSرﻣﺰﮔﺬاری ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ،ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ذﻳﻞ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؛ • ﻫﻴﭻ ﺻﺪاﻳﯽ در ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮش ﻧﻤﯽ رﺳﺪ. • ﻧﻮﻳﺰ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮش از ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮش ﻣﯽ رﺳﺪ. )/PCMاﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ( :AUTﺑﻴﺸﱰ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی ورودی را ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. :DOLBY Dاﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻻ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ )ﻳﺎ ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار( ﻛﺪﮔﺬاری ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل رخ دﻫﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد. اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻻ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ :DTS )ﻳﺎ ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار( ﻛﺪﮔﺬاری ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل DTSرخ دﻫﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد. ﺗﻜﺮار A-Bﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ON SCREENرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﳏﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ” “OFFرا در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ۴اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺳﭙﺲ ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ،ﺗﻜﺮار A-Bﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﳘﺎن ﻋﻨﻮان ﳑﻜﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. • ” “A-Bرا ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮان در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﻳﯽ و ﺗﺼﺪﻓﯽ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮد. ﻗﻔﻞ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ ﻓﻘﻂ روی واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی: ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش اﺳﺖ ﻣﺜﺎل: BAL : CENTER ENTERرا در ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﳏﻠﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻜﺮار ﺷﻮد ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ )ﻧﻘﻄﻪ .(B ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ را ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از ﺑﲑون آﻣﺪن ﻧﺎﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻪ دﻳﺴﮏ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. SETTINGرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ٣ • ) A. POSﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ(: ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﺪرﺳﺘﯽ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮد) .ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻋﺪد ﻛﻮﭼﻜﱰ ﺷﻮد ،ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﱰﻳﻮ ﮔﻮش ﻣﯽ دﻫﻴﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﻴﺸﱰ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ(. ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی 3/2را ﺑﺎری ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻣﺜﺎل: -- 5 ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﻳﺪ • ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد و ” “LOCKEDروی ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. • اﮔﺮ ﺳﻌﯽ در ﺧﺮوج دﻳﺴﮏ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ “LOCKED” ،ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ. ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﳘﺎن ﻋﻤﻞ را دوﺑﺎره اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ. • ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد و ” “UNLOCKEDروی ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ۶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺻﺪا و ﻣﻮارد دﻳﮕﺮ R BAL : ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﳏﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. • ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ” “DOLBY Dﻳﺎ ” “DTSاﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ،ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛﺪ ﮔﺬاری ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل دﳚﻴﺘﺎل دﻳﮕﺮی درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮد ،ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪا ﮔﻮش دﻫﻴﺪ) .ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ زد(. ŸDIGITALﻳﺎ ٣٠ 8/23/2004, 1:41:22 PM 20-30.indd 30 ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎت DVD ﺗﻮﺟﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻨﻮی ﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ • ﺑﻪ ”ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺪﻫﺎی زﺑﺎن“ ﺑﺮای ﻛﺪ ﻫﺮ زﺑﺎن ،ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ” “AAو ﻏﲑه در ﭘﺎﺋﲔ رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ زﺑﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه در ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ”ﴍح ﻣﻨﻮ“ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﺻﻠﯽ در ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺑﺮای ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت زﻳﺮ؛ ١ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور را روی AUDIO ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. DVD ٢را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. AUDIO ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈ (3/2/∞/5)/ ENTER ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ 7در ﺣﲔ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ١ SET UPرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ٢دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داد ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد را دﻧﺒﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﴍح ﻣﻨﻮ :ﻣﻨﻮی زﺑﺎن )(LANGUAGE MENU LANGUAGE 7 ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از DVDﻫﺎ دارای زﺑﺎن ﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﺎﻧﻪ در ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎی ﺧﻮد ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ. • زﺑﺎن اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ*. AUDIO LANGUAGE 7 ﺑﺮﺧﯽ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ دارای ﺻﺪای ﭼﻨﺪ زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ. • زﺑﺎن اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺻﺪا را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ*. ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺪﻫﺎی زﺑﺎن AA AB AF AM AR AS AY AZ BA BE BG BH BI BN BO BR CA CO CS CY DA DZ EL EO ET EU FA FI FJ FO FY GA GD GL GN GU HA HI HR HU HY IA IE آﻓﺎر IK آﺑﺨﺎزﻳﺎن IN آﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎﻳﯽ IS آﻣﻬﺮﻳﮏ IW ﻋﺮﺑﯽ JI آﺳﺎﻣﯽ JW آﻳﲈرا KA آذرﺑﺎﳚﺎﻧﯽ KK ﺑﺸﻜﲑ KL ﺑﻴﻠﻮ روﺳﯽ KM ﺑﻠﻐﺎری KN ﺑﯽ ﻫﺎری KO ﺑﻴﺴﻼﻣﺎ KS ﺑﻨﮕﺎﻟﯽ ،ﺑﻨﮕﺎﻻ KU ﺗﺒﺘﯽ KY ﺑﺮﺗﻮﻧﯽ LA ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻻن LN ﻛﺮﺳﯽ LO ﭼﮏ LT وﻟﺰی LV داﻧﲈرﻛﯽ MG ﺑﻮﺗﺎﻧﯽ MI ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﯽ MK اﺳﭙﺮاﻧﺘﻮ ML اﺳﺘﻮﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ MN ﺑﺎﺳﮏ MO ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ MR ﻓﻨﻼﻧﺪی MS ﻓﻴﺠﯽ MT ﻓﺎروس MY ﻓﺮﻳﺴﯽ NA اﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪی NE اﺳﻜﺎﺗﻠﻨﺪیﮔﺎﻟﻴﮏ NL ﮔﺎﻟﻴﻜﯽ NO ﮔﻮاراﻧﯽ OC ﮔﺠﺮاﺗﯽ OM ﻫﺎوﺳﺎ OR ﻫﻨﺪی PA ﻛﺮواﺗﯽ PL ﳎﺎرﺳﺘﺎﻧﯽ PS ارﻣﻨﯽ PT ﺑﲔ زﺑﺎﻧﯽ QU ﺑﲔ زﺑﺎﻧﯽ RM اﻳﻨﻮ ﭘﻴﺎک RN اﻧﺪوﻧﺰﻳﺎﻳﯽ RO اﻳﺴﻠﻨﺪی RU ﻋﱪی RW ﻳﺪﻳﺶ SA ﺟﺎواﻧﯽ SD ﮔﺮﺟﯽ SG ﻗﺰاﻗﯽ SH ﮔﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻨﺪی SI ﻛﺎﻣﺒﻮﺟﯽ SK ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا SL ﻛﺮه اﻳﯽ )SM (KOR ﻛﺸﻤﲑی SN ﻛﺮدی SO ﻗﺮﻗﻴﺰی SQ ﻻﺗﲔ SR اﻳﻨﮕﺎﻻ SS ﻻﺋﻮﺳﯽ ST ﻟﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ SU ﻻﺗﻮﻳﺎن ،ﻟﺘﻴﺶ SV ﻣﺎﻻﮔﺎﺳﻜﯽ SW ﻣﺎاوری TA ﻣﻘﺪوﻧﻴﻪ اﻳﯽ TE ﻣﺎﻻﻳﻼم TG ﻣﻐﻮﻟﯽ TH ﻣﻮﻟﺪاوﻳﺎﻳﯽ TI ﻣﺮاﺳﯽ TK ﻣﺎﻟﺰﻳﺎﻳﯽ )TL (MAY ﻣﺎﻟﺘﯽ TN ﺑﺮﻣﻪ اﻳﯽ TO ﻧﺂورو TR ﻧﭙﺎﻟﯽ TS ﻫﻠﻨﺪی TT ﻧﺮوژی TW اوﺳﻴﺘﺎن UK اروﻣﻮ)(Afan UR اورﻳﺎ UZ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﺑﯽ VI ﳍﺴﺘﺎﻧﯽ VO ﭘﺸﺘﻮ WO ﭘﺮﺗﻐﺎﻟﯽ XH ﮔﻮﺋﭽﻮآ YO راﺋﺘﻮ -روﻣﺎﻧﺲ ZU ﻛﲑوﻧﺪی روﻣﺎﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ روﺳﯽ ﻛﻴﻨﻴﺎر واﻧﺪا ﺳﺎﻧﺴﻜﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﻨﺪی ﺳﺎﻧﮕﻬﻮ ﴏب و ﻛﺮواﺗﯽ ﺳﻴﻨﮕﺎﻫﺎﻟﻴﺰ اﺳﻠﻮاﻛﯽ اﺳﻠﻮﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ ﺳﺎﻣﻮآن ﺷﻮﻧﺎ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﻟﯽ آﻟﺒﺎﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ ﴏﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﺴﻮاﺗﯽ ﺳﺴﻮﺗﻮ ﺳﺎدﻧﻴﺲ ﺳﻮﺋﺪی ﺳﻮاﺣﻴﻠﯽ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻮﮔﻮ ﺗﺎﺟﻴﮏ ﺗﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪی ﺗﻴﮕﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﯽ ﺗﺎﮔﺎﻟﻮگ ﺳﺘﺴﻮﻧﺎ ﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﯽ ﺗﺴﻮﻧﮕﺎ ﺗﺎﺗﺎر ﺗﻮﻳﯽ اوﻛﺮاﻳﻨﯽ اردو ازﺑﻜﯽ وﻳﺘﻨﺎﻣﯽ وﻻﭘﻮک وﻟﻮف ﺧﻮﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﻳﻮروب زوﻟﻮ SUBTITLE 7 ﺑﺮﺧﯽ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ دارای زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﭼﻨﺪ زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ. • زﺑﺎن اوﻟﻴﻪ زﻳﺮﻧﻮﻳﺲ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ*. ON SCREEN LANGUAGE 7 • وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ دﻳﺴﮏ ﻛﺎر ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،زﺑﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. * وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ زﺑﺎن اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه روی دﻳﺴﮏ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ ،زﺑﺎن اﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان زﺑﺎن اوﻟﻴﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ٣١ 8/21/2004, 10:47:10 AM 31-39.indd 31 ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎت DVD :ﻣﻨﻮی ﺻﺪا )(AUDIO :ﻣﻨﻮی ﻋﻜﺲ )(PICTURE MONITOR TYPE 7 ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻮﻧﻴﺘﻮر را ﺑﺮای ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ DVDﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ارﺗﻔﺎع/ﭘﻬﻨﺎی 16:9اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ) 16:9/16:9 MULTIﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﭘﻬﻦ( اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را وﻗﺘﯽ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺷﲈ 16:9اﺳﺖ )ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﭘﻬﻦ(. • ) 4:3 LB/4:3 MULTI LBﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ( اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را وﻗﺘﯽ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺷﲈ 4:3اﺳﺖ )ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ( .در ﺣﲔ دﻳﺪن ﻳﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﻬﻦ ،ﻧﻮارﻫﺎی ﺳﻴﺎه در ﺑﺎﻻ و ﭘﺎﺋﲔ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. • ) 4:3 PS/4:3 MULTI PSﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﭘﺎن اﺳﻜﻦ( اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را وﻗﺘﯽ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺷﲈ 4:3اﺳﺖ )ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ( .در ﺣﲔ دﻳﺪن ﻳﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﻬﻦ ،ﻧﻮارﻫﺎی ﺳﻴﺎه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ، اﻣﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎی راﺳﺖ و ﭼﭗ ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ. i D. RANGE COMPRESSION 7 )ﻓﴩده ﺳﺎزی ﳏﺪوده دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﮏ( ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪای ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه در ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﺋﲔ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل در ﺷﺐ ﻟﺬت ﺑﱪﻳﺪ. • AUTO ﺗﲔ ﻣﻮرد را ﺑﺮای ﻟﺬت ﺑﺮدن از ﺻﺪای ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﳏﺪوده ﻛﺎﻣﻞ دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﮏ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﻫﻴﭻ اﻓﻜﺘﯽ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد(. • ON اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را در زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ اﻓﻜﺖ ﻓﴩده ﺳﺎزی را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ اﻋﲈل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺮای ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﺐ(. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل داﻟﺒﯽ را ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺑﻮدن ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت D. RANGE COMPRESSIONﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﻣﺜﺎل4:3 PS : ﻣﺜﺎل4:3 LB : ﻣﺜﺎل16:9 : ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ﺣﺘﯽ اﮔﺮ” “4:3 PSﻳﺎ ” “4:3 MULTI PSاﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ،اﻧﺪازه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ در ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از DVDﻫﺎ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ” “4:3 LBﻳﺎ ” “4:3 MULTI LBﺷﻮد .اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﯽ ﺿﺒﻂ DVDﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ دارد. • ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎی ” “MULTIرا ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻧﻮع ﻣﻮﻧﻴﺘﻮر ﺑﺮای ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻣﺎﻟﺘﯽ ﻛﺎﻟﺮ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی وﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ PALﻳﺎ NTSCرا ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻧﻮع ﺑﺪون در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﻜﻦ دﻳﺴﮏ ارﺳﺎل ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١۵رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(. PICTURE SOURCE 7 وﻗﺘﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﻜﻦ را در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ PROGRESSIVEﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮده اﻳﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١۵ رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﲠﱰﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ را ﺑﺎ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮدازش ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻴﺪان )ﻣﻨﺒﻊ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ(ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮﻳﻢ )ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ( ﺑﺮای ﳏﺘﻮی روی دﻳﺴﮏ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل روی ” “AUTOﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • AUTO ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺣﺎوی ﻣﻨﺒﻊ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ و ﻓﻴﻠﻢ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻨﺒﻊ )ووﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ( دﻳﺴﮏ ﻛﻨﻮﻧﯽ را ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﻃﻼﻋﺎت دﻳﺴﮏ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ. • اﮔﺮ ﺗﺼﻮری ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪه واﺿﺢ ﻧﺒﻮده و دارای ﻧﻮﻳﺰ اﺳﺖ ،ﻳﺎ ﺧﻄﻮط دور ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻧﺎﺻﺎف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺳﻌﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ از ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎی دﻳﮕﺮی اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • FILM ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ دﻳﺴﮏ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ. • VIDEO ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ دﻳﺴﮏ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ. ) SCREEN SAVER 7ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٨رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد(. ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻳﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. 7 ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ :ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻄﻴﲈت ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ )(SPK. SETTING ﻣﻨﻮی ﺳﻄﺢ )(LEVEL CENTER SPEAKER/SURROUND LEFT SPEAKER/ SURROUND RIGHT SPEAKER/SUB WOOFER ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. *TEST TONE ﺻﺪای ﺗﺴﺖ را ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. RETURN ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی SPK. SETTINGﺑﺎز ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد. * ﺻﺪای ﺗﺴﺖ از ﲤﺎﻣﯽ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ زﻳﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ: } ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮی ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺟﻠﻮ } ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮی ﻣﺮﻛﺰی } ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮی ﺳﻤﺖ راﺳﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ } ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮی ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ راﺳﺖ } ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮی ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ ﭼﭗ } )ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ اول( FILE TYPE 7 ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی MP3و ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی JPEGروی ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮد را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ،FILE TYPEﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺳﭙﺲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را روﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ. • AUDIO اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی MP3اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • STILL PICTURE اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی JPEGاﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ٣٢ 8/21/2004, 10:47:39 AM 31-39.indd 32 ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎت DVD 7 7 ﻣﻨﻮی ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ )(DISTANCE ﻣﺜﺎل: ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮی ﻣﺮﻛﺰی ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ راﺳﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﭼﭗ ﺟﻠﻮ ٣,٠ﻣﱰ ٢,٧ﻣﱰ ٢,۴ﻣﱰ ٢,١ﻣﱰ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ راﺳﺖ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ را ﻛﻪ دارای ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺖ ﺑﺎر ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮای ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﻋﻀﺎی ﺧﺎﻧﻮاده ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ را ﳏﺪود ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • اﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮای DVDﺣﺎوی اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﻔﻞ واﻟﺪﻳﻦ — ﺳﻄﺢ )١ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﳏﺪودﻳﺖ( ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ) ٨ﻛﻤﱰﻳﻦ ﳏﺪودﻳﺖ( اﻋﲈل ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. COUNTRY CODE اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺪ ﳏﻞ ﺳﻜﻮﻧﺖ ﺧﻮد ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (.٣۴ SET LEVEL اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ ﳏﺪودﻳﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ ﭼﭗ ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ،ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ زﻳﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛ ٣٫٠ﻣﱰ • ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﺟﻠﻮ: ٢٫٧ﻣﱰ • ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮی ﻣﺮﻛﺰی: ٢٫۴ﻣﱰ • ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ: FRONT SPEAKER/CENTER SPEAKER/SURROUND SPEAKER ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﳏﻞ ﺷﻨﻴﺪن ﺗﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. در ﳏﺪوده ای ﺑﲔ ٠٫٣ﺗﺎ ٩٫٠ﻣﱰ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ٠٫٣ﻣﱰی RETURN ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی SPK. SETTINGﺑﺎز ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد. : ﻣﻨﻮی ﻗﻔﻞ واﻟﺪﻳﻦ )(PARENTAL LOCK PASSWORD اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ در زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺗﻐﻴﲑات در ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﻗﻔﻞ واﻟﺪﻳﻦ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد .ﻳﮏ ﻋﺪد ﭼﻬﺎر رﻗﻤﯽ را ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ٩-٠وارد ﻛﺮﻧﻴﺪ ،ﺳﭙﺲ ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. • اﮔﺮ ﺑﺮای ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎر ﻧﺘﻮاﻧﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،دﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻮردی ﺑﺠﺰ EXITرا اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .در ﭼﻨﲔ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﯽ ENTER ،را ﺑﺮای ﺧﺮوج از آن ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت را ﳎﺪد ًا اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. EXIT ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی OTHERSﺑﺎز ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد. • ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ از ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﻗﻔﻞ واﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ از وارد ﻛﺮدن ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر ﺧﻮد ﺧﺎرج ﺷﺪه اﻳﺪ .در ﻏﲑ اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ،ﺗﻐﻴﲑاﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم داده اﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ. • اﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر را ﻓﺮاﻣﻮش ﻛﺮده اﻳﺪ “8888” ،را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر را ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎر اﺷﺘﺒﺎه وارد ﻛﺮدﻳﺪ ،ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ” “EXITرا اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ )(OTHERS )RESUME 7رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (.٢۵ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﴍوع ﳎﺪد ﭘﺨﺶ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻳﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ON SCREEN GUIDE 7 ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ آﻳﻜﻮﳖﺎی راﻫﻨﲈی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻳﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (.١۶ AV COMPULINK MODE 7 ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ را ﺑﺮای اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ AV COMPU LINKﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (.٣٧ ٣٣ 8/21/2004, 10:47:41 AM 31-39.indd 33 ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎت DVD ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺪﻫﺎی ﻛﺸﻮر/ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﺮای ﻗﻔﻞ واﻟﺪﻳﻦ FM ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻧﺴﻴﺎ )اﻳﺎﻻت ﻓﺪرال( FO FR FX GA GB GD GE GF GH GI GL GM GN GP GQ GR ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻓﺎرو ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ ،ﻛﻼن ﺷﻬﺮ ﮔﺎﺑﻦ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎی ﻛﺒﲑ ﮔﺮاﻧﺪا ﮔﺮﺟﺴﺘﺎن ﮔﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ ﻏﻨﺎ ﮔﻴﱪاﻟﺘﺎر ﮔﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻨﺪ ﮔﺎﻣﺒﻴﺎ ﮔﻴﻨﻪ ﮔﻮاداﻟﻮپ ﮔﻴﻨﻪ ﺣﺎره ﻳﻮﻧﺎن GS ﮔﺮﺟﺴﺘﺎن ﺟﻨﻮﺑﯽ و ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ GT GU GW GY HK ﺳﺎﻧﺪوﻳﭻ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﯽ ﮔﻮام ﮔﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﻴﺴﺎﺋﻮ ﮔﻴﻨﻴﺎ ﻫﻨﮓ ﻛﻨﮓ HM ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻫﺮد و ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻣﮏ دوﻧﺎﻟﺪ HN HR HT HU ID IE IL IN IO IQ IR IS IT JM JO JP KE KG KH KI KM KN ﻫﻨﺪوراس ﻛﺮوواﺳﯽ ﻫﺎﺋﻴﺘﯽ ﺑﻠﻐﺎرﺳﺘﺎن اﻧﺪوﻧﺰی اﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪ اﴎاﺋﻴﻞ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ اﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮس ﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﺮاق اﻳﺮان )ﲨﻬﻮری اﺳﻼﻣﯽ( اﻳﺴﻠﻨﺪ اﻳﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺟﺎﻣﺎﺋﻴﻜﺎ اردن ژاﭘﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺎ ﻗﺮﻗﻴﺰﺳﺘﺎن ﻛﺎﻣﺒﻮج ﻛﲑﻳﺒﺎﺗﯽ ﻛﻮﻣﻮر ﺳﻨﺖ ﻛﻴﺘﺲ و ﻧﻮﻳﺲ KP ﻛﺮه،ﲨﻬﻮریدﻣﻜﺮاﺗﻴﮏﺧﻠﻖ KR KW KY KZ ﻛﺮه ،ﲨﻬﻮری ﻛﻮﻳﺖ ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﻤﻦ ﻗﺰاﻗﺴﺘﺎن LB LC LI LK LR LS LT LU LV LY MA MC MD MG MH ML MM MN MO MP MQ MR MS MT MU MV MW MX MY MZ NA NC NE NF NG NI NL NO NP NR NU NZ OM PA PE PF PG PH PK PL PM PN PR PT PW PY QA RE RO RU ﻟﺒﻨﺎن ﺳﻨﺖ ﻟﻮﺳﻴﺎ ﻟﻴﺨﺘﻨﺸﺘﺎﻳﻦ ﴎی ﻻﻧﻜﺎ ﻟﻴﱪﻳﺎ ﻟﺴﻮﺗﻮ ﻟﻴﺘﻮاﻧﯽ ﻟﻮﮔﺰاﻣﺒﻮرگ ﻻﺗﻴﻮﻳﺎ ﲨﺎﻫﲑ ﻋﺮﺑﯽ ﻟﻴﺒﯽ ﻣﺮاﻛﺶ ﻣﻮﻧﺎﻛﻮ ﻣﻮﻟﺪاوی ،ﲨﻬﻮری ﻣﺎداﮔﺎﺳﻜﺎر ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻣﺎرﺷﺎل ﻣﺎﻟﯽ ﻣﻴﺎن ﻣﺎر ﻣﻐﻮﻟﺴﺘﺎن ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺋﻮ ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻣﺎرﻳﻨﺎی ﺷﲈﻟﯽ ﻣﺎرﺗﻴﻨﯽ ﻣﻮرﻳﺘﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﴎا ﻣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﺋﻮرﺗﻴﻮس ﻣﺎﻟﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺎﻻوی ﻣﻜﺰﻳﮏ ﻣﺎﻟﺰی ﻣﻮزاﻣﺒﻴﮏ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺒﻴﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﺪوﻧﻴﺎی ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻴﺠﺮ ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻧﻮرﻓﻮﻟﮏ ﻧﻴﺠﺮﻳﻪ ﻧﻴﻜﺎراﮔﻮﺋﻪ ﻫﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﺮوژ ﻧﭙﺎل ﻧﺂورو ﻧﻴﺌﻮ زﻻﻧﺪ ﻧﻮ ﻋﲈن ﭘﺎﻧﺎﻣﺎ ﭘﺮو ﭘﻠﯽ ﻧﻴﺰی ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ ﮔﻴﻨﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﭘﺎﭘﺎﺋﻮ ﻓﻴﻠﻴﭙﲔ ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎن ﳍﺴﺘﺎن ﺳﻨﺖ ﭘﲑ و ﻣﻴﻜﻠﻮن ﭘﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻳﺮن ﭘﺮﺗﻮ رﻳﻜﻮ ﭘﺮﺗﻐﺎل ﭘﺎﻻﺋﻮ ﭘﺎراﮔﻮﺋﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ری ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮن روﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻓﺪراﺳﻴﻮن روﺳﻴﻪ UM ﺟﺰاﺋﺮ ﺻﻐﲑ اﻳﺎﻻت ﻣﺘﺤﺪه US UY UZ VA اﻳﺎﻻت ﻣﺘﺤﺪه اروﮔﻮﺋﻪ ازﺑﻜﺴﺘﺎن اﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﻬﺮ واﺗﻴﻜﺎن )ﻣﻘﺪس( ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ AD AE AF AG AI AL AM AN AO AQ AR AS AT AU AW AZ BA BB BD BE BF BG BH BI BJ BM BN BO BR BS BT BV BW BY BZ CA CC CF CG CH CI CK CL CM CN CO CR CU CV CX CY CZ DE DJ DK DM DO DZ EC EE EG EH آﻧﺪورا اﻣﺎرات ﻣﺘﺤﺪه ﻋﺮﺑﯽ اﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎن آﻧﺘﯽ ﮔﻮان و ﺑﺎراﺑﺎدس آﻧﮕﻮﺋﻴﻼ آﻟﺒﺎﻧﯽ ارﻣﻨﺴﺘﺎن ﻫﻠﻨﺪ و ﺟﺰﻳﺮ آﻧﺘﻴﻞ آﻧﮕﻮﻻ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﲈل آرژاﻧﺘﲔ ﺳﻮﻣﻮا آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ اﻃﺮﻳﺶ اﺳﱰاﻟﻴﺎ اروﺑﺎ آذرﺑﺎﳚﺎن ﺑﻮﺳﻨﯽ و ﻫﺮزﮔﻮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎراﺑﺎدوس ﺑﻨﮕﻼدش ﺑﻠﮋﻳﮏ ﺑﻮرﻛﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﺎﺳﻮ ﺑﻠﻐﺎرﺳﺘﺎن ﺑﺤﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺮوﻧﺪﺋﯽ ﺑﻨﲔ ﺑﺮﻣﻮدا ﺑﺮوﻧﺌﯽ داراﻟﺴﻼم ﺑﻮﻟﻴﻮی ﺑﺮزﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻫﺎﻣﺎس ﺑﻮﺗﺎن ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﺑﻮت ﺑﻮﺗﺴﻮﻧﺎ ﺑﻴﻠﻮ روس ﺑﻠﻴﺰ ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا ﺟﺰاﺋﺮ ﻛﻮﻛﻮس )ﻛﻴﻠﻴﻨﮓ( ﲨﻬﻮری آﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎی ﻣﺮﻛﺰی ﻛﻨﮕﻮ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﺲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻋﺎج ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻛﻮک ﺷﻴﻠﯽ ﻛﺎﻣﺮون ﭼﲔ ﻛﻠﻤﺒﻴﺎ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﺎرﻳﻜﺎ ﻛﻮﺑﺎ دﻣﺎﻏﻪ ﺳﺒﺰ ﺟﺰﻳﺮه ﻛﺮﻳﺴﻤﺲ ﻗﱪس ﲨﻬﻮری ﭼﮏ آﳌﺎن ﺟﻴﺒﻮﺗﯽ داﻧﲈرک دوﻣﻨﻴﻜﺎ ﲨﻬﻮری دوﻣﻨﻴﻜﻦ اﳉﺰاﻳﺮ اﻛﻮادر اﺳﺘﻮﻧﯽ ﻣﴫ ﺻﺤﺮای ﻏﺮﺑﯽ ER ES ET FI FJ FK ارﻳﱰه اﺳﭙﺎﻧﻴﺎ اﺗﻴﻮﭘﯽ ﻓﻨﻼﻧﺪ ﻓﻴﺠﯽ ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻓﺎﻟﻜﻠﻨﺪ )ﻣﺎﻟﻮﻳﻨﺎس( LA ﲨﻬﻮری دﻣﻜﺮاﺗﻴﮏ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻻﺋﻮس RW SA SB SC SD SE SG SH SI SJ SK SL SM SN SO SR ST SV SY SZ TC TD TF TG TH TJ TK TM TN TO TP TR TT TV TW TZ UA UG رواﻧﺪا ﻋﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎن ﺳﻌﻮدی ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﲈن ﺳﯽ ﺷﻠﺲ ﺳﻮدان ﺳﻮﺋﺪ ﺳﻨﮕﺎﭘﻮر ﺳﻨﺖ ﻫﻠﻦ اﺳﻠﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺳﻮاﻟﱪد و ژان ﻣﺎﻳﻦ اﺳﻠﻮاﻛﯽ ﺳﲑاﻟﺌﻮن ﺳﻦ ﻣﺎرﻳﻨﻮ ﺳﻨﮕﺎل ﺳﻮﻣﺎﻟﯽ ﺳﻮرﻳﻨﺎم ﺳﺎﺋﻮ ﺗﻮم و ﭘﺮﻳﻨﺴﻴﭗ اﻟﺴﺎﻟﻮادر ﲨﻬﻮری ﻋﺮﺑﯽ ﺳﻮرﻳﻪ ﺳﻮازﻳﻠﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ و ﺟﺰاﺋﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻮز ﭼﺎد ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﯽ ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ ﺗﻮﮔﻮ ﺗﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪ ﺗﺎﺟﻴﻜﺴﺘﺎن ﺗﻮﻛﻼﺋﻮ ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﺴﺘﺎن ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎ ﺗﻴﻤﻮر ﴍﻗﯽ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﻪ ﺗﺮﻳﻨﻴﺪاد و ﺗﻮﺑﺎﮔﻮ ﺗﻮاﻟﺌﻮ ﺗﺎﻳﻮان ﺗﺎﻧﺰاﻧﻴﺎ ،ﲨﻬﻮری ﻣﺘﺤﺪه اوﻛﺮاﻳﻦ اوﮔﺎﻧﺪا VC ﺳﻨﺖ وﻳﻨﺴﻨﺖ و ﮔﺮﻧﺎدﻳﻨﺲ VE VG VI VN VU WF WS YE YT YU ZA ZM ZR ZW وﻧﺰوﺋﻼ ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ وﻳﺮﺟﲔ )ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ( ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ وﻳﺮﺟﲔ )اﻳﺎﻻت ﻣﺘﺤﺪه( وﻳﺘﻨﺎم واﻧﺌﻮاﺗﻮ ﺟﺰاﺋﺰ واﻟﻴﺰ و ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﻣﻮآ ﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻮﺗﯽ ﻳﻮﮔﻮﺳﻼوی آﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎی ﺟﻨﻮﺑﯽ زاﻣﺒﻴﺎ زﺋﲑ زﻳﻤﺒﺎﺑﻮء ٣۴ 8/21/2004, 10:47:43 AM 31-39.indd 34 ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﻴﻮﻧﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺑﺮای ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت زﻳﺮ؛ ١ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور را روی AUDIOﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. FM/AM ٢را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ دﺳﺘﯽ AUDIO ١ FM/AMرا ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻣﺜﺎل: وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ در ٨١٠ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ. دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﴍح داده ﺷﺪه در زﻳﺮ در ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ٣۵و ٣۶اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ. 810k ٢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ( TUNING 9/را ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺴﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ را درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. وﻓﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دﻛﻤﻪ را ﭘﺎﺋﲔ ﻧﮕﺎه داﺷﺘﻪ اﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه را ﴍوع ﻛﻨﺪ و ﺑﻌﺪ ان را راﻫﺎ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺪرت ﻛﺎﻓﯽ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل را درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﺮد ،ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ را ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ • وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺪرت ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪ ،ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ TUNEDروی ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. • وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﺳﱰﻳﻮ FMدرﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮد ،ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ STروی ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮدن ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﺗﻴﻮﻧﺮ AM در ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از ﻛﺸﻮرﻫﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی AMﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ٩ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ اﺳﺖ و در ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از ﻛﺸﻮرﻫﺎ اﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ١٠ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ اﺳﺖ. در ﺣﲔ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه AMﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﺗﻮﻳﻨﺮ AMرا ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ. • ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ روﺷﻬﺎی ذﻳﻞ را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ. 7 ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار ١٠ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ 7 ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار ٩ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ 7را ﻧﮕﺎه داﺷﺘﻪ اﻳﺪ ¢را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ 7را ﻧﮕﺎه داﺷﺘﻪ اﻳﺪ 4را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ • ٩ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ اﺳﺖ. ٣۵ 8/21/2004, 10:47:45 AM 31-39.indd 35 ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﻴﻮﻧﺮ ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎی دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣۵ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺷﲈره ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﯽ ﲢﺼﻴﺺ داده ﺷﺪ ،اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه را ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﯽ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﺮد .ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ٣٠اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه FMو ١۵اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه AMرا ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. 7ﺑﺮای ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ١ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮد را ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ. • اﮔﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ FMرا ﺑﺮای اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه FMذﺧﲑه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺣﺎﻟﺖ درﻳﺎﻓﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ”اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺣﺎﻟﺖ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ .“FM ﻣﺜﺎل: وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ در ١٠٣٫۵٠ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ. 1 0 3 . 5 0M ٢ MEMORYرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﺳﱰﻳﻮ FMﻛﻪ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ دارای ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ FMرا ﺑﺮای ﲠﺒﻮد درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ. 7 در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه FM FM MODEرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ در ﻳﺎﻓﺖ FMروی ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎر ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺣﺎﻟﺖ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ FMﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽﻛﻨﺪ. • :AUTO MUTING وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﱰﻳﻮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮد ،ﺷﲈ آﻧﺮا ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺻﺪای اﺳﱰﻳﻮ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ ) .ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ STدر ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽﺷﻮد (.در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻮﻧﻮ ،ﺻﺪای ﻣﻮﻧﻮ را ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ .اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮای ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دادن ﻧﻮﻳﺰ اﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﲔ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ AUTO MUTINGدر ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽﺷﻮد. • :MONO درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﲠﺒﻮد ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ اﻣﺎ اﺛﺮ اﺳﱰﻳﻮ از ﺑﲔ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ رﻓﺖ) .ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ STﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد (.در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ،ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮش ﺷﲈ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ رﺳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ را درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. )ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ AUTO MUTINGﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ(. در ﺣﲔ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ زدن ”– –“: ٣ ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ 1 0 3 . 5 0M __ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺣﺎﻟﺖ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ FM دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ) (+١٠ ,١٠-١را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. • در ﻣﻮرد ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ،ﺑﻪ ”ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﻢ“ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (.١٨ ﻣﺜﺎل: وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ١اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ. 1 0 3 . 5 0M 1 اﮔﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﺗﺎن ﲤﺎم ﺷﻮد ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،دوﺑﺎره از ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ٢ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. در ﺣﻴﻨﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺷﲈره اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﺪ: ۴ MEMORYرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. ۵ • ذﺧﲑه ﻛﺮدن اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﺟﺪﻳﺪ در ﺷﲈره ﻫﺎی اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺷﲈره ذﺧﲑه ﺷﺪه ﻗﺒﻠﯽ را ﭘﺎک ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ١ﺗﺎ ۴را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. 7 ﺑﺮای درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻳﮏ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ١ ٢ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ زدن ﺷﲈره اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻪ ﺷﲈره ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﲣﺼﻴﺺ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ. اﮔﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﺗﺎن ﲤﺎم ﺷﻮد ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،دوﺑﺎره از ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ٢ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. FM/AMرا ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب FMﻳﺎ AMﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ) (+١٠ ,١٠-١را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. • در ﻣﻮرد ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ،ﺑﻪ ”ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﻢ“ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (.١٨ ٣۶ 8/21/2004, 10:47:46 AM 31-39.indd 36 ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور AV COMPU LINK ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ JVC AV COMPU LINKﺑﻪ ﺷﲈ اﺟﺎزه ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ از وﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﻳﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺧﻮد ﺑﺎ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺳﺎده ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻟﺬت ﺑﺮﻳﺪ .ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه وﻳﺪﺋﻮ/ﺻﺪا )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ،DVDﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه CDو وﻳﺪﺋﻮ( و ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن و/ﻳﺎ آﻣﭙﻠﻴﻔﺎﻳﺮ/ﮔﲑﻧﺪه ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ JVC AV COMPU LINKرا ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪو ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ JVC AV COMPU LINKﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ،ﺑﺎ ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﻻزم در ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن و/ﻳﺎ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﻳﺮ/ﮔﲑﻧﺪه ﺑﺮای ﻟﺬت ﺑﺮدن ﺷﲈ از ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ اﻧﺠﺎم داده ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﻣﻬﻢ وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و دﺳﺘﮕﺎه دﻳﮕﺮی را از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﻮﻛﺘﻬﺎی ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﯽ S-video ،ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﺸﻬﺎی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه و ﳘﭽﻨﲔ اﺗﺼﺎل AV COMPU LINKﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ وﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن( ،ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ راﻫﻨﲈی ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام از دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻧﻜﺎﺗﯽ در ﻣﻮرد وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن • ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﴍﺣﯽ در ﻣﻮرد اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در دﻓﱰﭼﻪ راﻫﻨﲈی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻳﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﻳﺪﺋﻮ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ وﺟﻮد ،ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻳﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﳍﺎی AV COMPU LINKﻛﻪ دارای ﻋﻼﺋﻤﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ” “EX” ،“IIﻳﺎ ” “IIIﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ را ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮد. ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن و ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ،AV COMPU LINKﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﳍﺎی ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی ﻣﺮﺑﻮط AV COMPU LINKﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی OTHERSدر ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎت ﻛﻨﱰل ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد) .ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٣ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(. • ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه در ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻳﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﺧﻮد ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ TV ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ JVC AV COMPU LINKﺑﻪ ﺷﲈ اﺟﺎزه ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺴﺎدﮔﯽ از وﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺻﻮت ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دادن دﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ در دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻟﺬت ﺑﱪﻳﺪ )دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﻛﻪ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻮت را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه DVDﻳﺎ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ( .ﺷﲈ ﺣﺘﯽ ﻻزم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را روﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ١ ٢ ٣ ﺑﺮق ﺗﻠﻮزﻳﻮن را وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. دﻳﺴﻜﯽ )ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮار( را در دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ. دﻛﻤﻪ 3دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻨﺒﻊ را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. اﻳﻦ اﻋﲈل ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر اﻧﺠﺎم داده ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ: • روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن • ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺑﻪ ورودی ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ ) VIDEO-2 ،VIDEO-1ﻳﺎ .(VIDEO-3 • اﮔﺮ ﺷﲈ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی را ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ AV COMPU LINKﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ، ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت AV COMPU LINKواﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی را ﺑﴩح زﻳﺮ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ. • وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ورودی VIDEO-1ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن وﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪDVD2 : • وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ورودی VIDEO-2ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن وﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪDVD3 : • وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ورودی VIDEO-3ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن وﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪDVD1 : ٣٧ 8/21/2004, 10:47:48 AM 31-39.indd 37 ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺑﺮای ﭘﺎک ﻛﺮدن دﻳﺴﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﻧﺮم در ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺒﻪ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ. • ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮع ﺣﻼﻟﯽ — ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ ،اﺳﭙﺮی، ﺗﻴﻨﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﺰن — را ﺑﺮای ﲤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن دﻳﺴﮏ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ. ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری 7ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ • دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎی آن ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﳐﺘﴫی ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮراخ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی از ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺮاق دﻳﺴﮏ را ﳌﺲ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺧﻢ ﻧﻨﲈﺋﻴﺪ. • دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺑﻌﺪ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از ﲨﻊ ﺷﺪن آن در ﺟﻠﺪ ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ. 7ﲤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ • ﻟﻜﻪ ﻫﺎی روی ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻜﻪ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﻧﺮم ﲤﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .اﮔﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻴﻞ ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ،ﺗﻜﻪ اﻳﯽ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﻛﻪ درآب ﺣﺎوی ﻣﻮاد ﭘﺎک ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﺮو ﺑﺮده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺧﺸﮏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻌﺪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻜﻪ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﺧﺸﮏ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • اﻧﺠﺎم دادن ﻛﺎرﻫﺎی زﻳﺮ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه آﺳﻴﺐ رﺳﺎﻧﺪ و ﻳﺎ رﻧﮓ آﻧﺮا ﺑﱪد و ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺧﻮد را از دﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ. • دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ زﺑﺮ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ. • دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎ ﺷﺪت ﭘﺎک ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ. • دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎ ﺗﻴﻨﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ. • از ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﲑی ﻣﻮاد ﻓﺮار ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﴩه ﻛﺶ در ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮدداری ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • از ﲤﺎس ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﮏ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﮏ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﻮدداری ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ دﻳﺴﮏ وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ آن را در ﺟﻠﺪش ﻣﯽ ﮔﺬارﻳﺪ ،ﺧﺮاش ﺑﺮﻧﺪارد. • از در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻗﺮار دادن زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ ،درﺟﻪ ﺣﺮارت زﻳﺎد و رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺧﻮدداری ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺮق وﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﻛﱰل از راه دور ﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻫﻪ دﳋﻮاه ﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﺻﺪاﻳﯽ ﺑﮕﻮش ﻧﻤﯽ رﺳﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﻋﻠﺖ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق وﺻﻞ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ. ﺑﺎﺗﺮﳞﺎی ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﲤﺎم ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ. ﻧﻮر ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ روی ﺳﻨﺴﻮر ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ. ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺑﺮای ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ. وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ وﺻﻞ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ. ﺳﻴﻢ ﺻﺪا ﺑﻪ AUX INو/ﻳﺎ DIGITAL INﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ وﺻﻞ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ. ﻣﻨﺒﻌﯽ ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ. ﻧﻮع رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎﻳﯽ درﺳﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ. ﺳﻴﻢ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﺑﻄﺮز ﺻﺤﻴﺢ وﺻﻞ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ. راه ﺣﻞ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق را ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (.١٠ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﳞﺎ را ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (.۶ ﺳﻨﺴﻮر ﻛﻨﺮﺗﻞ از راه دور را از ﻧﻮر ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ دور ﻧﮕﺎه دارﻳﺪ. ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ،ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎی اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻨﺒﻊ را ﺑﺮای ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ. اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ را در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ. اﺗﺼﺎل را ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (.٨ ﺳﻴﻢ را ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (.١٠ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (.١۴ ﻣﺪ رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎﻳﯽ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (.٣٠ ﺳﻴﻢ را ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (.٩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی وری ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد ،ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﺎر اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ دو ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ و ﺻﺪا ﺧﺮاب اﺳﺖ. دﻳﺴﮏ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﻜﻦ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ” “NTSC PROG.ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ،اﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ار ورودی وﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ. دﻳﺴﻚ ﻛﺜﻴﻔﺎﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮاﺷﻴﺪﮔﯽ دارد. دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻳﺎ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺟﺎ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد. ﻧﻮع ﻣﻮﻧﻴﺘﻮر درﺳﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺸﺪ اﺳﺖ. ” “MONITOR TYPEرا درﺳﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (.٣٢ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ در ﺣﺎل ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ اﺳﺖ. دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﺑﲔ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی و ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ. آﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ. از ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (.٣ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﻜﻦ را ﺑﻪ ” “PALﻳﺎ ” “NTSCﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (.١۵ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی و ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (.٩ آﻧﺘﻨﻬﺎ را دوﺑﺎره ﺑﻄﺮز ﺻﺤﻴﺢ و ﳏﻜﻢ وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (.٧ ٣٨ 8/21/2004, 10:47:49 AM 31-39.indd 38 ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﯽ 7واﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی )(XV-THS1 ﺑﺨﺶ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺟﻠﻮ/ﻣﺮﻛﺰی/ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ: ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ: ۵٢وات در ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ،ﺣﺪ اﻗﻞ Ω ۶ RMSدر ١ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ، ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ %١٠ﻛﻞ اﻧﺤﺮاف ﻫﺎرﻣﻮﻧﻴﮏ. ۵٢وات ،ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ Ω ۶ RMSدر ١٠٠ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ،ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ %١٠ ﻛﻞ اﻧﺤﺮاف ﻫﺎرﻣﻮﻧﻴﮏ ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ ورودی دﳚﻴﺘﺎل*:١ :OPTICAL DIGITAL IN -٢١دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ ﻣﱰ ﺗﺎ -١۵دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ ﻣﱰ ) ۶۶٠ﻧﺎﻧﻮ ﻣﱰ ±٣٠ﻧﺎﻧﻮ ﻣﱰ( *١ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ PCMﺧﻄﯽ ،داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل و ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ) DTSﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﲑی — ٣٢ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ۴۴٫١ ،ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ۴٨ ،ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ( ﺑﺨﺶ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ NTSC/PAL ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ: ۵٠٠ﺧﻂ دﻗﺖ اﻓﻘﯽ: ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ۶۴ :دﺳﯽﺑﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ ١٫٠ V(p-p)/٧۵ Ω ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﯽ: ١٫٠ V(p-p)/٧۵ Ω :S-video-Y ٠٫٢٨۶ V(٠٫٣V ٢* )(p-p)/٧۵ Ω :S-video-C : Component-Y ١٫٠ V(p-p)/٧۵ Ω ٠٫٧ V(p-p)/٧۵ Ω :Component-PB/PR *٢ﺑﺮای ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ PAL ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻴﻮﻧﺮ داﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ٨٧٫۵٠ﻣﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ١٠٨٫٠٠ﻣﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ :FM ۵٣١ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ١۶٠٢ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ :AM )ﺑﺎ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ٩ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰی( ۵٣٠ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ١۶٠٠ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ )ﺑﺎ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ١٠ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰی( ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ AC ١١٠ V/ AC ١٢٧ V/ AC ٢٢٠ V/ ﻗﺪرت ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز: AC ٢٣٠-٢۴٠V , ۵٠/۶٠ Hz ٧۵وات )در ﺣﲔ ﻛﺎر( ﻣﴫف ﺑﺮق: ١٫٠وات )در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده( ٣۶٠م.م × ۶۵م.م ٣٧٠ × .م.م اﺑﻌﺎد )ﻋﺮض × ارﺗﻔﺎع × ﻋﻤﻖ(: ۵٫٣ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮم وزن: 7ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﺟﻠﻮ/ﻣﺮﻛﺰ )(SP-THS1F ﻳﮏ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺑﺎس رﻓﻠﻜﺲ )ﻧﻮع ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﯽ ﺷﺪه( ﻧﻮع: ٨٫٠ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﱰ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ × ١ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ: ۵۵وات ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻗﺪرت: Ω۶ اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ: ٩٠ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ٢٠ ٠٠٠ﻫﺮﺗﺰ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ: ٨٠ dB/W·m ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺻﺪا: اﺑﻌﺎد )ﻋﺮض × ارﺗﻔﺎع × ﻋﻤﻖ(: ١٠۶م.م × ١١٩٫۵م.م ١٠٢ × .م.م ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ٠٫۴٩ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮم وزن: 7ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ )(SP-THS1S ﻳﮏ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺑﺎس رﻓﻠﻜﺲ )ﻧﻮع ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﯽ ﺷﺪه( ﻧﻮع: ٨٫٠ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﱰ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ × ١ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ: ۵۵وات ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻗﺪرت: Ω۶ اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ: ٩٠ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ٢٠ ٠٠٠ﻫﺮﺗﺰ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ: ٨٠ dB/W.m ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺻﺪا: اﺑﻌﺎد )ﻋﺮض × ارﺗﻔﺎع × ﻋﻤﻖ(: ١٠۶م.م × ١١٩٫۵م.م ١٠٢ × .م.م ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ٠٫۵۶ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮم وزن: 7ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ )(SP-WS1 ﻳﮏ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺑﺎس رﻓﻠﻜﺲ )ﻧﻮع ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﯽ ﺷﺪه( ﻧﻮع: ١۶ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﱰ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ × ١ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ: ۵۵وات ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻗﺪرت: Ω۶ اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ: ٣٠ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ١۵٠ﻫﺮﺗﺰ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ: ٧۶ dB/W·m ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺻﺪا: اﺑﻌﺎد )ﻋﺮض × ارﺗﻔﺎع × ﻋﻤﻖ(: ١٢٨م.م × ٢٨۴م.م ٣٣٧ × .م.م ٣٫٣ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮم وزن: ﻃﺮح و ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺪون اﻋﻼم ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ. ٣٩ 8/21/2004, 10:47:50 AM 31-39.indd 39 TH-S1[UGUX]SafetyCover-f.book Page 48 Friday, August 20, 2004 1:16 PM EN, AR, PE © 2004 Victor Company of Japan, Limited 0804TMMMDWJEM BackBone_THS1[UGUX].p65 1 Instructions DVD DIGITAL CINEMA SYSTEM 04.7.22, 9:58 TH-S1
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : Yes Encryption : Standard V1.2 (40-bit) User Access : Print, Fill forms, Extract, Assemble, Print high-res Create Date : 2004:08:20 13:16:24 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 4.0 for Windows Creator : AdobePS5.dll Version 5.0.1 Title : TH-S1[UX/UG] Modify Date : 2004:08:24 10:57:08+09:00 Subject : GVT0141-015A Author : JVC Page Count : 122 Page Mode : UseThumbs Page Layout : SinglePageEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools